CY CMY Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner’s Manual€¦ · GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-12461766) - 2019 - CRC - 9/17/18 Introduction 3 Danger, Warning,

84137462 A

2019 Canyon/Canyon

Den

ali

Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner’s Manual

C

M

Y

CM

MY

CY

CMY

K

19_GMC_Canyon_Canyon_Denali_COV_en_US_84137462A_2018MAY17.ai 1 5/8/2018 2:07:04 PM19_GMC_Canyon_Canyon_Denali_COV_en_US_84137462A_2018MAY17.ai 1 5/8/2018 2:07:04 PM

GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-12461766) - 2019 - CRC - 9/17/18

Contents Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

In Brief . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

Keys, Doors, and Windows . . . . . 25

Seats and Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . 43

Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103

Instruments and Controls . . . . . . 105

Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139

Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 147

Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148

Driving and Operating . . . . . . . . . 155

Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235

Service and Maintenance . . . . . 324

Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340

Customer Information . . . . . . . . . 344

Reporting Safety Defects . . . . . . 354

OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358

Connected Services . . . . . . . . . . . 366

Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370


2 Introduction

Introduction

The names, logos, emblems,slogans, vehicle model names, andvehicle body designs appearing inthis manual including, but not limitedto, GM, the GM logo, GMC, theGMC Truck Emblem, CANYON, andDENALI are trademarks and/orservice marks of General MotorsLLC, its subsidiaries, affiliates,or licensors.

For vehicles first sold in Canada,substitute the name “GeneralMotors of Canada Company” forGMC wherever it appears in thismanual.

This manual describes features thatmay or may not be on the vehiclebecause of optional equipment thatwas not purchased on the vehicle,model variants, countryspecifications, features/applicationsthat may not be available in yourregion, or changes subsequent tothe printing of this owner’s manual.

If this vehicle has the Duramaxdiesel engine, see the Duramaxdiesel supplement for additional andspecific information on this engine.

Refer to the purchasedocumentation relating to yourspecific vehicle to confirm thefeatures.

Keep this manual in the vehicle forquick reference.

Canadian Vehicle OwnersA French language manual can beobtained from your dealer, atwww.helminc.com, or from:

Propriétaires Canadiens

On peut obtenir un exemplaire dece guide en français auprès duconcessionnaire ou à l'adressesuivante:

Helm, IncorporatedAttention: Customer Service47911 Halyard DrivePlymouth, MI 48170USA

Using this ManualTo quickly locate information aboutthe vehicle, use the Index in theback of the manual. It is analphabetical list of what is in themanual and the page number whereit can be found.

Part No. 84137462 A First Printing - Updated September 13, 2018 ©2018 General Motors LLC. All Rights Reserved.


Introduction 3

Danger, Warning, andCautionWarning messages found on vehiclelabels and in this manual describehazards and what to do to avoid orreduce them.

{ Danger

Danger indicates a hazard with ahigh level of risk which will resultin serious injury or death.

{ Warning

Warning indicates a hazard thatcould result in injury or death.

Caution

Caution indicates a hazard thatcould result in property or vehicledamage.

A circle with a slash through it is asafety symbol which means “DoNot,” “Do not do this,” or “Do not letthis happen.”

SymbolsThe vehicle has components andlabels that use symbols instead oftext. Symbols are shown along withthe text describing the operation orinformation relating to a specificcomponent, control, message,gauge, or indicator.

M : Shown when the owner’smanual has additional instructionsor information.

* : Shown when the servicemanual has additional instructionsor information.

0 : Shown when there is moreinformation on another page —“see page.”

Vehicle Symbol Chart

Here are some additional symbolsthat may be found on the vehicleand what they mean. See thefeatures in this manual forinformation.

u : Air Conditioning System

G : Air Conditioning Refrigerant Oil

9 : Airbag Readiness Light

! : Antilock Brake System (ABS)

$ : Brake System Warning Light

9 : Dispose of Used ComponentsProperly

P : Do Not Apply High PressureWater

B : Engine Coolant Temperature

_ : Flame/Fire Prohibited

H : Flammable

[ : Forward Collision Alert

R : Fuse Block Cover LockLocation

+ : Fuses

j : ISOFIX/LATCH System ChildRestraints


4 Introduction

Q : Keep Fuse Block CoversProperly Installed

| : Lane Change Alert

@ : Lane Departure Warning

A : Lane Keep Assist

* : Malfunction Indicator Lamp

: : Oil Pressure

X : Park Assist

~ : Pedestrian Ahead Indicator

O : Power

7 : Rear Cross Traffic Alert

I : Registered Technician

/ : Remote Vehicle Start

> : Seat Belt Reminders

I : Side Blind Zone Alert

h : Stop/Start

7 : Tire Pressure Monitor

d : Traction Control/StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability Control (ESC)

a : Under Pressure

V : Vehicle Ahead Indicator


In Brief 5

In Brief

Instrument PanelInstrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

Initial Drive InformationInitial Drive Information . . . . . . . . . . 8Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . 9Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10Heated and Ventilated Seats . . . 11Head Restraint Adjustment . . . . 11Seat Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11Passenger Sensing System . . . 12Mirror Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . . 13Interior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14Exterior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . . . 15Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17Four-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

Vehicle FeaturesInfotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . 19Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . . 19

Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19Driver Information Center (DIC)(Base Level) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

Driver Information Center (DIC)(Uplevel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20

Forward Collision Alert (FCA)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20

Lane DepartureWarning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20

Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . 21Park Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21

Performance and MaintenanceTraction Control/ElectronicStability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21

Tire Pressure Monitor . . . . . . . . . . 22Fuel (Gasoline) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22Fuel (Diesel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22E85 or FlexFuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . . 23Driving for Better FuelEconomy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23

Roadside AssistanceProgram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24


6 In Brief

Instrument Panel


In Brief 7

1. Air Vents 0 153.

2. Turn Signal Lever. See Turnand Lane-Change Signals0 142.

Driver Information Center (DIC)(Base Level) Controls (IfEquipped). See DriverInformation Center (DIC) (BaseLevel) 0 129 or DriverInformation Center (DIC)(Uplevel) 0 131.

3. Instrument Cluster (BaseLevel) 0 112 or InstrumentCluster (Uplevel) 0 114.

4. Windshield Wiper/Washer0 107.

5. Light Sensor. See AutomaticHeadlamp System 0 141.

Vehicle Alarm System Indicator(If Equipped). See VehicleAlarm System 0 34.

6. Infotainment 0 147.

7. Climate Control Systems 0 148(If Equipped).

Automatic Climate ControlSystem 0 150 (If Equipped).

8. Heated and Ventilated FrontSeats 0 48 (If Equipped).

9. Power Outlets 0 108 (IfEquipped).

10. Shift Lever. See AutomaticTransmission 0 183 or ManualTransmission 0 188.

11. Auxiliary Jack. See theinfotainment manual.

USB Port. See the infotainmentmanual.

12. Hazard Warning Flashers0 142.

Traction Control/ElectronicStability Control 0 199.

Exterior Cargo Lamps 0 143.

Lane Departure Warning(LDW) 0 210 (If Equipped).

Hill Descent Control (HDC)0 200 (If Equipped).

Tow/Haul Mode 0 187 (IfEquipped).

13. Steering Wheel Controls 0 106(If Equipped).

Driver Information Center (DIC)(Uplevel) Controls (IfEquipped). See DriverInformation Center (DIC) (BaseLevel) 0 129 or DriverInformation Center (DIC)(Uplevel) 0 131.

14. Horn 0 107.

15. Steering Wheel Adjustment0 106 (Out of View).

16. Cruise Control 0 202.

Forward Collision Alert (FCA)System 0 208 (If Equipped).

17. Transfer Case Knob (IfEquipped). See Four-WheelDrive 0 190.

18. Hood Release. See Hood0 238.

19. Parking Brake 0 197.


8 In Brief

20. Data Link Connector (DLC)(Out of View). See MalfunctionIndicator Lamp (Check EngineLight) 0 120.

21. Exterior Lamp Controls 0 139.

Fog Lamps 0 143 (IfEquipped).

22. Instrument Panel IlluminationControl 0 144.

Initial DriveInformationThis section provides a briefoverview about some of theimportant features that may or maynot be on your specific vehicle.

For more detailed information, referto each of the features which can befound later in this owner’s manual.

Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) SystemThe Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter functions may work fromup to 60 m (197 ft) away from thevehicle.

K : Press to unlock the driver door.Press K again within three secondsto unlock all remaining doors.

Q : Press to lock all doors. Lockand unlock feedback can bepersonalized. See VehiclePersonalization 0 136.

7 : Press and release one time toinitiate vehicle locator. Press 7 andhold for at least three seconds tosound the panic alarm. Press 7again to cancel the panic alarm.

See Keys 0 25 and Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) System Operation 0 28.


In Brief 9

Remote Vehicle StartIf equipped, the engine can bestarted from outside of the vehicle.

Starting the Vehicle

1. Press and release Q on theRKE transmitter.

2. Immediately press and hold /for at least four seconds or untilthe turn signal lamps flash.

Start the vehicle normally afterentering.

When the vehicle starts, the parkinglamps will turn on.

Remote start can be extended.

Canceling a Remote Start

To cancel a remote start, do one ofthe following:

. Press and hold/ until theparking lamps turn off.

. Turn on the hazard warningflashers.

. Turn the vehicle on and then off.

See Remote Vehicle Start 0 30.

Door LocksTo lock or unlock a door from theoutside press Q or K on theRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter or use the key in thedriver door.

To lock a door from the inside, pushdown on the door lock knob. Tounlock, pull the door handle once tounlock the door and again tounlatch it.

Power Door Locks

Crew Cab Shown, Extended CabSimilar

If equipped with power door locks:

Q : Press to lock the doors.

K : Press to unlock the doors.

See Door Locks 0 31 and PowerDoor Locks 0 32.

Windows

Power Windows


Power windows work when theignition is on, in ACC/ACCESSORY,or when Retained Accessory Power(RAP) is active. See RetainedAccessory Power (RAP) 0 179.


10 In Brief

Using the window switch, press toopen or pull to close the window.

The windows may be temporarilydisabled if they are used repeatedlywithin a short time.

Seat Adjustment

Manual Seats

To adjust a manual seat:

1. Pull the handle at the front ofthe seat.

2. Slide the seat to the desiredposition and release thehandle.

3. Try to move the seat back andforth to make sure it is lockedin place.

Power Seats

To adjust a power driver seat,if equipped:

. Move the seat forward orrearward by sliding the controlforward or rearward.

. Raise or lower the entire seat bymoving the rear of the control upor down.

. If equipped, raise or lower thefront part of the seat cushion bymoving the front of the controlup or down.

See Power Seat Adjustment 0 46and Reclining Seatbacks 0 47.

Reclining Seatbacks

To recline:

1. Lift the lever.

2. Move the seatback to thedesired position, and thenrelease the lever to lock theseatback in place.


In Brief 11

3. Push and pull on the seatbackto make sure it is locked.

To return the seatback to the uprightposition:

1. Lift the lever fully withoutapplying pressure to theseatback.


See Reclining Seatbacks 0 47.

Heated and VentilatedSeats

If equipped, the buttons are on thecenter stack. To operate, the enginemust be running.

Press z to heat the driver orpassenger seat cushion andseatback.

If equipped, press { to ventilate thedriver or passenger seat.

See Heated and Ventilated FrontSeats 0 48.

Head RestraintAdjustmentDo not drive until the head restraintsfor all occupants are installed andadjusted properly.

To achieve a comfortable seatingposition, change the seatbackrecline angle as little as necessarywhile keeping the seat and the headrestraint height in the properposition.

See Head Restraints 0 44 and SeatAdjustment 0 45.

Seat Belts

Refer to the following sections forimportant information on how to useseat belts properly:

. Seat Belts 0 51.

. How to Wear Seat Belts Properly0 52.

. Lap-Shoulder Belt 0 54.

. Lower Anchors and Tethers forChildren (LATCH System) 0 79.


12 In Brief

Passenger SensingSystem

United States

Canada

The passenger sensing system willturn off the front outboardpassenger frontal airbag undercertain conditions. No other airbagis affected by the passengersensing system. See PassengerSensing System 0 65.

The passenger airbag statusindicator lights on the overheadconsole are visible when the vehicleis started. See Passenger AirbagStatus Indicator 0 119.

Mirror AdjustmentUsing hood-mounted air deflectorsand add-on convex mirrorattachments could decrease mirrorperformance.

Exterior Mirrors

Manual Mirrors

If equipped, adjust the manualmirror by moving it up and down orleft to right to see a little of the sideof the vehicle and to have a clearview behind the vehicle.

See Manual Mirrors 0 36.

Power Mirrors

If equipped, adjust the powermirrors:

1. Move the selector switch to L(Left) or R (Right) to choosedriver or passenger mirror.

2. Press the arrows on the controlpad to move each mirror in thedesired direction.

3. Return the selector switch tothe center position.

See Power Mirrors 0 37.


In Brief 13

Interior Mirror

Adjustment

Adjust the mirror for a clear view ofthe area behind the vehicle.

Manual Dimming Rearview Mirror

If equipped, push the tab forward fordaytime use and pull it rearward fornighttime use to avoid the glare ofheadlamps from behind.

Automatic Dimming RearviewMirror

If equipped, the rearview mirrordims automatically to reduce theglare of the headlamps from behind.The dimming feature comes onwhen the vehicle is started.

Steering WheelAdjustment

To adjust the steering wheel:

1. Pull the lever down.

2. Move the steering wheel upor down.

3. Pull the lever up to lock thesteering wheel in place.

Tilt and Telescoping SteeringWheel

To adjust the tilt and telescopingsteering wheel, if equipped:



3. Pull or push the steering wheelcloser or away from you.


Do not adjust the steering wheelwhile driving.


14 In Brief

Interior LightingDome Lamps

The interior lamps control in theoverhead console controls both thefront and rear interior lamps.

( : Turns the lamps off.

H : Turns the lamps on when anydoor is opened.

' : Keeps the lamps on allthe time.

Reading Lamps (If Equipped)

The front reading lamps are in theoverhead console.

The rear reading lamps are in theheadliner.

# or$ : Press to turn each lampon or off.

For more information, see DomeLamps 0 144.

Exterior Lighting

The exterior lamp control is on theinstrument panel to the left of thesteering wheel.

O : Turns off the automaticheadlamps and Daytime RunningLamps (DRL). Turn the headlampcontrol toO again to turn theautomatic headlamps or DRLback on.

For vehicles first sold in Canada, offwill only work when the vehicle is inP (Park).

AUTO : Automatically turns on theheadlamps at normal brightness,together with the following:

. Parking Lamps


In Brief 15. Instrument Panel Lights

. Taillamps

. License Plate Lamps

. Front/Rear Sidemarker Lamps

; : Turns on the parking lampsincluding all lamps, except theheadlamps.

5 : Turns on the headlampstogether with the parking lamps andinstrument panel lights.

See:

. Exterior Lamp Controls 0 139.

. Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)0 141.

. Fog Lamps 0 143.

Windshield Wiper/Washer

The windshield wiper/washer leveris on the right side of the steeringcolumn. With the ignition on or inACC/ACCESSORY, move thewindshield wiper lever to select thewiper speed.

HI : Use for fast wipes.

LO : Use for slow wipes.

INT : Move the lever up to INT forintermittent wipes, then turnthex INT band up for morefrequent wipes or down for lessfrequent wipes.

OFF : Use to turn the wipers off.

1X : For a single wipe, briefly movethe wiper lever down. For severalwipes, hold the wiper lever down.

nL : Pull the windshield wiperlever toward you to spray windshieldwasher fluid and activate the wipers.

See Windshield Wiper/Washer0 107.


16 In Brief

Climate ControlsThese systems control the heating, cooling, and ventilation.

Climate Control System

1. Fan Control

2. A/C (Air Conditioning)

3. Air Delivery Mode Controls

4. Defrost

5. TEMP (Temperature Control)

6. Rear Window Defogger (IfEquipped)

7. Air Recirculation


In Brief 17

Automatic Climate Control System

1. Fan Control



4. Defrost

5. Temperature Control

6. AUTO (Automatic Operation)

7. Rear Window Defogger


9. Power Button

See Climate Control Systems 0 148or Automatic Climate ControlSystem 0 150 (If Equipped).

Transmission

Range Selection Mode

Range Selection Mode helps controlthe vehicle's transmission andvehicle speed while driving downhillor towing a trailer by letting youselect a desired range of gears.

To enable:

1. Move the shift lever to theL (Manual Mode) position. Thecurrent range will display nextto the L This is the highestattainable range with all lowergears accessible. For example,


18 In Brief

when 5 (Fifth) gear is selected,1 (First) through 5 (Fifth) gearsare available.

2. Press the plus/minus button onthe shift lever to select thedesired range of gears forcurrent driving conditions. SeeManual Mode 0 185.

Four-Wheel DriveIf the vehicle has four-wheel drive,the engine's driving power can besent to all four wheels for extratraction.

Electronic Transfer Case

Automatic Transfer Case

The transfer case knob is to the leftof the steering column. Use it toshift into and out of the differentfour-wheel drive modes.

The different drive options that maybe available are described following.

2 m (Two-Wheel Drive High) : Thissetting is used for driving in moststreet and highway situations.

AUTO (Automatic Four-WheelDrive) : This setting is ideal for usewhen road surface tractionconditions are variable.

4 m (Four-Wheel Drive High) : Usethis setting when extra traction isneeded, such as on snowy or icyroads or in most off-road situations.

N (Neutral) : Shift to this settingonly when towing the vehicle.See Recreational Vehicle Towing0 310 or Trailer Towing 0 220.

4 n (Four-Wheel Drive Low) :

Choose 4 n when driving in deepsand, mud, or snow, and whileclimbing or descending steep hills.See Four-Wheel Drive 0 190.


In Brief 19

Vehicle Features

Infotainment SystemSee the infotainment manual forinformation on the radio, audioplayers, phone, navigation system,and voice or speech recognition.It also includes information onsettings.

Steering Wheel ControlsThe infotainment system can beoperated by using the steeringwheel controls. See “Steering WheelControls” in the infotainmentmanual.

Cruise Control

5 : Press to turn the system on oroff. A white indicator comes on inthe instrument cluster when cruiseis turned on.

+RES : If there is a set speed inmemory, press briefly to resume tothat speed or press and hold toaccelerate. If cruise control isalready active, use to increasevehicle speed.

SET− : Press briefly to set thespeed and activate cruise control.If cruise control is already active,use to decrease vehicle speed.

* : Press to disengage cruisecontrol without erasing the setspeed from memory.

See Cruise Control 0 202.

Driver Information Center(DIC) (Base Level)The DIC display is in the center ofthe instrument cluster. It shows thestatus of many vehicle systems. Thecontrols for the DIC are on the turnsignal lever.

1. SET/CLR: Press to set,or press and hold to clear, themenu item displayed.


20 In Brief

2. w / x : Use the band toscroll through the items ineach menu.

3. MENU: Press to display theDIC menus. This button is alsoused to return to or exit the lastscreen displayed on the DIC.

See Driver Information Center (DIC)(Base Level) 0 129 or DriverInformation Center (DIC) (Uplevel)0 131.

Driver Information Center(DIC) (Uplevel)The DIC display is in the instrumentcluster. It shows the status of manyvehicle systems.

If the vehicle has the uplevelinstrument cluster, the right steeringwheel controls are used to operatethe DIC.

w orx : Press to move up ordown in a list.

o or p : Press to move betweenthe interactive display zones in thecluster.

V : Press to open a menu or selecta menu item. Press and hold toreset values on certain screens.

See Driver Information Center (DIC)(Base Level) 0 129 or DriverInformation Center (DIC) (Uplevel)0 131.

Forward Collision Alert(FCA) SystemIf equipped, FCA may help avoid orreduce the harm caused byfront-end crashes. FCA provides agreen indicator,V, when a vehicleis detected ahead. This indicatordisplays amber if you follow avehicle much too closely. Whenapproaching a vehicle ahead tooquickly, FCA provides a red flashingalert on the windshield and rapidlybeeps.

See Forward Collision Alert (FCA)System 0 208.

Lane DepartureWarning (LDW)If equipped, LDW may help avoidunintentional lane departures atspeeds of 56 km/h (35 mph) orgreater. LDW uses a camera sensorto detect the lane markings. TheLDW light, @, is green if a lanemarking is detected. If the vehicledeparts the lane without using a turn


In Brief 21

signal in that direction, the light willchange to amber and flash. Inaddition, beeps will sound.

See Lane Departure Warning (LDW)0 210.

Rear VisionCamera (RVC)The RVC displays a view of thearea behind the vehicle on theinfotainment display when thevehicle is shifted into R (Reverse) toaid with parking and low-speedbacking maneuvers.

See Assistance Systems for Parkingor Backing 0 206.

Park AssistIf equipped, Rear Park Assist (RPA)uses sensors on the rear bumper toassist with parking and avoidingobjects while in R (Reverse).It operates at speeds less than8 km/h (5 mph). RPA may show awarning triangle on the infotainmentdisplay and/or a graphic on theinstrument cluster to provide the

object distance. In addition, multiplebeeps may occur if very close to anobject.

See Assistance Systems for Parkingor Backing 0 206.

Power OutletsAccessory power outlets can beused to plug in electrical equipment,such as a cell phone, MP3player, etc.

The vehicle may have accessorypower outlets:

. On the center stack below theclimate control system,if equipped.

. On the center floor console,if equipped.

. On the rear of the center storageconsole.

Lift the cover to access and replacewhen not in use.

See Power Outlets 0 108.

Performance andMaintenance

Traction Control/Electronic StabilityControlThe Traction Control System (TCS)limits wheel spin. The system is onwhen the vehicle is started.

The StabiliTrak/Electronic StabilityControl (ESC) system assists withdirectional control of the vehicle indifficult driving conditions. Thesystem is on when the vehicle isstarted.

. To turn off TCS, press andrelease the TCS/StabiliTrak/ESCbutton g on the center stack. iilluminates in the instrumentcluster.

. To turn off both TCS andStabiliTrak/ESC, press andhold g on the center stack, untili and g illuminate in theinstrument cluster.


22 In Brief

. Press and release g to turn on

both systems. i and g turn offin instrument cluster.

StabiliTrak/ESC will automaticallyturn on if the vehicle exceeds56 km/h (35 mph). TCS will remainoff until g is pressed or the ignitionis turned off and then back on.

See Traction Control/ElectronicStability Control 0 199.

Tire Pressure MonitorThis vehicle may have a TirePressure Monitor System (TPMS).

The low tire pressure warning lightalerts to a significant loss inpressure of one of the vehicle's

tires. If the warning light comes on,stop as soon as possible and inflatethe tires to the recommendedpressure shown on the Tire andLoading Information label. SeeVehicle Load Limits 0 168. Thewarning light will remain on until thetire pressure is corrected.

The low tire pressure warning lightmay come on in cool weather whenthe vehicle is first started, and thenturn off as the vehicle is driven. Thismay be an early indicator that thetire pressures are getting low andthe tires need to be inflated to theproper pressure.

The TPMS does not replace normalmonthly tire maintenance. Maintainthe correct tire pressures.

See Tire Pressure Monitor System0 282.

Fuel (Gasoline)

Regular Unleaded Fuel

Use only Regular 87 octane —(R+M)/2 — or higher unleadedgasoline in your vehicle. TOP TIERDetergent Gasoline isrecommended. Do not use gasolinewith an octane rating lower as it willresult in reduced performance andlower fuel economy. SeeRecommended Fuel 0 212.

Fuel (Diesel)For diesel vehicles, do not usegasoline. See “Fuel for DieselEngines” in the Duramax dieselsupplement.


In Brief 23

E85 or FlexFuel

No E85 or FlexFuel

Gasoline-ethanol fuel blends greaterthan E15 (15% ethanol by volume),such as E85, cannot be used in thisvehicle.

Engine Oil Life SystemThe engine oil life system calculatesengine oil life based on vehicle useand, on most vehicles, displays aDriver Information Center (DIC)message when it is necessary tochange the engine oil and filter. Theoil life system should be reset to100% only following an oil change.

Resetting the Oil Life System

To reset the engine oil life system:

1. Display OIL LIFE REMAININGon the DIC. See DriverInformation Center (DIC) (BaseLevel) 0 129 or DriverInformation Center (DIC)(Uplevel) 0 131. If the vehicledoes not have DIC buttons, thevehicle must be in P (Park) toaccess this display.

2. Press and hold V on the DIC,or SET/CLR on the turn signallever if the vehicle does nothave DIC buttons, for severalseconds. The oil life willchange to 100%.

The oil life system can also be resetas follows:

1. Display OIL LIFE REMAININGon the DIC. See DriverInformation Center (DIC) (BaseLevel) 0 129 or DriverInformation Center (DIC)(Uplevel) 0 131.

2. Fully press the acceleratorpedal slowly three times withinfive seconds. If the displayshows 100%, the system isreset.

See Engine Oil Life System 0 244.

Driving for Better FuelEconomyDriving habits can affect fuelmileage. Here are some driving tipsto get the best fuel economypossible:

. Set the climate controls to thedesired temperature after theengine is started, or turn themoff when not required.

. Avoid fast starts and acceleratesmoothly.

. Brake gradually and avoidabrupt stops.

. Avoid idling the engine for longperiods of time.

. When road and weatherconditions are appropriate, usecruise control.


24 In Brief. Always follow posted speed

limits or drive more slowly whenconditions require.

. Keep vehicle tires properlyinflated.

. Combine several trips into asingle trip.

. Replace the vehicle's tires withthe same TPC Spec numbermolded into the tire's sidewallnear the size.

. Follow recommended scheduledmaintenance.

Roadside AssistanceProgramU.S.: 1-888-881-3302

TTY Users (U.S. Only):1-888-889-2438

Canada: 1-800-268-6800

New GMC owners are automaticallyenrolled in the Roadside AssistanceProgram.

See Roadside Assistance Program0 348.


Keys, Doors, and Windows 25

Keys, Doors, andWindows

Keys and LocksKeys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28

Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . 28

Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . 30Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31Power Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32Automatic Door Locks . . . . . . . . . 33Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33

DoorsTailgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34

Vehicle SecurityVehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34Vehicle Alarm System . . . . . . . . . 34Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35Immobilizer Operation . . . . . . . . . 36

Exterior MirrorsConvex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36Manual Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36

Power Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37Blind Spot Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37

Interior MirrorsInterior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . 39Manual Rearview Mirror . . . . . . . . 39Automatic Dimming RearviewMirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39

WindowsWindows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39Power Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40Rear Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42

Keys and Locks

Keys

{ Warning

Leaving children in a vehicle withthe ignition key is dangerous andchildren or others could beseriously injured or killed. Theycould operate the power windowsor other controls or make thevehicle move. The windows willfunction with the keys in theignition, and children or otherscould be caught in the path of aclosing window. Do not leavechildren in a vehicle with theignition key.


26 Keys, Doors, and Windows

{ Warning

If the key is unintentionallyrotated while the vehicle isrunning, the ignition could bemoved out of the RUN position.This could be caused by heavyitems hanging from the key ring,or by large or long items attachedto the key ring that could becontacted by the driver orsteering wheel. If the ignitionmoves out of the RUN position,the engine will shut off, brakingand steering power assist may be

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

impacted, and airbags may notdeploy. To reduce the risk ofunintentional rotation of theignition key, do not change theway the ignition key and RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) transmitter,if equipped, are connected to theprovided key rings.

The ignition key and key rings, andRKE transmitter, if equipped, aredesigned to work together as asystem to reduce the risk ofunintentionally moving the key outof the RUN position. The ignitionkey has a small hole to allowattachment of the provided key ring.It is important that any replacementignition keys have a small hole. Seeyour dealer if a replacement key isrequired.

The combination and size of therings that came with your keys werespecifically selected for yourvehicle. The rings are connected tothe key like two links of a chain to

reduce the risk of unintentionallymoving the key out of the RUNposition. Do not add any additionalitems to the ring attached to theignition key. Attach additional itemsonly to the second ring, and limitadded items to a few essential keysor small, light items no larger thanan RKE transmitter.



Interference from radio-frequencyidentification (RFID) tags mayprevent the key from starting thevehicle. Keep RFID tags away fromthe key when starting the vehicle.

The key is used for the ignition andall door locks.

Programming Keys

Follow these procedures to programup to eight keys to the vehicle.

Programming with TwoRecognized Keys

To program a new key:

1. Insert the original, alreadyprogrammed key in the ignitionand turn the ignition on.

2. Turn the ignition off andremove the key.

3. Quickly, within five seconds,insert the second originalalready programmed key in theignition and turn the ignition on.

4. Turn the ignition off, andremove the key.

5. Insert the new key to beprogrammed and turn theignition on within five seconds.

The security light will turn offonce the key has beenprogrammed.

6. Repeat Steps 1–5 if additionalkeys are to be programmed.

If a key is lost or damaged, see yourdealer to have a new key made.

Programming without TwoRecognized Keys

Program a new key to the vehiclewhen a recognized key is notavailable. Canadian regulationsrequire that owners see their dealer.

If two currently recognized keys arenot available, follow this procedureto program the first key.

This procedure will takeapproximately 30 minutes tocomplete for the first key. Thevehicle must be off and all of thekeys you wish to program must bewith you.

1. Insert the new vehicle key intothe ignition.

2. Turn the ignition on. Thesecurity light will come on.

3. Wait 10 minutes until thesecurity light turns off.

4. Turn the ignition off.

5. Repeat Steps 2–4 two moretimes. After the third time, turnthe ignition on; the key is



learned and all previouslyknown keys will no longer workwith the vehicle.

6. To learn the second key, turnthe ignition off. Insert thesecond key to be learned andturn the ignition on.

After two keys are learned, theremaining keys can be learned byfollowing the procedure in“Programming with TwoRecognized Keys.”

The key has a bar-coded key tagthat the dealer or qualified locksmithcan use to make new keys. Storethis information in a safe place, notin the vehicle.

If it becomes difficult to turn a key,inspect the key blade for debris.Periodically clean with a brushor pick.

See your dealer if a replacementkey or additional key is needed.

If locked out of the vehicle, seeRoadside Assistance Program0 348.

With an active OnStar or connectedservice plan, an OnStar Advisormay remotely unlock the vehicle.See OnStar Overview 0 358.

Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) SystemSee Radio Frequency Statement0 354.

If there is a decrease in the RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) operatingrange:

. Check the distance. Thetransmitter may be too far fromthe vehicle.

. Check the location. Othervehicles or objects may beblocking the signal.

. Check the transmitter's battery.See “Battery Replacement” laterin this section.

. If the transmitter is still notworking correctly, see yourdealer or a qualified technicianfor service.

Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) System OperationThe RKE transmitter functions maywork up to 60 m (197 ft) away fromthe vehicle.

Other conditions can affect theperformance of the transmitter. SeeRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System 0 28.

With Remote Start, without Similar

/ : If equipped,/ is used to startthe engine from outside the vehicleusing the RKE transmitter. SeeRemote Vehicle Start 0 30.

Q : Press to lock all doors.



If enabled, the turn signal lampsflash once to indicate locking hasoccurred. If enabled, the horn chirpswhen Q is pressed again withinthree seconds. See VehiclePersonalization 0 136.

Pressing Q arms the vehicle alarmsystem. See Vehicle Alarm System0 34.

K : Press once to unlock only thedriver door. If K is pressed againwithin three seconds, all remainingdoors unlock. The interior lampsmay come on and stay on for20 seconds or until the ignition isturned on.

If enabled, the turn signal lampsflash twice to indicate unlocking hasoccurred. If enabled, the exteriorlamps may turn on. See VehiclePersonalization 0 136.

Pressing K on the RKE transmitterdisarms the vehicle alarm system.See Vehicle Alarm System 0 34.

7 : Press and release one time toinitiate vehicle locator. The turnsignal lamps flash and the hornsounds three times.

Press and hold 7 for at leastthree seconds to sound the panicalarm. The turn signal lamps flashand the horn sounds repeatedly for30 seconds. The alarm turns offwhen the ignition is turned on or 7is pressed again. The ignition mustbe off for the panic alarm to work.

Programming Transmitters tothe Vehicle

Only RKE transmitters programmedto this vehicle will work. If atransmitter is lost or stolen, areplacement can be purchased andprogrammed through your dealer.Each vehicle can have up toeight transmitters programmed to it.See your dealer for transmitterprogramming.

Battery Replacement

Replace the battery in thetransmitter soon if the DIC displaysREPLACE BATTERY INREMOTE KEY.

Caution

When replacing the battery, donot touch any of the circuitry onthe transmitter. Static from yourbody could damage thetransmitter.

To replace the battery:



1. Separate and remove the backcover of the transmitter with aflat, thin object, such as a coin.

2. Press and slide the batterydown toward the pocket of thetransmitter in the direction ofthe key ring. Do not use ametal object.

3. Remove the battery.

4. Insert the new battery, positiveside facing up. Replace with aCR2032 or equivalent battery.

5. Push together the transmitterback cover top side first, andthen the bottom toward thekey ring.

Remote Vehicle StartIf equipped, the engine can bestarted from outside of the vehicle.The climate controls and rearwindow defogger may alsocome on.

If the vehicle has heated andventilated seats and the feature isturned on in vehicle personalization,the heated or ventilated seats willturn on during cold or hot outsidetemperatures and will shut off whenthe ignition is turned on. SeeHeated and Ventilated Front Seats0 48.

Laws in some communities mayrestrict the use of remote starters.Check local regulations for anyrequirements on remote starting ofvehicles.

If your vehicle is low on fuel, do notuse the remote start feature. Thevehicle may run out of fuel.

The vehicle cannot be remotestarted if:

. The key is in the ignition.

. The hood is not closed.

. There is an emission controlsystem malfunction and themalfunction indicator lamp is on.

. The hazard warning flashersare on.

. Two remote vehicle starts, or asingle remote start with anextension, have alreadybeen used.

. The vehicle is not in P (Park).

The engine will turn off during aremote vehicle start if:

. The coolant temperature getstoo high.

. The oil pressure gets low.

The RKE transmitter range may beless while the vehicle is running.



Other conditions can affect theperformance of the transmitter.See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System 0 28 or VehiclePersonalization 0 136.

Starting the Engine Using RemoteStart

1. Press and release Q.

2. Immediately press and hold /until the turn signal lamps flashor for at least four seconds.

When the vehicle starts, theparking lamps will turn on. Thedoors will be locked and theclimate control system maycome on.

The engine will continue to run for15 minutes. Repeat the steps forone 15-minute time extension. Turnthe ignition on to operate thevehicle.

Extending Engine Run Time

The engine run time can beextended by 15 minutes, for a totalof 30 minutes, if during the first15 minutes Steps 1 and 2 arerepeated while the engine is stillrunning. An extension can berequested 30 seconds after starting.

A maximum of two remote starts,or a single start with an extension,is allowed between ignition cycles.

The ignition must be turned on andthen back off to use remote startagain.

Canceling a Remote Start

To cancel a remote start, do one ofthe following:

. Press and hold/ until theparking lamps turn off.


. Turn the vehicle on and then off.

Door Locks

{ Warning

Unlocked doors can bedangerous.

. Passengers, especiallychildren, can easily openthe doors and fall out of amoving vehicle. The doorscan be unlocked andopened while the vehicle ismoving. The chance ofbeing thrown out of thevehicle in a crash isincreased if the doors arenot locked. So, allpassengers should wearseat belts properly and thedoors should be lockedwhenever the vehicle isdriven.

. Young children who get intounlocked vehicles may beunable to get out. A childcan be overcome byextreme heat and can suffer

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

permanent injuries or evendeath from heat stroke.Always lock the vehiclewhenever leaving it.

. Outsiders can easily enterthrough an unlocked doorwhen you slow down or stopthe vehicle. Locking thedoors can help prevent thisfrom happening.

To lock or unlock a door from theoutside press Q or K on theRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter or use the key in thedriver door.

To lock a door from the inside, pushdown on the door lock knob. Tounlock, pull the door handle once tounlock the door and again tounlatch it.

Free-Turning Locks

The door key lock cylinder turnsfreely when either the wrong key isused, or the correct key is not fully

inserted. The free-turning door lockfeature prevents the lock from beingforced open. To reset the lock, turnit to the vertical position with thecorrect key fully inserted. Removethe key and insert it again. If thisdoes not reset the lock, turn the keyhalfway around in the cylinder andrepeat the reset procedure.

Power Door Locks


If equipped with power door locks:

Q : Press to lock the doors.

K : Press to unlock the doors.

Delayed LockingThis feature delays the actuallocking of the doors untilfive seconds after all doors areclosed.

Delayed locking can only be turnedon when the Open DoorAnti-Lockout feature has beenturned off.

When Q is pressed on the powerdoor lock switch with the door open,a chime will sound three timesindicating that delayed locking isactive.

The doors will then lockautomatically five seconds after alldoors are closed. If a door isreopened before five seconds haveelapsed, the five-second timer willreset once all the doors are closedagain.

Press Q on the door lock switch

again, or press Q on the RKEtransmitter, to override this featureand lock the doors immediately.



Delayed locking can beprogrammed. See VehiclePersonalization 0 136.

Automatic Door LocksIf equipped, the doors will lockautomatically when all doors areclosed, the ignition is on, and theshift lever is moved out of P (Park)for automatic transmissions orvehicle speed is above 13 km/h(8 mph) for manual transmissions.

To unlock the doors:

. Press K on a power door lockswitch.

. If equipped with an automatictransmission, shift thetransmission into P (Park).

. If equipped with manualtransmission, remove the keyfrom the ignition when parked.

Automatic door locking cannot bedisabled. Automatic door unlockingcan be programmed. See VehiclePersonalization 0 136.

Lockout ProtectionWhen locking is requested with thedriver door open and the key in theignition, all the doors will lock andthen the driver door will unlock. Thiscan be manually overridden bypressing and holding Q on thepower door lock switch.

Open Door Anti-Lockout

If Open Door Anti-Lockout has beenturned on and the vehicle is off, thedriver door is open, and locking isrequested, all the doors will lock andthe driver door will remain unlocked.Push the lock button on the door orthe RKE transmitter a second timeto lock the driver door. The OpenDoor Anti-Lockout feature can beturned on or off. See VehiclePersonalization 0 136.

Safety LocksIf equipped, the rear door safetylocks prevent passengers fromopening the rear doors from insidethe vehicle.

Press { to activate the safety lockson the rear doors. The indicator lightcomes on when activated. Thevehicle must be on, in ACC/ACCESSORY, or in RetainedAccessory Power (RAP). SeeRetained Accessory Power (RAP)0 179.

If the indicator light flashes, thefeature may not be working properly.



Doors

Tailgate

{ Warning

It is extremely dangerous to rideon the tailgate, even when thevehicle is operated at low speeds.People riding on the tailgate caneasily lose their balance and fallin response to vehiclemaneuvers. Falling from a movingvehicle may result in seriousinjuries or death. Do not allowpeople to ride on the tailgate. Besure everyone in your vehicle is ina seat and using a seat beltproperly.

On vehicles with a lock on thetailgate, use the key to lock orunlock the tailgate. The power doorlocks will not lock or unlock thetailgate.

Open the tailgate by lifting up on itshandle while pulling thetailgate down.

To shut the tailgate, firmly push itupward until it latches.

After closing the tailgate, pull it backto be sure it latches securely.

Vehicle SecurityThis vehicle has theft-deterrentfeatures; however, they do not makethe vehicle impossible to steal.

Vehicle Alarm SystemIf equipped with the anti-theft alarmsystem, the indicator light, on theinstrument panel near thewindshield, indicates the status ofthe system.

Off : Alarm system is disarmed.

On Solid : Vehicle is securedduring the delay to arm the system.



Fast Flash : Vehicle is unsecured.A door or the hood is open.

Slow Flash : Alarm system isarmed.

Arming the Alarm System

1. Turn off the vehicle.

2. Lock the vehicle with one ofthe following:

. Use the Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) transmitter.

. With a door open, press Qon the interior of the door.

3. After 30 seconds the alarmsystem will arm, and theindicator light will begin toslowly flash indicating thealarm system is operating.Pressing Q on the RKEtransmitter a second time willbypass the 30-second delayand immediately arm the alarmsystem.

The theft-deterrent alarm system willnot arm if the doors are locked withthe key.

If the driver door is opened withoutfirst unlocking with the RKEtransmitter, the horn will chirp andthe lights will flash to indicatepre-alarm. If the vehicle is notstarted, or the door is not unlockedby pressing K on the RKEtransmitter during the 10-secondpre-alarm, the alarm will beactivated.

If a door or the hood is openedwithout first disarming the system,the turn signals will flash and thehorn will sound for about30 seconds. The alarm system willthen re-arm to monitor for the nextunauthorized event.

Disarming the Alarm System

To disarm the alarm system or turnoff the alarm if it has been activated:

. Press K on the RKE transmitter.

. Start the vehicle.

To avoid setting off the alarm byaccident:

. Lock the vehicle after alloccupants have left the vehicleand all doors are closed.

. Always unlock a door with theRKE transmitter.

Unlocking the driver door with thekey will not disarm the system orturn off the alarm.

Detecting a Tamper Condition

If K is pressed on the RKEtransmitter and the horn chirps threetimes, an alarm occurred previouslywhile the alarm system was armed.

ImmobilizerSee Radio Frequency Statement0 354.



Immobilizer Operation

This vehicle has a passivetheft-deterrent system.

The system does not have to bemanually armed or disarmed.

The vehicle is automaticallyimmobilized when the vehicle isturned off.

The system is automaticallydisarmed when the ignition is turnedfrom off to on.

The security light, in the instrumentcluster, comes on if there is aproblem with arming or disarmingthe theft-deterrent system.

When trying to start the vehicle, thesecurity light comes on briefly whenthe ignition is turned on.

If the engine does not start and thesecurity light stays on, there is aproblem with the system. Turn theignition off and try again.

If the engine still does not start, andthe key appears to be undamaged,try another ignition key. It may benecessary to check the fuse. SeeFuses and Circuit Breakers 0 266.If the engine still does not start withthe other key, the vehicle needsservice. If the vehicle does start, thefirst key may be faulty. See yourdealer.

It is possible for the immobilizersystem to learn new or replacementkeys. Up to eight keys can beprogrammed for the vehicle. Toprogram additional transmitters, seeRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation 0 28.

Do not leave the transmitter ordevice that disarms or deactivatesthe vehicle theft-deterent system inthe vehicle.

See your dealer to get a new keyblank cut exactly as the ignition keythat operates the system.

Exterior Mirrors

Convex Mirrors

{ Warning

A convex mirror can make things,like other vehicles, look fartheraway than they really are. If youcut too sharply into the right lane,you could hit a vehicle on theright. Check the inside mirror orglance over your shoulder beforechanging lanes.

The passenger side mirror is convexshaped. A convex mirror's surface iscurved so more can be seen fromthe driver seat.

Manual MirrorsIf equipped, adjust manual mirrorsby moving the mirror up and downor left to right to see a little of theside of the vehicle and to have aclear view behind the vehicle.



Using hood-mounted air deflectorsand add-on convex mirrorattachments could decrease mirrorperformance.

Power Mirrors

If equipped, adjust the powermirrors:

1. Move the selector switch to L(Left) or R (Right) to choosedriver or passenger mirror.

2. Press the arrows on the controlpad to move each mirror in thedesired direction.

3. Return the selector switch tothe center position.

Folding Mirrors

Manual Folding Mirrors

The mirrors can be folded inwardtoward the vehicle to preventdamage when going through anautomatic car wash. Push the mirroroutward to return it to the originalposition.

Heated MirrorsIf equipped, the rear windowdefogger also heats the outsidemirrors.

K : Press to heat the outsidemirrors. See “Rear WindowDefogger” under Climate ControlSystems 0 148.

Blind Spot MirrorsThe blind spot mirror is a smallconvex mirror built into the upperand outer corner of the driveroutside mirror. It can show objectsthat may be in the vehicle'sblind zone.



Driving with the Blind SpotMirror

Actual Mirror View

1. When the approaching vehicleis a long distance away, theimage in the main mirror issmall and near the inboardedge of the mirror.

2. As the vehicle gets closer, theimage in the main mirror getslarger and moves outboard.

3. As the vehicle enters the blindzone, the image transitionsfrom the main mirror to theblind spot mirror.

4. When the vehicle is in the blindzone, the image only appearsin the blind spot mirror.

Using the Outside Mirror withthe Blind Spot Mirror

1. Set the main mirror so that theside of the vehicle can just beseen and the blind spot mirrorhas an unobstructed view.

2. When checking for traffic orbefore changing a lane, look atthe main driver/passenger sidemirror to observe traffic in theadjacent lane, behind yourvehicle. Check the blind spotmirror for a vehicle in the blindzone. Then, glance over yourshoulder to double checkbefore moving slowly into theadjacent lane.



Interior Mirrors

Interior Rearview MirrorsAdjust the rearview mirror for a clearview of the area behind yourvehicle.

If equipped with OnStar, the vehiclemay have three control buttons atthe bottom of the mirror. See OnStarOverview 0 358.

To avoid accidental OnStar calls,clean the mirror with the ignition off.Do not spray glass cleaner directlyon the mirror. Use a soft toweldampened with water.

Manual Rearview MirrorIf equipped, push the tab forward fordaytime use and pull it rearward fornighttime use to avoid glare fromthe headlamps from behind.

Automatic DimmingRearview MirrorIf equipped, the mirror willautomatically reduce the glare of theheadlamps from behind. Thedimming feature comes on eachtime the vehicle is started.

Windows

{ Warning

Never leave a child, a helplessadult, or a pet alone in a vehicle,especially with the windowsclosed in warm or hot weather.They can be overcome by theextreme heat and sufferpermanent injuries or even deathfrom heat stroke.



The vehicle aerodynamics aredesigned to improve fuel economyperformance. This may result in apulsing sound when either rearwindow is down and the frontwindows are up. To reduce thesound, open either a front windowor the sunroof, if equipped.

Power Windows

{ Warning

Children could be seriouslyinjured or killed if caught in thepath of a closing window. Neverleave keys in a vehicle withchildren. When there are childrenin the rear seat, use the windowlockout button to preventoperation of the windows. SeeKeys 0 25.


Power windows work when theignition is on, in ACC/ACCESSORY,or when Retained Accessory Power(RAP) is active. See RetainedAccessory Power (RAP) 0 179.

Using the window switch, press toopen or pull to close the window.

The windows may be temporarilydisabled if they are used repeatedlywithin a short time.

Rear Window Lockout (CrewCab Only)

This feature stops the rearpassenger windows from working.

. PressZ to engage the rearwindow lockout feature. Theindicator light is on whenengaged.

. PressZ again to disengage.



Window Express Movement

All windows can be opened withoutholding the window switch. Pressthe switch down fully and quicklyrelease to express open thewindow.

If equipped, pull the window switchup fully and quickly release toexpress close the window.

Briefly press or pull the windowswitch in the same direction to stopthat window’s express movement.

Window Automatic ReversalSystem

The express-close feature willreverse window movement if itcomes in contact with an object.Extreme cold or ice could cause thewindow to auto-reverse. Thewindow will operate normally afterthe object or condition is removed.

Automatic Reversal SystemOverride

{ Warning

If automatic reversal systemoverride is active, the window willnot reverse automatically. You orothers could be injured and thewindow could be damaged.Before using automatic reversalsystem override, make sure thatall people and obstructions areclear of the window path.

When the engine is on, override theautomatic reversal system by pullingand holding the window switch ifconditions prevent it from closing.

Programming the PowerWindows

Programming may be necessary ifthe vehicle battery has beendisconnected or discharged. If thewindow is unable to express-up,program each express-closewindow:

1. Close all doors.

2. Turn the ignition on or to ACC/ACCESSORY.

3. Partially open the window to beprogrammed. Then close it andcontinue to pull the switchbriefly after the window hasfully closed.

4. Open the window and continueto press the switch briefly afterthe window has fully opened.

Rear Windows

Sliding Rear Window



If the vehicle has this feature,squeeze the latch in the center ofthe window and slide the glass toopen it.

Be sure the latch is engaged whenthe window is closed.

Sun Visors

Pull the sun visor down to blockglare. Detach the sun visor from thecenter mount to pivot to the sidewindow and, if equipped, extendalong the rod.


Seats and Restraints 43

Seats andRestraints

Head RestraintsHead Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44

Front SeatsSeat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45Power Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . 46Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . 46Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . 47Heated and Ventilated FrontSeats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48

Rear SeatsRear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49

Seat BeltsSeat Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51How to Wear Seat BeltsProperly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52

Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54Seat Belt Use DuringPregnancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57

Seat Belt Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . 57Seat Belt Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58Replacing Seat Belt SystemParts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . 58

Airbag SystemAirbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . 61When Should an AirbagInflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62

What Makes an AirbagInflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63

How Does an AirbagRestrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63

What Will You See after anAirbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64

Passenger Sensing System . . . 65Servicing the Airbag-EquippedVehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69

Adding Equipment to theAirbag-Equipped Vehicle . . . . . 70

Airbag System Check . . . . . . . . . . 71Replacing Airbag System Partsafter a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71

Child RestraintsOlder Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72Infants and Young Children . . . . 73Child Restraint Systems . . . . . . . 76Where to Put the Restraint . . . . . 77Lower Anchors and Tethers forChildren (LATCH System) . . . . 79

Replacing LATCH System PartsAfter a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93

Securing Child Restraints (Withthe Seat Belt in theRear Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93

Securing Child Restraints (Withthe Seat Belt in theFront Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99


44 Seats and Restraints

Head RestraintsThe vehicle's front seats haveadjustable head restraints in theoutboard seating positions.

{ Warning

With head restraints that are notinstalled and adjusted properly,there is a greater chance thatoccupants will suffer a neck/spinal injury in a crash. Do notdrive until the head restraints forall occupants are installed andadjusted properly.

Adjust the head restraint so that thetop of the restraint is at the sameheight as the top of the occupant'shead. This position reduces thechance of a neck injury in a crash.

The height of the head restraint canbe adjusted. Pull the head restraintup to raise it. Try to move the headrestraint to make sure that it islocked in place.

To lower the head restraint, pressthe button, located on the top of theseatback, and push the restraintdown. Try to move the headrestraint after the button is releasedto make sure that it is locked inplace.

The front seat outboard headrestraints are not removable.



Rear Head Restraints

Crew Cab

The vehicle’s rear seats have headrestraints in the outboard seatingpositions that cannot be adjusted upor down.

The rear outboard head restraintsare designed to be folded. Whenfolding the seatback down, the headrestraint must first be manuallyfolded forward out of the way to foldthe seatback down.

The head restraint can be foldedforward to allow for better visibilitywhen the rear seat is unoccupied.

To fold the head restraint, press thebutton on the side of the headrestraint.

When an occupant is in the seat,always return the head restraint tothe upright position until it locks intoplace. Push and pull on the headrestraint to make sure that it islocked.

If you are installing a child restraintin the rear seat, see Lower Anchorsand Tethers for Children (LATCHSystem) 0 79.

Extended Cab

The vehicle’s rear seats haveheadrests in the outboard seatingpositions that cannot be adjusted.

If you are installing a child restraintin the rear seat, see Lower Anchorsand Tethers for Children (LATCHSystem) 0 79.

Front Seats

Seat Adjustment

{ Warning

You can lose control of thevehicle if you try to adjust a driverseat while the vehicle is moving.Adjust the driver seat only whenthe vehicle is not moving.

To adjust the seat:

1. Pull the handle at the front ofthe seat.



2. Slide the seat to the desiredposition and release thehandle.

3. Try to move the seat back andforth to be sure the seat islocked in place.

Power Seat Adjustment

{ Warning

The power seats will work withthe ignition off. Children couldoperate the power seats and beinjured. Never leave childrenalone in the vehicle.

To adjust a power driver seat,if equipped:

. Move the seat forward orrearward by sliding the controlforward or rearward.

. Raise or lower the entire seat bymoving the rear of the control upor down.

. If equipped, raise or lower thefront part of the seat cushion bymoving the front of the controlup or down.

To adjust the seatback, seeReclining Seatbacks 0 47.

Lumbar Adjustment

Power Lumbar

If equipped, press and hold the topof the control to increase lumbarsupport. Press and hold the bottomof the control to decrease lumbarsupport. Release the control whenthe seatback reaches the desiredlevel of lumbar support.



Reclining Seatbacks

{ Warning

Sitting in a reclined position whenthe vehicle is in motion can bedangerous. Even when buckledup, the seat belts cannot dotheir job.

The shoulder belt will not beagainst your body. Instead, it willbe in front of you. In a crash, youcould go into it, receiving neck orother injuries.

The lap belt could go up overyour abdomen. The belt forceswould be there, not at your pelvicbones. This could cause seriousinternal injuries.

For proper protection when thevehicle is in motion, have theseatback upright. Then sit wellback in the seat and wear theseat belt properly.

Do not have a seatback reclined ifthe vehicle is moving.

{ Warning

You can lose control of thevehicle if you try to adjust a driverseat while the vehicle is moving.Adjust the driver seat only whenthe vehicle is not moving.

{ Warning

If either seatback is not locked, itcould move forward in a suddenstop or crash. That could causeinjury to the person sitting there.Always push and pull on theseatbacks to be sure they arelocked.

To recline the seatback:

1. Lift the lever.



2. Move the seatback to thedesired position, and thenrelease the lever to lock theseatback in place.


To return the seatback to the uprightposition:

1. Lift the lever fully withoutapplying pressure to theseatback.


Heated and VentilatedFront Seats

{ Warning

If temperature change or pain tothe skin cannot be felt, the seatheater may cause burns. Toreduce the risk of burns, use carewhen using the seat heater,especially for long periods oftime. Do not place anything on

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

the seat that insulates againstheat, such as a blanket, cushion,cover, or similar item. This maycause the seat heater tooverheat. An overheated seatheater may cause a burn or maydamage the seat.

If equipped, the buttons are on thecenter stack. To operate, the enginemust be running.

If equipped, press+ to heat thedriver or passenger seatback only.

Press z to heat the driver orpassenger cushion and seatback.

If equipped, press { to ventilate thedriver or passenger seat.A ventilated seat has a fan that pullsor pushes air through the seat. Theair is not cooled.

The indicator light on the buttoncomes on when this feature is on.

Press the button once for thehighest setting. With each press ofthe button, the seat will change tothe next lower setting, and then tothe off setting. The indicator lightsnext to the buttons indicate three forthe highest setting and one for thelowest. If the heated seats are onhigh for an extended time, their levelmay automatically be lowered.



Remote Start Auto Heated andVentilated Seats

During a remote start, the heated orventilated seats can be turned onautomatically. When it is coldoutside, the heated seats turn on,and when it is hot outside theventilated seats turn on. The heatedor ventilated seats are canceledwhen the ignition is turned on. Pressthe heated or ventilated seat buttonto use the heated or ventilated seatsafter the vehicle is started.

The heated or ventilated seatindicator lights do not turn on duringa remote start.

The temperature performance of anunoccupied seat may be reduced.This is normal.

The heated or ventilated seats willnot turn on during a remote startunless they are enabled in thevehicle personalization menu.

Rear SeatsRear Seat Reminder

If equipped, the message REARSEAT REMINDER LOOK IN REARSEAT displays under certainconditions indicating there may bean item or passenger in the rearseat. Check before exiting thevehicle.

This feature will activate when asecond row door is opened whilethe vehicle is on or up to 10 minutesbefore the vehicle is turned on.There will be an alert when thevehicle is turned off. The alert doesnot directly detect objects in the rearseat; instead, under certainconditions, it detects when a reardoor is opened and closed,indicating that there may besomething in the rear seat.

The feature is active only once eachtime the vehicle is turned on and off,and will require reactivation byopening and closing the second rowdoors. There may be an alert evenwhen there is nothing in the rearseat; for example, if a child enteredthe vehicle through the rear doorand left the vehicle without thevehicle being shut off.

The feature can be turned on or off.See Vehicle Personalization 0 136.

Folding the Rear Seat

On crew cab models, the rearseatbacks can be folded forward.

Caution

Folding a rear seat with the seatbelts still fastened may causedamage to the seat or the seatbelts. Always unbuckle the seatbelts and return them to theirnormal stowed position beforefolding a rear seat.



To fold a rear seatback:

1. Fold the head restraint. SeeHead Restraints 0 44.

2. Disconnect the rear center seatbelt latch from the mini-buckleby inserting the tip of the seatbelt tongue into the slot on thebuckle. Let the belt retract.

3. Pull the release strap on theoutboard side of the seatback.

4. Fold the seatback forward.

To return a seatback to the uprightposition:

1. Lift the seatback up and push itrearward.

2. Return the head restraint to theupright position. See HeadRestraints 0 44.

{ Warning

If either seatback is not locked, itcould move forward in a suddenstop or crash. That could causeinjury to the person sitting there.Always push and pull on theseatbacks to be sure they arelocked.

3. Push and pull on the seatbackto make sure it is locked inplace.



{ Warning

A seat belt that is improperlyrouted, not properly attached,or twisted will not provide theprotection needed in a crash. Theperson wearing the belt could beseriously injured. After raising therear seatback, always check to besure that the seat belts areproperly routed and attached, andare not twisted.

4. Reconnect the center seat beltlatch plate to the mini-buckle.Make sure the seat belt is nottwisted.

5. Push and pull on the latchplate to be sure it is secure.

When the seatback is not in use, itshould be kept in the upright, lockedposition.

Seat BeltsThis section describes how to useseat belts properly, and some thingsnot to do.

{ Warning

Do not let anyone ride where aseat belt cannot be worn properly.In a crash, if you or yourpassenger(s) are not wearingseat belts, injuries can be muchworse than if you are wearingseat belts. You can be seriouslyinjured or killed by hitting thingsinside the vehicle harder or bybeing ejected from the vehicle. Inaddition, anyone who is notbuckled up can strike otherpassengers in the vehicle.

It is extremely dangerous to ridein a cargo area, inside or outsideof a vehicle. In a collision,passengers riding in these areasare more likely to be seriouslyinjured or killed. Do not allow

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

passengers to ride in any area ofthe vehicle that is not equippedwith seats and seat belts.

Always wear a seat belt, andcheck that all passenger(s) arerestrained properly too.

This vehicle has indicators as areminder to buckle the seat belts.See Seat Belt Reminders 0 118.

Why Seat Belts Work



When riding in a vehicle, you travelas fast as the vehicle does. If thevehicle stops suddenly, you keepgoing until something stops you.It could be the windshield, theinstrument panel, or the seat belts!

When you wear a seat belt, you andthe vehicle slow down together.There is more time to stop becauseyou stop over a longer distance and,when worn properly, your strongestbones take the forces from the seatbelts. That is why wearing seat beltsmakes such good sense.

Questions and Answers AboutSeat Belts

Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicleafter a crash if I am wearing aseat belt?

A: You could be— whether you arewearing a seat belt or not. Yourchance of being consciousduring and after a crash, so youcan unbuckle and get out, ismuch greater if you are belted.

Q: If my vehicle has airbags, whyshould I have to wear seatbelts?

A: Airbags are supplementalsystems only. They work withseat belts— not instead of them.Whether or not an airbag isprovided, all occupants still haveto buckle up to get the mostprotection.

Also, in nearly all states and inall Canadian provinces, the lawrequires wearing seat belts.

How to Wear Seat BeltsProperlyFollow these rules for everyone'sprotection.

There are additional things to knowabout seat belts and children,including smaller children andinfants. If a child will be riding in thevehicle, see Older Children 0 72 orInfants and Young Children 0 73.Review and follow the rules forchildren in addition to the followingrules.

It is very important for all occupantsto buckle up. Statistics show thatunbelted people are hurt more oftenin crashes than those who arewearing seat belts.

There are important things to knowabout wearing a seat belt properly.

. Sit up straight and always keepyour feet on the floor in front ofyou (if possible).

. Always use the correct bucklefor your seating position.

. Wear the lap part of the belt lowand snug on the hips, justtouching the thighs. In a crash,



this applies force to the strongpelvic bones and you would beless likely to slide under the lapbelt. If you slid under it, the beltwould apply force on yourabdomen. This could causeserious or even fatal injuries.

. Wear the shoulder belt over theshoulder and across the chest.These parts of the body are bestable to take belt restrainingforces. The shoulder belt locks ifthere is a sudden stop or crash.

{ Warning

You can be seriously injured,or even killed, by not wearingyour seat belt properly.

Never allow the lap or shoulder beltto become loose or twisted.

Never wear the shoulder belt underboth arms or behind your back.



Always use the correct buckle foryour seating position.

Never route the lap or shoulder beltover an armrest.

Lap-Shoulder BeltAll seating positions in the vehiclehave a lap-shoulder belt.

If you are using a rear seatingposition with a detachable seat beltand the seat belt is not attached,see Rear Seats 0 49 for instructionson reconnecting the seat belt to themini-buckle.

The following instructions explainhow to wear a lap-shoulder beltproperly.

1. Adjust the seat, if the seat isadjustable, so you can sit upstraight. To see how, see“Seats” in the Index.

2. Pick up the latch plate and pullthe belt across you. Do not letit get twisted.

The lap-shoulder belt may lockif you pull the belt across youvery quickly. If this happens, letthe belt go back slightly tounlock it. Then pull the beltacross you more slowly.

If the shoulder portion of apassenger belt is pulled out allthe way, the child restraintlocking feature may beengaged. If this happens, letthe belt go back all the wayand start again.



If the webbing locks in the latchplate before it reaches thebuckle, tilt the latch plate flat tounlock.

3. Push the latch plate into thebuckle until it clicks.

Pull up on the latch plate tomake sure it is secure. If thebelt is not long enough, seeSeat Belt Extender 0 57.

Position the release button onthe buckle so that the seat beltcould be quickly unbuckled ifnecessary.

4. If equipped with a shoulder beltheight adjuster, move it to theheight that is right for you. See“Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster”later in this section forinstructions on use andimportant safety information.

5. To make the lap part tight, pullup on the shoulder belt.



To unlatch the belt, push the buttonon the buckle. The belt shouldreturn to its stowed position.

Always stow the seat belt slowly.If the seat belt webbing returnsquickly to the stowed position, theretractor may lock and cannot bepulled out. If this happens, pull theseat belt straight out firmly to unlockthe webbing, and then release it.If the webbing is still locked in theretractor, see your dealer.

Before a door is closed, be sure theseat belt is out of the way. If a dooris slammed against a seat belt,damage can occur to both the seatbelt and the vehicle.

Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster

The vehicle has a shoulder beltheight adjuster for the driver andfront outboard passenger seatingpositions.

Adjust the height so the shoulderportion of the belt is on the shoulderand not falling off of it. The beltshould be close to, but notcontacting, the neck. Impropershoulder belt height adjustment

could reduce the effectiveness ofthe seat belt in a crash. See How toWear Seat Belts Properly 0 52.

Push up on the release button andmove the height adjuster to thedesired position.

After the adjuster is set to thedesired position, try to move it downwithout pushing the release buttonto make sure it has locked intoposition.

Seat Belt Pretensioners

This vehicle has seat beltpretensioners for front outboardoccupants. Although the seat belt

pretensioners cannot be seen, theyare part of the seat belt assembly.They can help tighten the seat beltsduring the early stages of amoderate to severe frontal, nearfrontal, or rear crash if the thresholdconditions for pretensioneractivation are met. Seat beltpretensioners can also help tightenthe seat belts in a side crash or arollover event.

Pretensioners work only once. If thepretensioners activate in a crash,the pretensioners and probablyother parts of the vehicle's seat beltsystem will need to be replaced.See Replacing Seat Belt SystemParts after a Crash 0 58.

Do not sit on the outboard seat beltwhile entering or exiting the vehicleor at any time while sitting in theseat. Sitting on the seat belt candamage the webbing and hardware.

Rear Seat Belt Comfort Guides

Rear seat belt comfort guides mayprovide added seat belt comfort forolder children who have outgrownbooster seats and for some adults.



When installed on a shoulder belt,the comfort guide positions theshoulder belt away from the neckand head.

Comfort guides are availablethrough your dealer for the rearoutboard seating positions.Instructions are included with theguide.

Seat Belt Use DuringPregnancySeat belts work for everyone,including pregnant women. Like alloccupants, they are more likely tobe seriously injured if they do notwear seat belts.

A pregnant woman should wear alap-shoulder belt, and the lapportion should be worn as low aspossible, below the rounding,throughout the pregnancy.

The best way to protect the fetus isto protect the mother. When a seatbelt is worn properly, it is more likelythat the fetus will not be hurt in acrash. For pregnant women, as foranyone, the key to making seatbelts effective is wearing themproperly.

Seat Belt ExtenderIf the vehicle's seat belt will fastenaround you, you should use it.

But if a seat belt is not long enough,your dealer will order you anextender. When you go in to order it,take the heaviest coat you will wear,so the extender will be long enoughfor you. To help avoid personalinjury, do not let someone else useit, and use it only for the seat it ismade to fit. The extender has beendesigned for adults. Never use it forsecuring child restraints. For moreinformation on the proper use and fitof seat belt extenders see theinstruction sheet that comes withthe extender.

Safety System CheckPeriodically check the seat beltreminder, seat belts, buckles, latchplates, retractors, shoulder beltheight adjusters (if equipped), andseat belt anchorages to make surethey are all in working order. Lookfor any other loose or damaged seatbelt system parts that might keep a



seat belt system from performingproperly. See your dealer to have itrepaired. Torn, frayed, or twistedseat belts may not protect you in acrash. Torn or frayed seat belts canrip apart under impact forces. If abelt is torn or frayed, have itreplaced immediately. If a belt istwisted, it may be possible tountwist by reversing the latch plateon the webbing. If the twist cannotbe corrected, ask your dealer tofix it.

Make sure the seat belt reminderlight is working. See Seat BeltReminders 0 118.

Keep seat belts clean and dry. SeeSeat Belt Care 0 58.

Seat Belt CareKeep belts clean and dry.

Seat belts should be properly caredfor and maintained.

Seat belt hardware should be keptdry and free of dust or debris. Asnecessary, exterior hard surfacesand seat belt webbing may be lightlycleaned with mild soap and water.Ensure there is not excessive dustor debris in the mechanism. If dustor debris exists in the system pleasesee the dealer. Parts may need tobe replaced to ensure properfunctionality of the system.

{ Warning

Do not bleach or dye seat beltwebbing. It may severely weakenthe webbing. In a crash, theymight not be able to provideadequate protection. Clean andrinse seat belt webbing only withmild soap and lukewarm water.Allow the webbing to dry.

Replacing Seat BeltSystem Parts after aCrash

{ Warning

A crash can damage the seat beltsystem in the vehicle. A damagedseat belt system may not properlyprotect the person using it,resulting in serious injury or evendeath in a crash. To help makesure the seat belt systems areworking properly after a crash,have them inspected and anynecessary replacements made assoon as possible.



After a minor crash, replacement ofseat belts may not be necessary.But the seat belt assemblies thatwere used during any crash mayhave been stressed or damaged.See your dealer to have the seatbelt assemblies inspected orreplaced.

New parts and repairs may benecessary even if the seat beltsystem was not being used at thetime of the crash.

Have the seat belt pretensionerschecked if the vehicle has been in acrash, or if the airbag readiness lightstays on after you start the vehicleor while you are driving. See AirbagReadiness Light 0 119.

Airbag SystemThe vehicle has the followingairbags:

. A frontal airbag for the driver

. A frontal airbag for the frontoutboard passenger

. A seat-mounted side impactairbag for the driver

. A seat-mounted side impactairbag for the front outboardpassenger

. A roof-rail airbag for the driverand the passenger seateddirectly behind the driver

. A roof-rail airbag for the frontoutboard passenger and thepassenger seated directlybehind the front outboardpassenger

All vehicle airbags have the wordAIRBAG on the trim or on a labelnear the deployment opening.

For frontal airbags, the wordAIRBAG is on the center of thesteering wheel for the driver and onthe instrument panel for the frontoutboard passenger.

For seat-mounted side impactairbags, the word AIRBAG is on theside of the seatback closest tothe door.

For roof-rail airbags, the wordAIRBAG is on the ceiling or trim.

Airbags are designed to supplementthe protection provided by seatbelts. Even though today's airbagsare also designed to help reducethe risk of injury from the force of aninflating bag, all airbags must inflatevery quickly to do their job.

Here are the most important thingsto know about the airbag system:

{ Warning

You can be severely injured orkilled in a crash if you are notwearing your seat belt, even with

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

airbags. Airbags are designed towork with seat belts, not replacethem. Also, airbags are notdesigned to inflate in every crash.In some crashes seat belts arethe only restraint. See WhenShould an Airbag Inflate? 0 62.

Wearing your seat belt during acrash helps reduce your chanceof hitting things inside the vehicleor being ejected from it. Airbagsare “supplemental restraints” tothe seat belts. Everyone in thevehicle should wear a seat beltproperly, whether or not there isan airbag for that person.

{ Warning

Because airbags inflate with greatforce and faster than the blink ofan eye, anyone who is upagainst, or very close to, any

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

airbag when it inflates can beseriously injured or killed. Do notsit unnecessarily close to anyairbag, as you would be if sittingon the edge of the seat or leaningforward. Seat belts help keep youin position before and during acrash. Always wear a seat belt,even with airbags. The drivershould sit as far back as possiblewhile still maintaining control ofthe vehicle. The seat belts andthe front outboard passengerairbags are most effective whenyou are sitting well back andupright in the seat with both feeton the floor.

Occupants should not lean on orsleep against the door or sidewindows in seating positions withseat-mounted side impact airbagsand/or roof-rail airbags.

{ Warning

Children who are up against,or very close to, any airbag whenit inflates can be seriously injuredor killed. Always secure childrenproperly in the vehicle. To readhow, see Older Children 0 72 orInfants and Young Children 0 73.

There is an airbag readiness lighton the instrument cluster, whichshows the airbag symbol. Thesystem checks the airbag electricalsystem for malfunctions. The lighttells you if there is an electricalproblem. See Airbag ReadinessLight 0 119.



Where Are the Airbags?

The driver frontal airbag is in thecenter of the steering wheel.

The front outboard passengerfrontal airbag is in the passengerside instrument panel.

Driver Side Shown, PassengerSide Similar

The driver and front outboardpassenger seat-mounted sideimpact airbags are in the side of theseatbacks closest to the door.



Driver Side Crew Cab Shown,Passenger Side and Extended Cab

Similar

The roof-rail airbags for the driver,front outboard passenger, andsecond row outboard passengersare in the ceiling above the sidewindows.

{ Warning

If something is between anoccupant and an airbag, theairbag might not inflate properlyor it might force the object into

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

that person causing severe injuryor even death. The path of aninflating airbag must be keptclear. Do not put anythingbetween an occupant and anairbag, and do not attach or putanything on the steering wheelhub or on or near any otherairbag covering.

Do not use seat accessories thatblock the inflation path of aseat-mounted side impact airbag.

Never secure anything to the roofof a vehicle with roof-rail airbagsby routing a rope or tie‐downthrough any door or windowopening. If you do, the path of aninflating roof-rail airbag will beblocked.

When Should an AirbagInflate?This vehicle is equipped withairbags. See Airbag System 0 59.Airbags are designed to inflate if theimpact exceeds the specific airbagsystem's deployment threshold.Deployment thresholds are used topredict how severe a crash is likelyto be in time for the airbags toinflate and help restrain theoccupants. The vehicle haselectronic sensors that help theairbag system determine theseverity of the impact. Deploymentthresholds can vary with specificvehicle design.

Frontal airbags are designed toinflate in moderate to severe frontalor near frontal crashes to helpreduce the potential for severeinjuries, mainly to the driver's orfront outboard passenger's headand chest.

Whether the frontal airbags will orshould inflate is not based primarilyon how fast the vehicle is traveling.



It depends on what is hit, thedirection of the impact, and howquickly the vehicle slows down.

Frontal airbags may inflate atdifferent crash speeds depending onwhether the vehicle hits an objectstraight on or at an angle, andwhether the object is fixed ormoving, rigid or deformable, narrowor wide.

Frontal airbags are not intended toinflate during vehicle rollovers, inrear impacts, or in many sideimpacts.

In addition, the vehicle hasadvanced technology frontalairbags. Advanced technologyfrontal airbags adjust the restraintaccording to crash severity.

Seat-mounted side impact airbagsare designed to inflate in moderateto severe side crashes dependingon the location of the impact.Seat-mounted side impact airbagsare not designed to inflate in frontalimpacts, near frontal impacts,rollovers, or rear impacts.

A seat-mounted side impact airbagis designed to inflate on the side ofthe vehicle that is struck.

Roof-rail airbags are designed toinflate in moderate to severe sidecrashes depending on the locationof the impact. In addition, theseroof-rail airbags are designed toinflate during a rollover or in asevere frontal impact. Roof-railairbags are not designed to inflate inrear impacts. Both roof-rail airbagswill inflate when either side of thevehicle is struck, if the sensingsystem predicts that the vehicle isabout to roll over on its side, or in asevere frontal impact.

In any particular crash, no one cansay whether an airbag should haveinflated simply because of thevehicle damage or repair costs.

What Makes an AirbagInflate?In a deployment event, the sensingsystem sends an electrical signaltriggering a release of gas from theinflator. Gas from the inflator fills the

airbag causing the bag to break outof the cover. The inflator, the airbag,and related hardware are all part ofthe airbag module.

For airbag locations, see Where Arethe Airbags? 0 61.

How Does an AirbagRestrain?In moderate to severe frontal ornear frontal collisions, even beltedoccupants can contact the steeringwheel or the instrument panel. Inmoderate to severe side collisions,even belted occupants can contactthe inside of the vehicle.

Airbags supplement the protectionprovided by seat belts bydistributing the force of the impactmore evenly over theoccupant's body.

Rollover capable roof-rail airbagsare designed to help contain thehead and chest of occupants in theoutboard seating positions in thefirst and second rows. The rollovercapable roof-rail airbags aredesigned to help reduce the risk of



full or partial ejection in rolloverevents, although no system canprevent all such ejections.

But airbags would not help in manytypes of collisions, primarilybecause the occupant's motion isnot toward those airbags. See WhenShould an Airbag Inflate? 0 62.

Airbags should never be regardedas anything more than a supplementto seat belts.

What Will You See afteran Airbag Inflates?After frontal and seat-mounted sideimpact airbags inflate, they quicklydeflate, so quickly that some peoplemay not even realize the airbagsinflated. Roof-rail airbags may stillbe at least partially inflated for sometime after they inflate. Somecomponents of the airbag modulemay be hot for several minutes. Forlocation of the airbags, see WhereAre the Airbags? 0 61.

The parts of the airbag that comeinto contact with you may be warm,but not too hot to touch. There may

be some smoke and dust comingfrom the vents in the deflatedairbags. Airbag inflation does notprevent the driver from seeing out ofthe windshield or being able to steerthe vehicle, nor does it preventpeople from leaving the vehicle.

{ Warning

When an airbag inflates, theremay be dust in the air. This dustcould cause breathing problemsfor people with a history ofasthma or other breathing trouble.To avoid this, everyone in thevehicle should get out as soon asit is safe to do so. If you havebreathing problems but cannotget out of the vehicle after anairbag inflates, then get fresh airby opening a window or a door.If you experience breathingproblems following an airbagdeployment, you should seekmedical attention.

The vehicle has a feature that mayautomatically unlock the doors, turnon the interior lamps and hazardwarning flashers, and shut off thefuel system after the airbags inflate.The feature may also activate,without airbag inflation, after anevent that exceeds a predeterminedthreshold. After turning the ignitionoff and then on again, the fuelsystem will return to normaloperation; the doors can be locked,the interior lamps can be turned off,and the hazard warning flashers canbe turned off using the controls forthose features. If any of thesesystems are damaged in the crashthey may not operate as normal.

{ Warning

A crash severe enough to inflatethe airbags may have alsodamaged important functions inthe vehicle, such as the fuelsystem, brake and steeringsystems, etc. Even if the vehicleappears to be drivable after a

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

moderate crash, there may beconcealed damage that couldmake it difficult to safely operatethe vehicle.

Use caution if you should attemptto restart the engine after a crashhas occurred.

In many crashes severe enough toinflate the airbag, windshields arebroken by vehicle deformation.Additional windshield breakage mayalso occur from the front outboardpassenger airbag.

. Airbags are designed to inflateonly once. After an airbaginflates, you will need some newparts for the airbag system.If you do not get them, theairbag system will not be thereto help protect you in anothercrash. A new system will includeairbag modules and possiblyother parts. The service manualfor the vehicle covers the needto replace other parts.

. The vehicle has a crash sensingand diagnostic module whichrecords information after acrash. See Vehicle DataRecording and Privacy 0 356and Event Data Recorders0 356.

. Let only qualified technicianswork on the airbag systems.Improper service can mean thatan airbag system will not workproperly. See your dealer forservice.

Passenger SensingSystemThe vehicle has a passengersensing system for the frontoutboard passenger position. Thepassenger airbag status indicatorwill light on the overhead consolewhen the vehicle is started.

United States

Canada

The words ON and OFF, or thesymbols for on and off, will bevisible during the system check.When the system check iscomplete, either the word ON orOFF, or the symbol for on and off,will be visible. See PassengerAirbag Status Indicator 0 119.

The passenger sensing systemturns off the front outboardpassenger frontal airbag undercertain conditions. No other airbagis affected by the passengersensing system.



The passenger sensing systemworks with sensors that are part ofthe front outboard passenger seatand seat belt. The sensors aredesigned to detect the presence ofa properly seated occupant anddetermine if the front outboardpassenger frontal airbag should beallowed to inflate or not.

According to accident statistics,children are safer when properlysecured in a rear seat in the correctchild restraint for their weightand size.

Whenever possible, children aged12 and under should be secured ina rear seating position.

Never put a rear-facing child seat inthe front. This is because the risk tothe rear-facing child is so great,if the airbag inflates.

{ Warning

A child in a rear-facing childrestraint can be seriously injuredor killed if the passenger frontal

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

airbag inflates. This is becausethe back of the rear-facing childrestraint would be very close tothe inflating airbag. A child in aforward-facing child restraint canbe seriously injured or killed if thepassenger frontal airbag inflatesand the passenger seat is in aforward position.

Even if the passenger sensingsystem has turned off thepassenger frontal airbag, nosystem is fail-safe. No one canguarantee that an airbag will notdeploy under some unusualcircumstance, even though theairbag is turned off.

Never put a rear-facing childrestraint in the front seat, even ifthe airbag is off. If securing aforward-facing child restraint inthe front outboard passengerseat, always move the seat as farback as it will go. It is better to

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

secure child restraints in the rearseat. Consider using anothervehicle to transport the childwhen a rear seat is not available.

If the vehicle does not have a rearseat that will accommodate arear-facing child restraint, arear-facing child restraint should notbe installed in the vehicle, even ifthe airbag is off.

The passenger sensing system isdesigned to turn off the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbag if:

. The front outboard passengerseat is unoccupied.

. The system determines that aninfant is present in a rear-facinginfant seat.

. The system determines that asmall child is present in a childrestraint.

. The system determines that asmall child is present in abooster seat.


Seats and Restraints 67. A front outboard passenger

takes his/her weight off of theseat for a period of time.

. The front outboard passengerseat is occupied by a smallerperson, such as a child who hasoutgrown child restraints.

. There is a critical problem withthe airbag system or thepassenger sensing system.

When the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbag,the OFF indicator will light and staylit as a reminder that the airbag isoff. See Passenger Airbag StatusIndicator 0 119.

The passenger sensing system isdesigned to turn on the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbaganytime the system senses that aperson of adult size is sittingproperly in the front outboardpassenger seat. When thepassenger sensing system hasallowed the airbag to be enabled,

the ON indicator will light and stay litas a reminder that the airbag isactive.

For some children who haveoutgrown child restraints, and forvery small adults, the passengersensing system may or may not turnoff the front outboard passengerfrontal airbag, depending upon theperson's seating posture and bodybuild. Everyone in the vehicle whohas outgrown child restraints shouldwear a seat belt properly — whetheror not there is an airbag for thatperson.

{ Warning

If the airbag readiness light evercomes on and stays on, it meansthat something may be wrongwith the airbag system. To helpavoid injury to yourself or others,have the vehicle serviced rightaway. See Airbag ReadinessLight 0 119 for more information,including important safetyinformation.

If the On Indicator Is Lit for aChild Restraint

If a child restraint has been installedand the ON indicator is lit:

1. Turn the vehicle off.

2. Remove the child restraint fromthe vehicle.

3. Remove any additional itemsfrom the seat such as blankets,cushions, seat covers, seatheaters, or seat massagers.

4. Reinstall the child restraintfollowing the directionsprovided by the child restraintmanufacturer and refer toSecuring Child Restraints (Withthe Seat Belt in the Rear Seat)0 93 or Securing ChildRestraints (With the Seat Beltin the Front Seat) 0 99.

5. If, after reinstalling the childrestraint and restarting thevehicle, the ON indicator is stilllit, turn the vehicle off. Thenslightly recline the vehicleseatback and adjust the seatcushion, if adjustable, to make



sure that the vehicle seatbackis not pushing the childrestraint into the seat cushion.Also make sure the childrestraint is not trapped underthe vehicle head restraint.If this happens, adjust the headrestraint. See Head Restraints0 44.

6. Restart the vehicle.

If the ON indicator is still lit, securethe child in the child restraint in arear seat position in the vehicle, andcheck with your dealer.

If no rear seat is available, do notinstall a child restraint in this vehicleand check with your dealer.

If the Off Indicator Is Lit for anAdult-Sized Occupant

If a person of adult-size is sitting inthe front outboard passenger seat,but the OFF indicator is lit, it couldbe because that person is not sittingproperly in the seat or that the childrestraint locking feature is engaged.Use the following steps to allow thesystem to detect that person andenable the front outboard passengerfrontal airbag:


2. Remove any additional materialfrom the seat, such asblankets, cushions, seatcovers, seat heaters, or seatmassagers.

3. Place the seatback in the fullyupright position.

4. Have the person sit upright inthe seat, centered on the seatcushion, with legs comfortablyextended.

5. If the shoulder portion of thebelt is pulled out all the way,the child restraint lockingfeature will be engaged. Thismay unintentionally cause thepassenger sensing system toturn the airbag off for someadult-sized occupants. If thishappens, unbuckle the belt, letthe belt go back all the way,and then buckle the belt againwithout pulling the belt out allthe way.



6. Restart the vehicle and havethe person remain in thisposition for two tothree minutes after the ONindicator is lit.

{ Warning

If the front outboard passengerairbag is turned off for anadult-sized occupant, the airbagwill not be able to inflate and helpprotect that person in a crash,resulting in an increased risk ofserious injury or even death. Anadult-sized occupant should notride in the front outboardpassenger seat, if the passengerairbag off indicator is lit.

Additional Factors AffectingSystem Operation

Seat belts help keep the passengerin position on the seat duringvehicle maneuvers and braking,which helps the passenger sensingsystem maintain the passengerairbag status. See “Seat Belts” and

“Child Restraints” in the Index foradditional information about theimportance of proper restraint use.

A thick layer of additional material,such as a blanket or cushion,or aftermarket equipment such asseat covers, seat heaters, and seatmassagers can affect how well thepassenger sensing systemoperates. We recommend that younot use seat covers or otheraftermarket equipment except whenapproved by GM for your specificvehicle. See Adding Equipment tothe Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 70for more information aboutmodifications that can affect howthe system operates.

The ON indicator may be lit if anobject, such as a briefcase,handbag, grocery bag, laptop,or other electronic device, is put onan unoccupied seat. If this is notdesired remove the object fromthe seat.

{ Warning

Stowing articles under thepassenger seat or between thepassenger seat cushion andseatback may interfere with theproper operation of the passengersensing system.

Servicing theAirbag-Equipped VehicleAirbags affect how the vehicleshould be serviced. There are partsof the airbag system in severalplaces around the vehicle. Yourdealer and the service manual haveinformation about servicing thevehicle and the airbag system. Topurchase a service manual, seePublication Ordering Information0 353.



{ Warning

For up to 10 seconds after thevehicle is turned off and thebattery is disconnected, an airbagcan still inflate during improperservice. You can be injured if youare close to an airbag when itinflates. Avoid yellow connectors.They are probably part of theairbag system. Be sure to followproper service procedures, andmake sure the person performingwork for you is qualified to do so.

Adding Equipment to theAirbag-Equipped Vehicle

{ Warning

If a snow plow or similarequipment is installed on thevehicle, the airbag system maynot function properly. An airbagcould inflate when it is notsupposed to inflate. People riding

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

in the vehicle could be injured,and the vehicle and/or snow plowcould be damaged. Do not installa snow plow or similar equipmenton the vehicle.

Adding accessories that change thevehicle's frame, bumper system,height, front end, or side sheetmetal may keep the airbag systemfrom working properly.

The operation of the airbag systemcan also be affected by changingany parts of the front seats, seatbelts, airbag sensing and diagnosticmodule, steering wheel, instrumentpanel, inner door seals including thespeakers, any of the airbagmodules, ceiling or pillar garnishtrim, overhead console, frontsensors, side impact sensors,or airbag wiring.

Your dealer and the service manualhave information about the locationof the airbag sensors, sensing anddiagnostic module, and airbagwiring.

In addition, the vehicle has apassenger sensing system for thefront outboard passenger position,which includes sensors that are partof the passenger seat. Thepassenger sensing system may notoperate properly if the original seattrim is replaced with non-GMcovers, upholstery, or trim; or withGM covers, upholstery, or trimdesigned for a different vehicle. Anyobject, such as an aftermarket seatheater or a comfort-enhancing pador device, installed under or on topof the seat fabric, could alsointerfere with the operation of thepassenger sensing system. Thiscould either prevent properdeployment of the passengerairbag(s) or prevent the passengersensing system from properlyturning off the passenger airbag(s).See Passenger Sensing System0 65.



If the vehicle has rollover roof-railairbags, see Different Size Tiresand Wheels 0 290 for additionalimportant information.

If the vehicle must be modifiedbecause you have a disability andhave questions about whether themodifications will affect the vehicle'sairbag system, or if you havequestions about whether the airbagsystem will be affected if the vehicleis modified for any other reason, callCustomer Assistance. SeeCustomer Assistance Offices 0 346.

Airbag System CheckThe airbag system does not needregularly scheduled maintenance orreplacement. Make sure the airbagreadiness light is working. SeeAirbag Readiness Light 0 119.

Caution

If an airbag covering is damaged,opened, or broken, the airbagmay not work properly. Do not

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

open or break the airbagcoverings. If there are anyopened or broken airbagcoverings, have the airbagcovering and/or airbag modulereplaced. For the location of theairbags, see Where Are theAirbags? 0 61. See your dealerfor service.

Replacing Airbag SystemParts after a Crash

{ Warning

A crash can damage the airbagsystems in the vehicle.A damaged airbag system maynot properly protect you and yourpassenger(s) in a crash, resultingin serious injury or even death. Tohelp make sure the airbagsystems are working properlyafter a crash, have them

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

inspected and any necessaryreplacements made as soon aspossible.

If an airbag inflates, you will need toreplace airbag system parts. Seeyour dealer for service.

If the airbag readiness light stays onafter the vehicle is started or comeson when you are driving, the airbagsystem may not work properly. Havethe vehicle serviced right away. SeeAirbag Readiness Light 0 119.



Child Restraints

Older Children

Older children who have outgrownbooster seats should wear thevehicle’s seat belts.

The manufacturer instructions thatcome with the booster seat state theweight and height limitations for thatbooster. Use a booster seat with alap-shoulder belt until the childpasses the fit test below:

. Sit all the way back on the seat.Do the knees bend at the seatedge? If yes, continue. If no,return to the booster seat.

. Buckle the lap-shoulder belt.Does the shoulder belt rest onthe shoulder? If yes, continue.If no, try using the rear seat beltcomfort guide, if available. See“Rear Seat Belt Comfort Guides”under Lap-Shoulder Belt 0 54.If a comfort guide is notavailable, or if the shoulder beltstill does not rest on theshoulder, then return to thebooster seat.

. Does the lap belt fit low andsnug on the hips, touching thethighs? If yes, continue. If no,return to the booster seat.

. Can proper seat belt fit bemaintained for the length of thetrip? If yes, continue. If no,return to the booster seat.

Q: What is the proper way towear seat belts?

A: An older child should wear alap-shoulder belt and get theadditional restraint a shoulderbelt can provide. The shoulderbelt should not cross the face orneck. The lap belt should fitsnugly below the hips, justtouching the top of the thighs.This applies belt force to thechild's pelvic bones in a crash.It should never be worn over theabdomen, which could causesevere or even fatal internalinjuries in a crash.

Also see “Rear Seat Belt ComfortGuides” under Lap-Shoulder Belt0 54.

According to accident statistics,children are safer when properlyrestrained in a rear seating position.

In a crash, children who are notbuckled up can strike other peoplewho are buckled up, or can bethrown out of the vehicle. Olderchildren need to use seat beltsproperly.



{ Warning

Never allow more than one childto wear the same seat belt. Theseat belt cannot properly spreadthe impact forces. In a crash, theycan be crushed together andseriously injured. A seat belt mustbe used by only one person ata time.

{ Warning

Never allow a child to wear theseat belt with the shoulder beltbehind their back. A child can beseriously injured by not wearingthe lap-shoulder belt properly. In acrash, the child would not berestrained by the shoulder belt.The child could move too farforward increasing the chance ofhead and neck injury. The childmight also slide under the lapbelt. The belt force would then beapplied right on the abdomen.That could cause serious or fatalinjuries. The shoulder belt shouldgo over the shoulder and acrossthe chest.

Infants and YoungChildrenEveryone in a vehicle needsprotection! This includes infants andall other children. Neither thedistance traveled nor the age andsize of the traveler changes theneed, for everyone, to use safetyrestraints. In fact, the law in everystate in the United States and inevery Canadian province sayschildren up to some age must berestrained while in a vehicle.



{ Warning

Children can be seriously injuredor strangled if a shoulder belt iswrapped around their neck. Theshoulder belt can tighten butcannot be loosened if it is locked.The shoulder belt locks when it ispulled all the way out of theretractor. It unlocks when theshoulder belt is allowed to go allthe way back into the retractor,but it cannot do this if it iswrapped around a child’s neck.If the shoulder belt is locked andtightened around a child’s neck,the only way to loosen the belt isto cut it.

Never leave children unattendedin a vehicle and never allowchildren to play with the seatbelts.

Every time infants and youngchildren ride in vehicles, they shouldhave the protection provided by

appropriate child restraints. Neitherthe vehicle's seat belt system nor itsairbag system is designed for them.

Children who are not restrainedproperly can strike other people,or can be thrown out of the vehicle.

{ Warning

Never hold an infant or a childwhile riding in a vehicle. Due tocrash forces, an infant or a childwill become so heavy it is notpossible to hold it during a crash.For example, in a crash at only40 km/h (25 mph), a 5.5 kg (12 lb)infant will suddenly become a110 kg (240 lb) force on a person'sarms. An infant or child should besecured in an appropriaterestraint.

{ Warning

Children who are up against,or very close to, any airbag whenit inflates can be seriously injuredor killed. Never put a rear-facingchild restraint in the frontoutboard seat. Secure arear-facing child restraint in a rearseat. It is also better to secure aforward-facing child restraint in arear seat. If you must secure aforward-facing child restraint inthe front outboard seat, alwaysmove the front passenger seat asfar back as it will go.



Child restraints are devices used torestrain, seat, or position children inthe vehicle and are sometimescalled child seats or car seats.

There are three basic types ofchild restraints:

. Forward-facing child restraints

. Rear-facing child restraints

. Belt-positioning booster seats

The proper child restraint for yourchild depends on their size, weight,and age, and also on whether thechild restraint is compatible with thevehicle in which it will be used.

For each type of child restraint,there are many different modelsavailable. When purchasing a childrestraint, be sure it is designed to beused in a motor vehicle. If it is, therestraint will have a label saying thatit meets federal motor vehicle safetystandards. The restraintmanufacturer's instructions thatcome with the restraint state theweight and height limitations for aparticular child restraint. In addition,there are many kinds of restraintsavailable for children with specialneeds.

{ Warning

To reduce the risk of neck andhead injury in a crash, infants andtoddlers should be secured in arear-facing child restraint until agetwo, or until they reach themaximum height and weight limitsof their child restraint.

{ Warning

A young child's hip bones are stillso small that the vehicle's regularseat belt may not remain low onthe hip bones, as it should.Instead, it may settle up aroundthe child's abdomen. In a crash,the belt would apply force on abody area that is unprotected byany bony structure. This alonecould cause serious or fatalinjuries. To reduce the risk ofserious or fatal injuries during acrash, young children shouldalways be secured in appropriatechild restraints.



Child Restraint Systems

Rear-Facing Infant Restraint

A rear-facing child restraint providesrestraint with the seating surfaceagainst the back of the infant.

The harness system holds the infantin place and, in a crash, acts tokeep the infant positioned in therestraint.

Forward-Facing Child Restraint

A forward-facing child restraintprovides restraint for the child'sbody with the harness.

Booster Seats

A belt-positioning booster seat isused for children who haveoutgrown their forward-facing childrestraint. Boosters are designed toimprove the fit of the vehicle's seatbelt system until the child is largeenough for the vehicle seat belts tofit properly without a booster seat.See the seat belt fit test in OlderChildren 0 72.



Securing an Add-On ChildRestraint in the Vehicle

{ Warning

A child can be seriously injured orkilled in a crash if the childrestraint is not properly secured inthe vehicle. Secure the childrestraint properly in the vehicleusing the vehicle’s seat belt orLATCH system, following theinstructions that came with thatchild restraint and the instructionsin this manual.

To help reduce the chance of injury,the child restraint must be securedin the vehicle. Child restraints mustbe secured in vehicle seats by lapbelts or the lap belt portion of alap-shoulder belt, or by the LATCHsystem. See Lower Anchors andTethers for Children (LATCHSystem) 0 79 for more information.Children can be endangered in acrash if the child restraint is notproperly secured in the vehicle.

When securing an add-on childrestraint, refer to the instructionsthat come with the restraint whichmay be on the restraint itself or in abooklet, or both, and to this manual.The child restraint instructions areimportant, so if they are notavailable, obtain a replacementcopy from the manufacturer.

Keep in mind that an unsecuredchild restraint can move around in acollision or sudden stop and injurepeople in the vehicle. Be sure toproperly secure any child restraint inthe vehicle— even when no child isin it.

In some areas of the United Statesand Canada, Certified ChildPassenger Safety Technicians(CPSTs) are available to inspectand demonstrate how to correctlyuse and install child restraints. Inthe U.S., refer to the NationalHighway Traffic SafetyAdministration (NHTSA) website tolocate the nearest child safety seatinspection station. For CPST

availability in Canada, check withTransport Canada or the ProvincialMinistry of Transportation office.

Securing the Child Within theChild Restraint

{ Warning

A child can be seriously injured orkilled in a crash if the child is notproperly secured in the childrestraint. Secure the childproperly following the instructionsthat came with that child restraint.

Where to Put theRestraintAccording to accident statistics,children and infants are safer whenproperly restrained in an appropriatechild restraint secured in a rearseating position.

Whenever possible, children aged12 and under should be secured ina rear seating position.



Never put a rear-facing childrestraint in the front. This is becausethe risk to the rear-facing child is sogreat if the airbag deploys.

{ Warning

A child in a rear-facing childrestraint can be seriously injuredor killed if the front passengerairbag inflates. This is becausethe back of the rear-facing childrestraint would be very close tothe inflating airbag. A child in aforward-facing child restraint canbe seriously injured or killed if thefront passenger airbag inflatesand the passenger seat is in aforward position.

Even if the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontpassenger frontal airbag, nosystem is fail-safe. No one canguarantee that an airbag will notdeploy under some unusualcircumstance, even though it isturned off.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

Secure rear-facing child restraintsin a rear seat, even if the airbagis off. If you secure aforward-facing child restraint inthe front seat, always move thefront passenger seat as far backas it will go. It is better to securethe child restraint in a rear seat.

See Passenger Sensing System0 65 for additional information.

If the vehicle does not have a rearseat that will accommodate arear-facing child restraint, arear-facing child restraint should notbe secured in the vehicle, even ifthe airbag is off.

{ Warning

Never secure a rear-facing orforward-facing child restraint inthe left rear seating position in anextended cab model. This seating

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

position is not suitable for childrestraint installation. The seatcushion is too short to properlysupport a rear-facing orforward-facing child restraint.A child could be seriously injuredor killed in a sudden stop orcrash.

A rear-facing or forward-facingchild restraint can be installed inthe right rear seating positionusing the seat cushion extensionin an extended cab model. Neverinstall a child restraint in the rightrear seating position without theseat cushion extension.See Lower Anchors and Tethersfor Children (LATCH System)0 79 and Securing ChildRestraints (With the Seat Belt inthe Rear Seat) 0 93 or SecuringChild Restraints (With the SeatBelt in the Front Seat) 0 99.



Never secure a rear-facing orforward-facing child restraint in theleft rear seating position in anextended cab model.

When securing a child restraint withthe seat belts in a rear seat position,study the instructions that came withthe child restraint to make sure it iscompatible with this vehicle.

Child restraints and booster seatsvary considerably in size, and somemay fit in certain seating positionsbetter than others.

Depending on where you place thechild restraint and the size of thechild restraint, you may not be ableto access adjacent seat belts orLATCH anchors for additionalpassengers or child restraints.Adjacent seating positions shouldnot be used if the child restraintprevents access to or interferes withthe routing of the seat belt.

Wherever a child restraint isinstalled, be sure to follow theinstructions that came with the childrestraint and secure the childrestraint properly.

Keep in mind that an unsecuredchild restraint can move around in acollision or sudden stop and injurepeople in the vehicle. Be sure toproperly secure any child restraint inthe vehicle — even when no child isin it.

Lower Anchors andTethers for Children(LATCH System)The LATCH system secures a childrestraint during driving or in a crash.LATCH attachments on the childrestraint are used to attach the childrestraint to the anchors in thevehicle. The LATCH system isdesigned to make installation of achild restraint easier.

In order to use the LATCH system inyour vehicle, you need a childrestraint that has LATCHattachments. LATCH-compatiblerear-facing and forward-facing childseats can be properly installedusing either the LATCH anchors orthe vehicle’s seat belts. Do not useboth the seat belts and the LATCH

anchorage system to secure arear-facing or forward-facingchild seat.

Booster seats use the vehicle’s seatbelts to secure the child and thebooster seat. If the manufacturerrecommends that the booster seatbe secured with the LATCH system,this can be done as long as thebooster seat can be positionedproperly and there is no interferencewith the proper positioning of thelap-shoulder belt on the child.

Make sure to follow the instructionsthat came with the child restraint,and also the instructions in thismanual.

When installing a child restraint witha top tether, you must also useeither the lower anchors or the seatbelts to properly secure the childrestraint. A child restraint mustnever be installed using only the toptether and anchor.

The LATCH anchorage system canbe used until the combined weightof the child plus the child restraint is29.5 kg (65 lbs). Use the seat belt



alone instead of the LATCHanchorage system once thecombined weight is more than29.5 kg (65 lbs).

See Securing Child Restraints (Withthe Seat Belt in the Rear Seat) 0 93or Securing Child Restraints (Withthe Seat Belt in the Front Seat)0 99.

Child restraints built after March2014 will be labeled with thespecific child weight up to which theLATCH system can be used toinstall the restraint.

The following explains how to attacha child restraint with theseattachments in the vehicle.

Not all vehicle seating positionshave lower anchors. In this case,the seat belt must be used (with toptether where available) to securethe child restraint. See SecuringChild Restraints (With the Seat Beltin the Rear Seat) 0 93 or SecuringChild Restraints (With the Seat Beltin the Front Seat) 0 99.

Lower Anchors

Lower anchors (1) are metal barsbuilt into the vehicle. There are twolower anchors for each LATCHseating position that willaccommodate a child restraint withlower attachments (2).

Top Tether Anchor

A top tether (3,4) is used to securethe top of the child restraint to thevehicle. A top tether anchor is builtinto the vehicle. The top tetherattachment hook (2) on the childrestraint connects to the top tetheranchor in the vehicle in order toreduce the forward movement androtation of the child restraint duringdriving or in a crash.

The child restraint may have asingle tether (3) or a dual tether (4).Either will have a single attachmenthook (2) to secure the top tether tothe anchor.



Some child restraints with toptethers are designed for use with orwithout the top tether beingattached. Others require the toptether always to be attached. InCanada, the law requires thatforward-facing child restraints havea top tether, and that the tether beattached. Be sure to read and followthe instructions for your childrestraint.

Lower Anchor and Top TetherAnchor Locations

Crew Cab

I : Seating positions withtop tether anchors.

H : Seating positions withtwo lower anchors.

To assist in locating the loweranchors on crew cab models, eachseating position with lower anchorshas two labels near the creasebetween the seatback and the seatcushion.

A child restraint in the rear centerseating position must be installedwith seat belts as it is not equippedwith lower LATCH anchors.See Securing Child Restraints (Withthe Seat Belt in the Rear Seat) 0 93or Securing Child Restraints (Withthe Seat Belt in the Front Seat)0 99.

Extended Cab (Rear Seats Shown)


H : Seating positions withtwo lower anchors.

For extended cab models with rearseats, there are exposed metallower anchors for each rear seatingposition, attached to the back wall,near the seat cushion.

Even though LATCH anchors arerequired for this position, a childrestraint (forward-facing orrear-facing) should not be installedin the left rear seat.



Extended Cab without Rear Seats(Front Seats Shown)

For extended cab models withoutrear seats, there is a top tetheranchor provided for the frontpassenger seat.


For extended cab without rear seatand crew cab models, there are toptether anchor symbols to assist youin locating the top tether anchors.

CrewCab

The top tether anchors in a crewcab model are on the back wallbehind each rear seating position.Fold down the rear seatback toaccess the anchor. See instructionsfor crew cab under Rear Seats 0 49.Be sure to use an anchor directlybehind the seating position wherethe child restraint will be placed.

Extended Cab with Rear Seats

The top tether anchors in anextended cab model are loops nearthe top of each rear seatback. Seethe instructions under “Securing aChild Restraint with the LATCHSystem” later in this section on howto attach a top tether.

Do not attach a top tether to theloop near the top of the seatback ofthe seating position in which thechild restraint is installed.



Extended Cab without Rear Seats

The top tether anchor in anextended cab without rear seats is ametal wire on the lower inboard sideof the cab wall directly behind thefront passenger seat.

Do not place heavy objects on thetop tether anchor or use it as a tiedown for cargo as this may causedamage to the anchor.

Do not secure a child restraint in aposition without a top tether anchorif a national or local law requiresthat the top tether be attached, or if

the instructions that come with thechild restraint say that the top tethermust be attached.

According to accident statistics,children and infants are safer whenproperly restrained in a childrestraint system or infant restraintsystem secured in a rear seatingposition. See Where to Put theRestraint 0 77 for additionalinformation.

Securing a Child Restraint withthe LATCH System

{ Warning

A child could be seriously injuredor killed in a crash if the childrestraint is not properly attachedto the vehicle using either theLATCH anchors or the vehicleseat belt. Follow the instructionsthat came with the child restraintand the instructions in thismanual.

{ Warning

To reduce the risk of serious orfatal injuries during a crash, donot attach more than one childrestraint to a single anchor.Attaching more than one childrestraint to a single anchor couldcause the anchor or attachmentto come loose or even breakduring a crash. A child or otherscould be injured.

{ Warning

Children can be seriously injuredor strangled if a shoulder belt iswrapped around their neck. Theshoulder belt can tighten butcannot be loosened if it is locked.The shoulder belt locks when it ispulled all the way out of theretractor. It unlocks when theshoulder belt is allowed to go allthe way back into the retractor,

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

but it cannot do this if it iswrapped around a child’s neck.If the shoulder belt is locked andtightened around a child’s neck,the only way to loosen the belt isto cut it.

Buckle any unused seat beltsbehind the child restraint sochildren cannot reach them. Pullthe shoulder belt all the way outof the retractor to set the lock,and tighten the belt behind thechild restraint after the childrestraint has been installed.

Caution

Do not let the LATCHattachments rub against thevehicle’s seat belts. This maydamage these parts. If necessary,move buckled seat belts to avoidrubbing the LATCH attachments.

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

Do not fold the rear seatbackwhen the seat is occupied. Do notfold the empty rear seat with aseat belt buckled. This coulddamage the seat belt or the seat.Unbuckle and return the seat beltto its stowed position, beforefolding the seat.

If you need to secure more than onechild restraint in the rear seat, seeWhere to Put the Restraint 0 77.

Crew Cab

1. When installing a rear-facingchild restraint, it may benecessary to move the frontseat forward to properly installper the child restraintmanufacturer instructions.See Seat Adjustment 0 45 orPower Seat Adjustment 0 46.

2. For rear outboard seatingpositions, if the head restraintinterferes with the properinstallation of the child

restraint, the head restraintmay be removed. See “HeadRestraint/Headrest Removaland Reinstallation” at the endof this section.

3. If the child restraintmanufacturer's instructionsrecommend that the top tetherbe attached, attach the toptether to the top tether anchor.Refer to the child restraintinstructions and the followingsteps:

3.1. Release and pull the rearseatback forward toaccess the top tetheranchors. See Rear Seats0 49.

3.2. Put the child restraint onthe seat.

3.3. Route the top tetheraccording to your childrestraint instructions andthe following instructions:



If the position you areusing does not have ahead restraint and youare using a single tether,route the tether over theseatback.

If the position you areusing has a fixed headrestraint and you areusing a single tether,route the tether aroundthe inboard or outboardside of the head restraint.

If the position you areusing does not have ahead restraint and youare using a dual tether,route the tether over theseatback.

If the position you areusing has a fixed headrestraint and you areusing a dual tether, routethe tether around thesides of the headrestraint.



3.4. Adjust the top tether to itsfull length and attach thetop tether hook to theanchor. Make sure thatyou secure the top tetherto the top tether anchorand not to the seatbacklatch.

3.5. Push rearward on theseatback until it locks intoits upright position. Pushand pull on the seatbackto make sure it is securedproperly.

4. Attach and tighten the lowerattachments to the loweranchors. If the child restraintdoes not have lowerattachments or the desiredseating position does not havelower anchors, secure the childrestraint with the seat belts andthe top tether. Refer to yourchild restraint manufacturerinstructions and Securing ChildRestraints (With the Seat Beltin the Rear Seat) 0 93 orSecuring Child Restraints (Withthe Seat Belt in the Front Seat)0 99.

5. Tighten the top tether.

6. Before placing a child in thechild restraint, make sure it issecurely held in place. Tocheck, grasp the child restraintat the LATCH path and attemptto move it side to side andback and forth. There shouldbe no more than 2.5 cm (1 in) ofmovement for properinstallation.

Extended Cab with Rear Seats

{ Warning

Never secure a rear-facing orforward-facing child restraint inthe left rear seating position in anextended cab model. This seatingposition is not suitable for childrestraint installation. The seatcushion is too short to properlysupport a rear-facing orforward-facing child restraint.A child could be seriously injuredor killed in a sudden stop orcrash.

A booster seat can be used in theleft or right rear seating position ifthe base of the booster seat fitson the seat cushion and does notextend past the front edge. If itdoes, it should be installed in theright rear seating position usingthe seat cushion extension. Onlyinstall a booster seat in either rearseating position if it can be

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

properly installed according to thechild restraint manufacturer’sinstructions.

A rear-facing or forward-facingchild restraint can be installed inthe right rear seating positionusing the seat cushion extensionin an extended cab model. Neverinstall a rear-facing orforward-facing child restraint inthe right rear seating positionwithout the seat cushionextension.

{ Warning

Do not let anyone ride in the frontpassenger seat when arear-facing child restraint isinstalled in the right rear seatingposition. To properly fit therear-facing child restraint, thefront seatback will need to be

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

tilted forward which will not allowa passenger to sit properly in thefront outboard passenger seat.The passenger could be seriouslyinjured or killed in a sudden stopor crash.

{ Warning

Do not attach a top tether to theloop near the top of the seatbackand directly behind the seatingposition in which the childrestraint is installed in anextended cab with rear seats. Thetop tether will not be able to beproperly tightened. Seeinstructions below for how toproperly attach a top tether.

Extended Cab Rear Seat CushionExtension

The vehicle is equipped with aheadrest that is used as a seatcushion extension for installation ofchild restraints in the right rear seat.

{ Warning

The right rear seat cushionextension is designed to supportthe weight of a child in a childrestraint or booster seat. It isneither designed nor intended tosupport the weight of an adult.Use the seat cushion extensiononly when a child restraint orbooster seat is installed in theright rear seating position.

When installing a rear-facing childrestraint in the right rear seatingposition, move the front seat all theway forward and tilt the seatbackforward to properly install the childrestraint. See Power SeatAdjustment 0 46, Seat Adjustment0 45, and Reclining Seatbacks 0 47.



When a rear-facing child restraint isinstalled properly, the frontpassenger seat cannot be used.

1. Always install the seat cushionextension in the right rearseating position when installinga forward-facing or rear-facingchild restraint. Also use theseat cushion extension forbooster seats that extend pastthe front edge of the seatcushion.

2. Press the button for thepassenger side headrest at thetop of the seatback and pull up.

3. Insert the headrest posts intothe holes on the front of thepassenger side seat cushion toinstall the seat cushionextension. The notches on theposts should face thepassenger side of the vehicle.Try to move the headrest tomake sure it is locked in place.

4. If the child restraintmanufacturer recommends thatthe top tether be attached,adjust the top tether to its full

length and attach the top tetherhook to the anchor. Refer tothe child restraint instructionsand the following:

Route the top tether (1) throughthe loop (2) at the top of theseatback directly behind thechild restraint and attach thetop tether hook to the top tetherloop at the top of the seatbackfor the opposite rear seatingposition (3).



5. Attach and tighten the lowerattachments to the loweranchors. If the child restraintdoes not have lowerattachments, secure the childrestraint with the seat belts andthe top tether (if appropriate).See Securing Child Restraints(With the Seat Belt in the RearSeat) 0 93 or Securing ChildRestraints (With the Seat Beltin the Front Seat) 0 99.

6. Tighten the top tether. Thechild restraint instructions willshow you how.


8. Always reinstall the headrestbefore the seating position isused by another occupant. See“Head Restraint/HeadrestRemoval and Reinstallation” atthe end of this section.

Extended Cab without RearSeats

{ Warning

A child in a rear-facing childrestraint can be seriously injuredor killed if the right frontpassenger airbag inflates. This isbecause the back of therear-facing child restraint wouldbe very close to the inflatingairbag. A child in a forward-facingchild restraint can be seriouslyinjured or killed if the right frontpassenger airbag inflates and thepassenger seat is in a forwardposition.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

Even if the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the rightfront passenger frontal airbag, nosystem is fail-safe. No one canguarantee that an airbag will notdeploy under some unusualcircumstance, even though it isturned off.

Since this vehicle does not havea rear seat that will accommodatea rear-facing child restraint, arear-facing child restraint shouldnot be installed in your vehicle,even if the airbag is off.




The vehicle has a front outboardpassenger frontal airbag and apassenger sensing system. Thepassenger sensing system isdesigned to turn off the frontpassenger frontal airbag when aninfant in a rear-facing infant seat ora small child in a forward-facingchild restraint or booster seat isdetected. See Securing ChildRestraints (With the Seat Belt in theRear Seat) 0 93 or Securing ChildRestraints (With the Seat Belt in theFront Seat) 0 99 and PassengerSensing System 0 65 for importantseat information and additionalinformation on installing a childrestraint in the front passengerposition.

1. Put the child restraint on theright front passenger seat.

2. If the child restraintmanufacturer's instructionsrecommend that the top tetherbe attached, attach and tightenthe top tether hook to the toptether anchor.

2.1. Route the top tetheraccording to your childrestraint instructions andthe following instructions:

If you are using a singletether, raise the headrestor head restraint androute the tether under theheadrest or head restraintand in between theheadrest or head restraintposts.

If you are using a dualtether, route the tetheraround the headrest orhead restraint.



2.2. Attach the top tether hookto the metal wire on thelower inboard side of thecab wall directly behindthe front passenger seat.

2.3. Tighten the top tether.


Head Restraint/HeadrestRemoval and Reinstallation

{ Warning

With head restraints that are notinstalled and adjusted properly,there is a greater chance thatoccupants will suffer a neck/spinal injury in a crash. Do not

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

drive until the head restraints forall occupants are installed andadjusted properly.

Crew Cab

The rear outboard head restraintscan be removed if they interfere withthe proper installation of the childrestraint.

To remove the head restraint:

1. Partially fold the seat forward.

2. Press the button on the side ofthe head restraint post at thetop of the seatback and pull upon the head restraint.

3. Store the head restraint in asecure place.

4. Always reinstall the headrestraint before the seatingposition is used by anotheroccupant.

To reinstall the head restraint:

1. Insert the posts into the holesin the top of the seatback. Thenotch on the post should facethe driver side of the vehicle.



2. Push the head restraint down.Pull up on the head restraint tomake sure it is locked in place.

Extended Cab

To remove the headrest:

1. Press the button on the side ofthe headrest post on the top ofthe seatback and pull up.

2. If removing the headrest toinstall a booster seat in the leftrear seating position, store theheadrest in a secure place.

Never install a forward-facingor rearward-facing childrestraint in the left rear seatingposition.

3. If removing the headrest toinstall as a seat cushionextension for a forward-facingor rearward-facing childrestraint in the right rearseating position, see theinstructions in “Securing aChild Restraint with the LATCHSystem” earlier in this section.

4. Always reinstall the headrestbefore the seating position isused by another occupant.

To reinstall the headrest:

1. If installed as a seat cushionextension, first press bothbuttons on the front of the seatcushion to remove theheadrest.



2. To reinstall the headrest, insertthe posts into the holes in thetop of the seatback. Thenotches on the posts shouldface the driver side of thevehicle.

3. Push the headrest down. Pullup on the headrest to makesure it is locked in place.

Replacing LATCH SystemParts After a Crash

{ Warning

A crash can damage the LATCHsystem in the vehicle. A damagedLATCH system may not properlysecure the child restraint,resulting in serious injury or evendeath in a crash. To help makesure the LATCH system isworking properly after a crash,see your dealer to have thesystem inspected and anynecessary replacements made assoon as possible.

If the vehicle has the LATCH systemand it was being used during acrash, new LATCH system partsmay be needed.

New parts and repairs may benecessary even if the LATCHsystem was not being used at thetime of the crash.

Securing Child Restraints(With the Seat Belt in theRear Seat)When securing a child restraint withthe seat belts in a rear seat position,study the instructions that came withthe child restraint to make sure it iscompatible with this vehicle.

If the child restraint has the LATCHsystem, see Lower Anchors andTethers for Children (LATCHSystem) 0 79 for how and where toinstall the child restraint usingLATCH. If a child restraint is securedin the vehicle using a seat belt andit uses a top tether, see LowerAnchors and Tethers for Children(LATCH System) 0 79 for top tetheranchor locations.

Do not secure a child seat in aposition without a top tether anchorif a national or local law requiresthat the top tether be anchored, or ifthe instructions that come with thechild restraint say that the top tethermust be anchored.



In Canada, the law requires thatforward-facing child restraints havea top tether, and that the tether beattached.

If the child restraint or vehicle seatposition does not have the LATCHsystem, you will be using the seatbelt to secure the child restraint. Besure to follow the instructions thatcame with the child restraint.

If more than one child restraintneeds to be installed in the rearseat, be sure to read Where to Putthe Restraint 0 77.

Extended Cab

{ Warning

Never secure a rear-facing orforward-facing child restraint inthe left rear seating position in anextended cab model. This seatingposition is not suitable for childrestraint installation. The seatcushion is too short to properlysupport a rear-facing or

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

forward-facing child restraint.A child could be seriously injuredor killed in a sudden stop orcrash.

A booster seat can be used in theleft or right rear seating position ifthe base of the booster seat fitson the seat cushion and does notextend past the front edge. If itdoes, it should be installed in theright rear seating position usingthe seat cushion extension. Onlyinstall a booster seat in either rearseating position if it can beproperly installed according to thechild restraint manufacturer’sinstructions.

A rear-facing or forward-facingchild restraint can be installed inthe right rear seating positionusing the seat cushion extensionin an extended cab model. Neverinstall a rear-facing orforward-facing child restraint in

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

the right rear seating positionwithout the seat cushionextension.

{ Warning

Do not let anyone ride in the frontpassenger seat when arear-facing child restraint isinstalled in the right rear seatingposition. To properly fit therear-facing child restraint, thefront seatback will need to betilted forward which will not allowa passenger to sit properly in thefront outboard passenger seat.The passenger could be seriouslyinjured or killed in a sudden stopor crash.

A booster seat may be used in theleft rear seating position if the baseof the booster seat fits on the seatcushion and does not extend pastthe front edge of the seat cushion.



If the booster seat extends past thefront of the seat cushion, it shouldbe used in the right rear seatingposition with the seat cushionextension.

When using the lap-shoulder belt tosecure the child restraint in thisposition, follow the instructions thatcame with the child restraint and thefollowing instructions:

1. Always install the seat cushionextension in the right rear seatposition when installing aforward-facing or rear-facingchild restraint. Also use theseat cushion extension forbooster seats that extend pastthe front edge of the seatcushion.

2. Press the button on thepassenger side headrest andpull up.

3. Insert the headrest posts intothe holes on the front of thepassenger side seat cushion toinstall the seat cushionextension. The notches on thepost should face the passengerside of the vehicle. Try to movethe headrest to make sure it islocked in place.

4. Put the child restraint onthe seat.

When installing a rear-facingchild restraint, move the frontseat all the way forward and tiltthe seatback forward toproperly install the childrestraint per the child restraintmanufacturer instructions.See Seat Adjustment 0 45 andReclining Seatbacks 0 47.When a rear-facing childrestraint is installed properly,the front passenger seatcannot be used.

5. If the child restraintmanufacturer recommendsusing a top tether, adjust thetop tether to its full length andattach it to the top tether



anchor. Refer to theinstructions that came with thechild restraint and see LowerAnchors and Tethers forChildren (LATCH System) 0 79.

6. Pick up the latch plate, and runthe lap and shoulder portionsof the vehicle's seat beltthrough or around the childrestraint. The child restraintinstructions will show you how.

Tilt the latch plate to adjust thebelt if needed.


Position the release button onthe buckle, away from the childrestraint, so that the seat beltcould be quickly unbuckled ifnecessary.

8. Pull the shoulder belt all theway out of the retractor to setthe lock. When the retractorlock is set, the belt can betightened but not pulled out ofthe retractor.



9. To tighten the belt, push downon the child restraint, pull theshoulder portion of the belt totighten the lap portion of thebelt, and feed the shoulder beltback into the retractor. Wheninstalling a forward-facing childrestraint, it may be helpful touse your knee to push down onthe child restraint as youtighten the belt.

Try to pull the belt out of theretractor to make sure theretractor is locked. If theretractor is not locked, repeatSteps 6 and 7.

10. Tighten the top tether. SeeLower Anchors and Tethers forChildren (LATCH System) 0 79.

11. Before placing a child in thechild restraint, make sure it issecurely held in place. Tocheck, grasp the child restraintat the seat belt path andattempt to move it side to sideand back and forth. When thechild restraint is properlyinstalled, there should be nomore than 2.5 cm (1 in) ofmovement.

To remove the child restraint,unbuckle the vehicle’s seat belt andlet it return to the stowed position.If the top tether is attached to a toptether anchor, disconnect it.Reinstall the headrest in theseatback before the seating positionis used. See “Head Restraint/Headrest Removal andReinstallation” under Lower Anchorsand Tethers for Children (LATCHSystem) 0 79 for additionalinformation on installing theheadrest properly.

Crew Cab


1. If the head restraint interfereswith the proper installation ofthe child restraint, the headrestraint may be removed. See“Head Restraint/HeadrestRemoval and Reinstallation”under Lower Anchors andTethers for Children (LATCHSystem) 0 79.

2. If the child restraintmanufacturer recommendsusing a top tether, adjust thetop tether to its full length andattach it to the top tetheranchor. Refer to theinstructions that came with thechild restraint and see LowerAnchors and Tethers forChildren (LATCH System) 0 79.






Position the release button onthe buckle, away from the childrestraint, so that the seat beltcould be quickly unbuckled ifnecessary.








To remove the child restraint,unbuckle the vehicle’s seat belt andlet it return to the stowed position.If the top tether is attached to a toptether anchor, disconnect it. If thehead restraint was removed,reinstall it before the seatingposition is used. See “HeadRestraint/Headrest Removal andReinstallation” under Lower Anchorsand Tethers for Children (LATCHSystem) 0 79 for additionalinformation on installing the headrestraint properly.

Securing Child Restraints(With the Seat Belt in theFront Seat)This vehicle has airbags. A rearseat is a safer place to secure aforward-facing child restraint. SeeWhere to Put the Restraint 0 77.

In addition, the vehicle has apassenger sensing system which isdesigned to turn off the frontoutboard passenger's frontal airbagunder certain conditions.See Passenger Sensing System0 65 and Passenger Airbag StatusIndicator 0 119 for more information,including important safetyinformation.

Never put a rear-facing childrestraint in the front. This is becausethe risk to the rear-facing child is sogreat, if the airbag deploys.

{ Warning

A child in a rear-facing childrestraint can be seriously injuredor killed if the front outboardpassenger frontal airbag inflates.This is because the back of therear-facing child restraint wouldbe very close to the inflatingairbag. A child in a forward-facingchild restraint can be seriouslyinjured or killed if the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbaginflates and the passenger seat isin a forward position.

Even if the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontoutboard passenger frontalairbag, no system is fail-safe. Noone can guarantee that an airbagwill not deploy under someunusual circumstance, eventhough it is turned off.

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

Secure rear-facing child restraintsin a rear seat, even if the airbagis off. If you secure aforward-facing child restraint inthe front outboard passengerseat, always move the seat as farback as it will go. It is better tosecure the child restraint in arear seat.


If the vehicle does not have a rearseat that will accommodate arear-facing child restraint, arear-facing child restraint should notbe installed in the vehicle, even ifthe airbag is off.

If a child restraint uses a top tether,see Lower Anchors and Tethers forChildren (LATCH System) 0 79 fortop tether anchor locations.

Do not secure a child seat in aposition without a top tether anchorif a national or local law requires

that the top tether be anchored, or ifthe instructions that come with thechild restraint say that the top tethermust be anchored.

In Canada, the law requires thatforward-facing child restraints havea top tether, and that the tether beattached.


1. Move the seat as far back as itwill go before securing theforward-facing child restraint.Move the seat upward or theseatback to an upright position,if needed, to get a tightinstallation of the childrestraint.

When the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontoutboard passenger frontalairbag, the OFF indicator onthe passenger airbag statusindicator should light and stay

lit when you start the vehicle.See Passenger Airbag StatusIndicator 0 119.



Tilt the latch plate to adjust thebelt if needed.




Position the release button onthe buckle, away from the childrestraint, so that the seat beltcould be quickly unbuckledif necessary.


6. If the vehicle does not have arear seat and the child restraintmanufacturer recommendsusing a top tether anchor,attach the top tether to the toptether anchor. Refer to theinstructions that came with thechild restraint and to LowerAnchors and Tethers forChildren (LATCH System) 0 79.







If the airbag is off, the OFF indicatoron the passenger airbag statusindicator will come on and stay onwhen the vehicle is started. If a childrestraint has been installed and onindicator is lit, see “If the OnIndicator Is Lit for a Child Restraint”under Passenger Sensing System0 65.

To remove the child restraint,unbuckle the vehicle seat belt andlet it return to the stowed position.If the top tether is attached to a toptether anchor, disconnect it.


Storage 103

Storage

Storage CompartmentsStorage Compartments . . . . . . . 103Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103Sunglasses Storage . . . . . . . . . . 104Underseat Storage . . . . . . . . . . . 104Center Console Storage . . . . . . 104

StorageCompartments

{ Warning

Do not store heavy or sharpobjects in storage compartments.In a crash, these objects maycause the cover to open andcould result in injury.

Glove BoxLift up on the glove box lever toopen it.

Cupholders

Crew Cab

If equipped, pull the armrest tolower. There are two cupholders inthe armrest.


104 Storage

Sunglasses Storage

If equipped, press and release toaccess.

Underseat Storage

Extended Cab Shown, Crew ModelSimilar

If equipped, there is storage underthe rear seat. Pull the release strapor lever and then raise the seatcushion. Pull the strap or leveragain to lower the cushion.

Center Console Storage

There is storage under the armrestin the center console. Press thebutton and lift.

There may be a USB port and/orauxiliary jack inside. See PowerOutlets 0 108 or the infotainmentmanual.


Instruments and Controls 105

Instruments andControls

ControlsSteering Wheel Adjustment . . . 106Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . 106Heated Steering Wheel . . . . . . . 106Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . 107Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108Wireless Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . 109

Warning Lights, Gauges, andIndicatorsWarning Lights, Gauges, andIndicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111

Instrument Cluster (BaseLevel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112

Instrument Cluster(Uplevel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114

Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116Fuel Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117

Engine Coolant TemperatureGauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117

Seat Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . . . 118Airbag Readiness Light . . . . . . . 119Passenger Airbag StatusIndicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119

Charging System Light . . . . . . . 120Malfunction Indicator Lamp(Check Engine Light) . . . . . . . . 120

Brake System WarningLight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122

Antilock Brake System (ABS)Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123

Up-Shift Light (ManualTransmission) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124

Tow/Haul Mode Light . . . . . . . . . 124Hill Descent Control Light . . . . 124Lane Departure Warning(LDW) Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124

Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . 124Traction Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125StabiliTrak OFF Light . . . . . . . . . 125Traction Control System (TCS)/StabiliTrak Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125

Tire Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . 126Engine Oil Pressure Light . . . . 126Low Fuel Warning Light (BaseLevel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127

Low Fuel Warning Light(Uplevel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127

Security Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . 127Front Fog Lamp Light . . . . . . . . . 128Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . 128Cruise Control Light . . . . . . . . . . 128Door Ajar Light (UplevelCluster) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128

Information DisplaysDriver Information Center (DIC)(Base Level) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129

Driver Information Center (DIC)(Uplevel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131

Vehicle MessagesVehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 135Engine Power Messages . . . . . 135Vehicle Speed Messages . . . . . 135

Vehicle PersonalizationVehicle Personalization . . . . . . . 136


106 Instruments and Controls

Controls

Steering WheelAdjustment

To adjust the steering wheel:




Tilt and Telescoping SteeringWheel

To adjust the tilt and telescopingsteering wheel, if equipped:



3. Pull or push the steering wheelcloser or away from you.


Do not adjust the steering wheelwhile driving.

Steering Wheel ControlsThe infotainment system can beoperated by using the steeringwheel controls. See “Steering WheelControls” in the infotainmentmanual.

Heated Steering Wheel

( : If equipped, press to turn it on oroff. A light next to the buttondisplays when the feature isturned on.

The steering wheel takes aboutthree minutes to start heating.



Horn

To sound the horn, pressa on thesteering wheel.

Windshield Wiper/Washer

The windshield wiper/washer leveris on the right side of the steeringcolumn. With the ignition on or inACC/ACCESSORY, move thewindshield wiper lever to select thewiper speed.

HI : Use for fast wipes.

LO : Use for slow wipes.

INT : Move the lever up to INT forintermittent wipes, then turnthex INT band up for morefrequent wipes or down for lessfrequent wipes.

OFF : Use to turn the wipers off.

1X : For a single wipe, briefly movethe wiper lever down. For severalwipes, hold the wiper lever down.

nL : Pull the windshield wiperlever toward you to spray windshieldwasher fluid and activate the wipers.The wipers will continue until thelever is released or the maximumwash time is reached. When thewindshield wiper lever is released,additional wipes may occurdepending on how long thewindshield washer had beenactivated. See Washer Fluid 0 254for information on filling thewindshield washer fluid reservoir.

{ Warning

In freezing weather, do not usethe washer until the windshield iswarmed. Otherwise the washerfluid can form ice on thewindshield, blocking your vision.

Clear snow and ice from the wiperblades and windshield before usingthem. If frozen to the windshield,carefully loosen or thaw them.Damaged blades should bereplaced. See Wiper BladeReplacement 0 261.

Heavy snow or ice can overload thewiper motor.

Wiper Parking

If the ignition is turned off while thewipers are on LO, HI, or INT, theywill immediately stop.

If the windshield wiper lever is thenmoved to OFF before the driverdoor is opened or within 10 minutes,the wipers will restart and move tothe base of the windshield.



If the ignition is turned off while thewipers are performing wipes due towindshield washing, the wiperscontinue to run until they reach thebase of the windshield.

CompassThe vehicle may have a compassdisplay on the Driver InformationCenter (DIC). The compass receivesits heading and other informationfrom the Global PositioningSystem (GPS) antenna, StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability Control (ESC),and vehicle speed information.

The compass system is designed tooperate for a certain number ofmiles or degrees of turn beforeneeding a signal from the GPSsatellites. When the compassdisplay shows CAL, drive thevehicle for a short distance in anopen area where it can receive aGPS signal. The compass systemwill automatically determine when aGPS signal is restored and providea heading again.

ClockThe time and date for the clock canbe set using the infotainmentsystem. See “Time/Date” in“System” under “Settings” in theinfotainment manual.

Power OutletsFor USB charging port locations,see the infotainment manual.

Accessory power outlets can beused to plug in electrical equipment,such as a cell phone, MP3player, etc.

The vehicle may have accessorypower outlets:

. On the center stack below theclimate control system,if equipped.

. On the center floor console,if equipped.

. On the rear of the center storageconsole.

Lift the cover to access and replacewhen not in use.

{ Warning

Power is always supplied to theoutlets. Do not leave electricalequipment plugged in when thevehicle is not in use because thevehicle could catch fire and causeinjury or death.

Caution

Leaving electrical equipmentplugged in for an extended periodof time while the vehicle is off willdrain the battery. Always unplugelectrical equipment when not inuse and do not plug in equipmentthat exceeds the maximum15 amp rating.

Certain power accessory plugs maynot be compatible with theaccessory power outlet and couldoverload vehicle or adapter fuses.If a problem is experienced, seeyour dealer.



When adding electrical equipment,be sure to follow the properinstallation instructions included withthe equipment. See Add-OnElectrical Equipment 0 233.

Caution

Hanging heavy equipment fromthe power outlet can causedamage not covered by thevehicle warranty. The poweroutlets are designed foraccessory power plugs only, suchas cell phone charge cords.

Wireless ChargingIf equipped, the vehicle has wirelesscharging in front of the center floorconsole. The system operates at145 kHz and wirelessly charges oneQi compatible smartphone. Thepower output of the system iscapable of charging at a rate up to1 amp (5W), as requested by thecompatible smartphone. See RadioFrequency Statement 0 354.

{ Warning

Wireless charging can affect theoperation of an implantedpacemaker or other medicaldevices. If you have one, it isrecommended to consult withyour doctor before using thewireless charging system.

The vehicle must be on, in ACC/ACCESSORY, or RetainedAccessory Power (RAP) must beactive. The wireless chargingfeature may not correctly indicatecharging when the vehicle is in RAP.See Retained Accessory Power(RAP) 0 179.

The operating temperature is −20 °C(−4 °F) to 60 °C (140 °F) for thecharging system and 0 °C (32 °F) to35 °C (95 °F) for the smartphone.

{ Warning

Remove all objects from thecharging pad before chargingyour compatible smartphone.Objects, such as coins, keys,rings, paper clips, or cards,between the smartphone andcharging pad will become veryhot. On the rare occasion that thecharging system does not detectan object, and the object getswedged between the smartphoneand charger, remove thesmartphone and allow the objectto cool before removing it fromthe charging pad, to preventburns.



To charge a compatible smartphone:

1. Remove all objects from thecharging pad. The system maynot charge if there are anyobjects between thesmartphone and charging pad.

2. Place the smartphone face upon the charging symbol.

To maximize the charge rate,ensure the smartphone is fullyseated and centered in theholder with nothing under it.A thick smartphone case mayprevent the wireless chargerfrom working, or may reduce

the charging performance. Seeyour dealer for additionalinformation.

3. A green} next toV willdisplay on the infotainmentscreen. This indicates that thesmartphone is properlypositioned and charging.

If} turns yellow, ensure thatthe charging pad is clear of anyobjects and that thesmartphone is capable ofwireless charging beforerepositioning it.

If} does not illuminate, thesmartphone may need to berepositioned.

To reposition, remove thesmartphone from the pad, turnit 180 degrees, and waitthree seconds before placing/aligning the smartphone on thepad again.

Software Acknowledgements

Certain Wireless Charging Moduleproduct from LG Electronics, Inc.("LGE") contains the open sourcesoftware detailed below. Refer tothe indicated open source licenses(as are included following thisnotice) for the terms and conditionsof their use.

OSS Notice Information

To obtain the source code that iscontained in this product, pleasevisit http://opensource.lge.com. Inaddition to the source code, allreferred license terms, warrantydisclaimers and copyright noticesare available for download. LGElectronics will also provide opensource code to you on CD-ROM fora charge covering the cost ofperforming such distribution (suchas the cost of media, shipping, andhandling) upon email request [email protected]. This offer isvalid for three (3) years from thedate on which you purchased theproduct.



Freescale-WCT library

Copyright (c) 2012-2014 FreescaleSemiconductor, Inc.. All rightsreserved.

1. Redistributions of source codemust retain the above copyrightnotice, this list of conditionsand the following disclaimer.

2. Redistributions in binary formmust reproduce the abovecopyright notice, this list ofconditions and the followingdisclaimer in thedocumentation and/or othermaterials provided with thedistribution.

3. Neither the name of thecopyright holder nor the namesof its contributors may be usedto endorse or promote productsderived from this softwarewithout specific prior writtenpermission.

THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDEDBY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERSAND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIEDWARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT

NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIEDWARRANTIES OFMERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESSFOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSEARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENTSHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDEROR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLEFOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,EXEMPLARY, ORCONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITEDTO, PROCUREMENT OFSUBSTITUTE GOODS ORSERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA,OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESSINTERRUPTION) HOWEVERCAUSED AND ON ANY THEORYOF LIABILITY, WHETHER INCONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,OR TORT (INCLUDINGNEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OFTHE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,EVEN IF ADVISED OF THEPOSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.

Warning Lights,Gauges, andIndicatorsWarning lights and gauges cansignal that something is wrongbefore it becomes serious enoughto cause an expensive repair orreplacement. Paying attention to thewarning lights and gauges couldprevent injury.

Some warning lights come on brieflywhen the engine is started toindicate they are working. Whenone of the warning lights comes onand stays on while driving, or whenone of the gauges shows there maybe a problem, check the section thatexplains what to do. Waiting to dorepairs can be costly and evendangerous.



Instrument Cluster (Base Level)

English Shown, Metric Similar



If the vehicle has a diesel engine,see the Duramax diesel supplementfor more information.



Instrument Cluster (Uplevel)

English Shown, Metric Similar



If the vehicle has a diesel engine,see the Duramax diesel supplementfor more information.

Uplevel Cluster Menu

There is an interactive display areain the center of the instrumentcluster.

Use the right steering wheel controlto open and scroll through thedifferent items and displays.

Press o or p to change between

the cluster applications. Pressw orx to scroll through the list ofavailable features within each

application. Press V to select. Notall applications will be available onall vehicles. Some may betemporarily restricted when thevehicle is off or in ACC/ACCESSORY.

. Home Page

. Info App. This is where theselected Driver InformationCenter (DIC) displays can beviewed. See “Driver InformationCenter (DIC) (Uplevel)” in theIndex.

. Audio

. Phone

. Navigation

. Options

Home

Information displayed here can becustomized from the Options menu.

Speedometer : Displays how fastthe vehicle is moving in eitherkilometers per hour (km/h) or milesper hour (mph).

Speed Sign : Shows signinformation, which comes from aroadway database in the onboardnavigation, if equipped.

Time : Displays the current time.

Fuel Range : Displays theapproximate distance the vehiclecan be driven without refueling. Thefuel range estimate is based on anaverage of the vehicle’s fueleconomy over recent driving historyand the amount of fuel remaining inthe fuel tank. Fuel range cannot bereset.

Audio

Pressw orx to scroll throughradio stations or move to the next orprevious track of a CD/USB/Bluetooth device that is connectedto the vehicle. Press V to enter theAudio menu to browse for music,select from favorites, or change theaudio source.



Phone

In the Phone menu, if there is noactive phone call, view recent calls,scroll through contacts, select fromthe favorites, or change the phonesource. If there is an active call,mute the phone or switch to handsetoperation.

Navigation

In the Navigation menu, if there isno active route, you can resume thelast route and turn the voiceprompts on or off. If there is anactive route, press V to cancelroute guidance or turn the voiceprompts on or off.

Options

Pressw orx to scroll through

items in the Options menu. Press V

to select the item. Press o to exitthe item.

Units : Choose US or Metric units.A selected mark will be displayednext to the selected item.

Info Page Options : Select theitems to be displayed in the Infoapp. A selected mark will bedisplayed next to the selected item.

Home Page Options : Select theavailable elements to display. Not allelements will be available on allvehicles: Speedometer, Speed Sign,Time, and Fuel Range.

Speed Warning : Allows the driverto set a speed that they do not wantto exceed. Pressw orx to adjust

the value. Press V to set the speed.Once the speed is set, this featurecan be turned off by pressing Vwhile viewing this page. If theselected speed limit is exceeded, apop-up warning is displayed with achime.

Software Information : Displaysopen source software information.

SpeedometerThe speedometer shows thevehicle's speed in either kilometersper hour (km/h) or miles perhour (mph).

OdometerThe odometer shows how far thevehicle has been driven, in eitherkilometers or miles.

Trip OdometerThe trip odometer shows how farthe vehicle has been driven sincethe trip odometer was last reset.

The trip odometer is accessed andreset through the Driver InformationCenter (DIC). See DriverInformation Center (DIC) (BaseLevel) 0 129 or Driver InformationCenter (DIC) (Uplevel) 0 131.

TachometerThe tachometer displays the enginespeed in revolutions perminute (rpm).



Fuel Gauge

Metric

English

When the ignition is on, the fuelgauge indicates about how muchfuel is left in the tank.

An arrow on the fuel gaugeindicates the side of the vehicle thefuel door is on.

When the indicator nears empty, thelow fuel light comes on. There is asmall amount of fuel left, but the fueltank should be filled soon.

Here are four things that someowners ask about. None of theseshow a problem with the fuel gauge:

. At the service station, the fuelpump shuts off before the gaugereads full.

. It takes a little more or less fuelto fill up than the gaugeindicated. For example, thegauge indicated the tank washalf full, but it actually took alittle more or less than half thetank's capacity to fill the tank.

. The gauge moves a little whileturning a corner or speeding up.

. The gauge takes a few secondsto stabilize after the ignition isturned on, and goes back toempty when the ignition isturned off.

Engine CoolantTemperature Gauge

Metric



English

This gauge shows the enginecoolant temperature.

If the pointer moves toward thewarning area at the high end of thegauge, the engine is too hot.

This reading indicates the samething as the warning light. It meansthat the engine coolant hasoverheated. If the vehicle has beenoperating under normal drivingconditions, pull off the road, stop thevehicle, and turn off the engine assoon as possible. See EngineOverheating 0 252.

Seat Belt Reminders

Driver Seat Belt ReminderLight

There is a driver seat belt reminderlight on the instrument cluster.

When the vehicle is started, thislight flashes and a chime may comeon to remind the driver to fastentheir seat belt. Then the light stayson solid until the belt is buckled.This cycle may continue severaltimes if the driver remains orbecomes unbuckled while thevehicle is moving.

If the driver seat belt is buckled,neither the light nor the chimecomes on.

Passenger Seat Belt ReminderLight

There is a passenger seat beltreminder light near the passengerairbag status indicator. SeePassenger Sensing System 0 65.

When the vehicle is started, thislight flashes and a chime may comeon to remind passengers to fastentheir seat belt. Then the light stayson solid until the belt is buckled.This cycle continues several times ifthe passenger remains or becomesunbuckled while the vehicle ismoving.

If the passenger seat belt isbuckled, neither the chime nor thelight comes on.

The front passenger seat beltreminder light and chime may turnon if an object is put on the seat



such as a briefcase, handbag,grocery bag, laptop, or otherelectronic device. To turn off thereminder light and/or chime, removethe object from the seat or bucklethe seat belt.

Airbag Readiness LightThis light shows if there is anelectrical problem with the airbagsystem. The system check includesthe airbag sensor(s), the passengersensing system, the pretensioners,the airbag modules, the wiring, andthe crash sensing and diagnosticmodule. For more information on theairbag system, see Airbag System0 59.

The airbag readiness light comes onfor several seconds when thevehicle is started. If the light doesnot come on then, have it fixedimmediately.

{ Warning

If the airbag readiness light stayson after the vehicle is started orcomes on while driving, it meansthe airbag system might not beworking properly. The airbags inthe vehicle might not inflate in acrash, or they could even inflatewithout a crash. To help avoidinjury, have the vehicle servicedright away.

If there is a problem with the airbagsystem, a Driver Information Center(DIC) message may also come on.

Passenger Airbag StatusIndicatorThe vehicle has a passengersensing system. See PassengerSensing System 0 65 for important

safety information. The overheadconsole has a passenger airbagstatus indicator.

United States

Canada

When the vehicle is started, thepassenger airbag status indicatorwill light ON and OFF, or the symbolfor on and off, for several secondsas a system check. Then, afterseveral more seconds, the statusindicator will light either ON or OFF,or either the on or off symbol, to letyou know the status of the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbag.



If the word ON or the on symbol islit on the passenger airbag statusindicator, it means that the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbag isallowed to inflate.

If the word OFF or the off symbol islit on the airbag status indicator, itmeans that the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbag.

If, after several seconds, both statusindicator lights remain on, or if thereare no lights at all, there may be aproblem with the lights or thepassenger sensing system. Seeyour dealer for service.

{ Warning

If the airbag readiness light evercomes on and stays on, it meansthat something may be wrongwith the airbag system. To helpavoid injury to yourself or others,have the vehicle serviced right

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

away. See Airbag ReadinessLight 0 119 for more information,including important safetyinformation.

Charging System Light

The charging system light comes onbriefly when the ignition is turnedon, but the engine is not running, asa check to show the light is working.The light turns off when the engineis started. If it does not, have thevehicle serviced by your dealer.

If the light stays on, or comes onwhile driving, there may be aproblem with the electrical charging

system. Have it checked by yourdealer. Driving while this light is oncould drain the battery.

When this light comes on, the DriverInformation Center (DIC) alsodisplays a message.

If a short distance must be drivenwith the light on, be sure to turn offall accessories, such as the radioand air conditioner.

Malfunction IndicatorLamp (Check EngineLight)This light is part of the vehicle’semission control on-boarddiagnostic system. If this light is onwhile the engine is running, amalfunction has been detected andthe vehicle may require service. Thelight should come on to show that itis working when the ignition is onand the engine is not running. SeeIgnition Positions 0 174.



Malfunctions are often indicated bythe system before any problem isnoticeable. Being aware of the lightand seeking service promptly whenit comes on may prevent damage.

Caution

If the vehicle is driven continuallywith this light on, the emissioncontrol system may not work aswell, the fuel economy may belower, and the vehicle may notrun smoothly. This could lead tocostly repairs that might not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

Caution

Modifications to the engine,transmission, exhaust, intake,or fuel system, or the use ofreplacement tires that do notmeet the original tirespecifications, can cause this lightto come on. This could lead tocostly repairs not covered by thevehicle warranty. This could alsoaffect the vehicle’s ability to passan Emissions Inspection/Maintenance test. SeeAccessories and Modifications0 237.

If the light is flashing : Amalfunction has been detected thatcould damage the emission controlsystem and increase vehicleemissions. Diagnosis and servicemay be required.

To help prevent damage, reducevehicle speed and avoid hardaccelerations and uphill grades.

If towing a trailer, reduce theamount of cargo being hauled assoon as possible.

If the light continues to flash, find asafe place to park. Turn the vehicleoff and wait at least 10 secondsbefore restarting the engine. If thelight is still flashing, follow theprevious guidelines and see yourdealer for service as soon aspossible.

If the light is on steady : Amalfunction has been detected.Diagnosis and service may berequired.

Check the following:

. If fuel has been added to thevehicle using the capless funneladapter, make sure that it hasbeen removed. See “Filling theTank with a Portable Gas Can”under Filling the Tank 0 212.The diagnostic system candetect if the adapter has beenleft installed in the vehicle,allowing fuel to evaporate into



the atmosphere. A few drivingtrips with the adapter removedmay turn off the light.

. Poor fuel quality can causeinefficient engine operation andpoor driveability, which may goaway once the engine is warmedup. If this occurs, change thefuel brand. It may require atleast one full tank of the properfuel to turn the light off. SeeRecommended Fuel 0 212.

If the light remains on, see yourdealer.

Emissions Inspection andMaintenance Programs

If the vehicle requires an EmissionsInspection/Maintenance test, thetest equipment will likely connect tothe vehicle's Data LinkConnector (DLC).

The DLC is under the instrumentpanel to the left of the steeringwheel. Connecting devices that arenot used to perform an EmissionsInspection/Maintenance test or toservice the vehicle may affectvehicle operation. See Add-OnElectrical Equipment 0 233. Seeyour dealer if assistance is needed.

The vehicle may not passinspection if:

. The light is on when the engineis running.

. The light does not come onwhen the ignition is on while theengine is off.

. Critical emission control systemshave not been completelydiagnosed. If this happens, thevehicle would not be ready forinspection and might requireseveral days of routine driving

before the system is ready forinspection. This can happen ifthe 12-volt battery has recentlybeen replaced or run down, or ifthe vehicle has been recentlyserviced.

See your dealer if the vehicle willnot pass or cannot be made readyfor the test.

Brake System WarningLightThe vehicle brake system consistsof two hydraulic circuits. If onecircuit is not working, the remainingcircuit can still work to stop thevehicle. For normal brakingperformance, both circuits need tobe working.

If the warning light comes on, thereis a brake problem. Have the brakesystem inspected right away.



Metric English

This light should come on brieflywhen the engine is started. If it doesnot come on then, have it fixed so itwill be ready to warn you if there isa problem.

When the ignition is on, the brakesystem warning light also comes onwhen the parking brake is set. Thelight stays on if the parking brakedoes not fully release. If it stays onafter the parking brake is fullyreleased, it means the vehicle has abrake problem.

If the light comes on while driving,pull off the road and stop carefully.The pedal might be harder to push,or the pedal can go closer to thefloor. It may take longer to stop.If the light is still on, have thevehicle towed for service. SeeTowing the Vehicle 0 309.

{ Warning

The brake system might not beworking properly if the brakesystem warning light is on.Driving with the brake systemwarning light on can lead to acrash. If the light is still on afterthe vehicle has been pulled offthe road and carefully stopped,have the vehicle towed forservice.

Antilock Brake System(ABS) Warning Light

This light comes on briefly when theengine is started.

If the light does not come on, have itfixed so it will be ready to warn ifthere is a problem.

If the light comes on while driving,stop as soon as it is safely possibleand turn off the vehicle. Then startthe engine again to reset thesystem. If the ABS light stays on,or comes on again while driving, thevehicle needs service. A chime mayalso sound when the light comes onsteady.

If the ABS light is the only light on,the vehicle has regular brakes, butthe antilock brakes are notfunctioning.

If both the ABS and the brakesystem warning light are on, thevehicle's antilock brakes are notfunctioning and there is a problemwith the regular brakes. See yourdealer for service.

See Brake System Warning Light0 122.



Up-Shift Light (ManualTransmission)

This light comes on when anup-shift is recommended for bestfuel economy. The numberdisplayed with the arrow indicatesthe recommended gear.

Tow/Haul Mode Light

For vehicles with the Tow/HaulMode feature, this light comes onwhen the Tow/Haul Mode has beenactivated.

See Tow/Haul Mode 0 187.

Hill Descent Control Light

If equipped, the Hill Descent Controllight comes on when the system isready for use. When the lightflashes, the system is active.

See Hill Descent Control (HDC)0 200.

Lane Departure Warning(LDW) Light

If equipped, this light comes onbriefly while starting the vehicle. If itdoes not come on, have the vehicleserviced.

This light is green if LDW is on andready to operate.

This light changes to amber andflashes to indicate that the lanemarking has been crossed withoutusing a turn signal in that direction.

See Lane Departure Warning (LDW)0 210.

Vehicle Ahead Indicator

If equipped, this indicator willdisplay green when a vehicle isdetected ahead and amber whenyou are following a vehicle aheadmuch too closely.

See Forward Collision Alert (FCA)System 0 208.



Traction Off Light

This light comes on briefly whilestarting the engine. If it does not,have the vehicle serviced by yourdealer. If the system is workingnormally, the indicator light thenturns off.

The traction off light comes on whenthe Traction Control System (TCS)has been turned off by pressing andreleasing the TCS/StabiliTrak/ESCbutton.

This light and the StabiliTrak/ESCOFF light come on when StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability Control (ESC) isturned off.

If the TCS is off, wheel spin is notlimited. Adjust driving accordingly.


StabiliTrak OFF Light

This light comes on briefly whilestarting the engine. If it does not,have the vehicle serviced by yourdealer.

This light comes on when theStabiliTrak/Electronic StabilityControl (ESC) system is turned off.If StabiliTrak/ESC is off, the TractionControl System (TCS) is also off.

If StabiliTrak/ESC and TCS are off,the system does not assist incontrolling the vehicle. Turn on theTCS and the StabiliTrak/ESCsystems, and the warning lightturns off.


Traction Control System(TCS)/StabiliTrak Light

This light comes on briefly when theengine is started.

If the light does not come on, havethe vehicle serviced by your dealer.If the system is working normally,the indicator light turns off.

If the light is on and not flashing, theTCS and potentially the StabiliTrak/ESC system have been disabled.A Driver Information Center (DIC)message may display. Check theDIC messages to determine whichfeature(s) is no longer functioningand whether the vehicle requiresservice.

If the light is on and flashing, theTCS and/or the StabiliTrak/ESCsystem is actively working.




Tire Pressure Light

For vehicles with the Tire PressureMonitor System (TPMS), this lightcomes on briefly when the engine isstarted. It provides informationabout tire pressures and the TPMS.

When the Light Is On Steady

This indicates that one or more ofthe tires are significantlyunderinflated.

A Driver Information Center (DIC)tire pressure message may alsodisplay. Stop as soon as possible,and inflate the tires to the pressurevalue shown on the Tire andLoading Information label. See TirePressure 0 281.

When the Light Flashes First andThen Is On Steady

If the light flashes for about a minuteand then stays on, there may be aproblem with the TPMS. If theproblem is not corrected, the lightwill come on at every ignition cycle.See Tire Pressure MonitorOperation 0 283.

Engine Oil Pressure Light

Caution

Lack of proper engine oilmaintenance can damage theengine. Driving with the engine oillow can also damage the engine.The repairs would not be coveredby the vehicle warranty. Checkthe oil level as soon as possible.Add oil if required, but if the oillevel is within the operating rangeand the oil pressure is still low,have the vehicle serviced. Alwaysfollow the maintenance schedulefor changing engine oil.

This light should come on briefly asthe engine is started. If it does notcome on, have the vehicle servicedby your dealer.

If the light comes on and stays on, itmeans that oil is not flowing throughthe engine properly. The vehiclecould be low on oil and might havesome other system problem. Seeyour dealer.



Low Fuel Warning Light(Base Level)

English Shown

This light comes on for a fewseconds when the ignition is turnedon as a check to indicate it isworking. If it does not come on,have it fixed.

The low fuel warning light comes onand a chime sounds when thevehicle is low on fuel. The light turnsoff when fuel is added to thefuel tank.

Low Fuel Warning Light(Uplevel)

This light is near the fuel gauge andcomes on briefly when the ignition isturned on as a check to show it isworking.

It also comes on when the fuel tankis low on fuel. The light turns offwhen fuel is added. If it does not,have the vehicle serviced.

Security Light

The security light should come onbriefly as the engine is started. If itdoes not come on, have the vehicleserviced by your dealer. If thesystem is working normally, theindicator light turns off.

If the light stays on and the enginedoes not start, there could be aproblem with the theft-deterrentsystem. See Immobilizer Operation0 36.

High-Beam On Light

This light comes on when thehigh-beam headlamps are in use.

See Headlamp High/Low-BeamChanger 0 140.



Front Fog Lamp Light

The fog lamp light comes on whenthe fog lamps are in use.

The light goes out when the foglamps are turned off. See FogLamps 0 143 for more information.

Lamps On Reminder

This light comes on when theexterior lamps are in use, exceptwhen only the Daytime RunningLamps (DRL) are active. SeeExterior Lamp Controls 0 139.

Cruise Control Light

The cruise control light is whitewhen the cruise control is on andready, and turns green when thecruise control is set and active.

The light goes out when the cruisecontrol is turned off. See CruiseControl 0 202.

Door Ajar Light (UplevelCluster)

This light comes on when a door isopen or not securely latched. Beforedriving, check that all doors areproperly closed.



Information Displays

Driver Information Center(DIC) (Base Level)The DIC displays information aboutyour vehicle. It also displayswarning messages if a systemproblem is detected. See VehicleMessages 0 135. All messagesappear in the DIC display in thecenter of the instrument cluster.

DIC Operation and Displays

The DIC has different displayswhich can be accessed by using theDIC buttons on the turn signal lever.

DIC Buttons

1. SET/CLR: Press to set,or press and hold to clear, themenu item displayed.

2. wx : Use the band to scrollthrough the items ineach menu.

3. MENU: Press to display theTrip/Fuel Menu, the VehicleInformation Menu, and theECO Menu. This button is alsoused to return to or exit the lastscreen displayed on the DIC.

If the vehicle has a diesel engine,see the Duramax diesel supplementfor additional DIC pages.

Trip/Fuel Menu (TRIP) Items

Press MENU on the turn signallever until the TRIP menu displays.Usewx to scroll through themenu items. Not all items areavailable on every vehicle. Thefollowing is a list of all possiblemenu items:

Digital Speed : Displays how fastthe vehicle is moving in eitherkilometers per hour (km/h) or milesper hour (mph). The speedometercannot be reset.

Trip 1 or Trip 2, Average FuelEconomy : Displays the currentdistance traveled, in eitherkilometers (km) or miles (mi), fromthe last reset for the trip odometer.The trip odometer can be reset tozero by pressing and holding theSET/CLR button while the tripodometer display is showing.

Also displays the approximateaverage liters per 100 kilometers(L/100 km) or miles per gallon(mpg). This number is based on thenumber of L/100 km (mpg) recordedsince the last time this menu itemwas reset. This number reflects onlythe approximate average fueleconomy that the vehicle has rightnow, and will change as drivingconditions change. Reset theaverage consumption by pressingSET/CLR when it is displayed.

Fuel Range : Displays theapproximate distance the vehiclecan be driven without refueling. Thefuel range estimate is based on anaverage of the vehicle's fueleconomy over recent driving history



and the amount of fuel remaining inthe fuel tank. Fuel range cannot bereset.

Average Vehicle Speed : Displaysthe average vehicle speed of thevehicle in kilometers per hour (km/h)or miles per hour (mph). Thisaverage is based on the variousvehicle speeds recorded since thelast reset. Reset the average speedby pressing SET/CLR when it isdisplayed.

Timer : To start the timer, pressSET/CLR while Timer is displayed.The display will show the amount oftime that has passed since the timerwas last reset, not including time theignition is off. Time will continue tobe counted as long as the ignition ison, even if another display is beingshown on the DIC. The timer willrecord up to 99 hours, 59 minutes,and 59 seconds (99:59:59) afterwhich the display will return to zero.To stop the timer, press SET/CLRbriefly while Timer is displayed. Toreset the timer to zero, press andhold SET/CLR.

Blank Display : Displays noinformation.

Vehicle Information Menu(VEHICLE) Items

Press MENU on the turn signallever until the VEHICLE menu isdisplayed. Usewx to scrollthrough the menu items. Not allitems are available on every vehicle.The following is a list of all possiblemenu items:

Remaining Oil Life : Displays anestimate of the oil's remaining usefullife. If REMAINING OIL LIFE 99% isdisplayed, that means 99% of thecurrent oil life remains.

When the remaining oil life is low,the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOONmessage will appear on the display.The oil should be changed as soonas possible. See Engine Oil 0 242.In addition to the engine oil lifesystem monitoring the oil life,additional maintenance isrecommended in the MaintenanceSchedule in this manual. SeeMaintenance Schedule 0 326.

The Oil Life display must be resetafter each oil change. Do not resetthe Oil Life display accidentally atany time other than when the oil hasjust been changed. It cannot bereset accurately until the next oilchange. To reset the engine oil lifesystem, see Engine Oil Life System0 244.

Oil Pressure : Oil pressure isdisplayed in either kilopascal (kPa)or in pounds per square inch (psi).

Tire Pressure : Displays a vehiclewith the approximate pressures ofall four tires. Tire pressure isdisplayed in either kilopascal (kPa)or in pounds per square inch (psi).See Tire Pressure Monitor System0 282 and Tire Pressure MonitorOperation 0 283.

Battery Voltage : Displays thecurrent battery voltage, if equipped.Battery voltage changes are normalwhile driving. See Charging SystemLight 0 120. If there is a problemwith the battery charging system,the DIC will display a message.



Engine Hours : Shows the totalnumber of hours the engine has run.

Transmission FluidTemperature : Shows thetemperature of the automatictransmission fluid in either degreesCelsius (°C) or degreesFahrenheit (°F).

Trailer Brake (If Equipped) :TRAILER GAIN shows the trailergain setting. This setting can beadjusted from 0.0 to 10.0 with eithera trailer connected or disconnected.

OUTPUT shows the power output tothe trailer anytime a trailer withelectric brakes is connected. Outputis displayed as a bar graph. Dashesmay appear in the OUTPUT displayif a trailer is not connected.

Units : Movewx to changebetween Metric or US when the Unitdisplay is active. Press SET/CLR toconfirm the setting. This will changethe displays on the DIC to the typeof measurements you select.

ECO Drive Assist Menu (ECO)Items

This menu is only available on somevehicles. Press MENU on the turnsignal lever until the ECO menu isdisplayed. Usewx to scrollthrough the menu items. Not allitems are available on every vehicle.The following is a list of all possiblemenu items:

Best Average Fuel Economy : Thebottom displays the best averagefuel economy (AFE) that is achievedfor a selected distance. The topdisplays a running average of fueleconomy for the most recentlytraveled selected distance. Thecenter bar graph displays theinstantaneous fuel economy.Quickly press the SET/CLR buttonto change the settings for thedistance options.

When viewing best AFE, a severalsecond press and hold of SET/CLRwill reset the best value. The bestvalue will show “- - -“ until theselected distance has beentraveled.

The display provides feedback onhow current driving behavior in thebar graph affects the runningaverage in the top display and howwell recent driving compares to thebest that has been achieved.

Driver Information Center(DIC) (Uplevel)The DIC displays are shown in thecenter of the instrument cluster inthe Info app. See Instrument Cluster(Base Level) 0 112 or InstrumentCluster (Uplevel) 0 114. Thedisplays show the status of manyvehicle systems. The controls forthe DIC are on the right steeringwheel control.



w orx : Press to move up ordown in a list.

o or p : Press to move betweenthe interactive display zones in thecluster.

V : Press to open a menu or selecta menu item. Press and hold toreset values on certain screens.

If the vehicle has a diesel engine,see the Duramax diesel supplementfor additional DIC pages.

DIC Info Page Options

The info pages on the DIC can beturned on or off through theOptions menu.

1. Press o or p to scroll to theOptions application.

2. Scroll to Info Page Options andpress V.

3. Pressw orx to movethrough the list of possibleinformation displays.

4. Press V while an item ishighlighted to select ordeselect that item. When anitem is selected, a checkmarkwill appear next to it.

DIC Info Pages

The following is the list of allpossible DIC info page displays.Some may not be available for yourparticular vehicle. Some items maynot be turned on by default but canbe turned on through the Settingsapp. See “DIC Info Page Options”earlier in this section.

Speed : Shows the vehicle speed ineither kilometers per hour (km/h) ormiles per hour (mph). If equipped,press V to open the menu andselect to display speed limit signs.The sign will show “− −” when thereis no detected speed limit or thesystem is unavailable.

Trip A or Trip B : Shows thecurrent distance traveled, in eitherkilometers (km) or miles (mi), sincethe trip odometer was last reset.

This also shows the approximateaverage liters per 100 kilometers(L/100 km) or miles pergallon (mpg). This number iscalculated based on the number ofL/100 km (mpg) recorded since thelast time this menu item was reset.This number reflects only theapproximate average fuel economythat the vehicle has right now, andwill change as driving conditionschange.



Press and hold V while this displayis active to reset the trip odometerand the average fuel economy. TripA and Trip B can also be reset bypressing p and choosing reset.

Fuel Range : Shows theapproximate distance the vehiclecan be driven without refueling.LOW will be displayed when thevehicle is low on fuel. The fuelrange estimate is based on anaverage of the vehicle's fueleconomy over recent driving historyand the amount of fuel remaining inthe fuel tank.

Oil Life : Shows an estimate of theoil's remaining useful life.If REMAINING OIL LIFE 99% isdisplayed, that means 99% of thecurrent oil life remains.

When the remaining oil life is low,the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOONmessage will appear on the display.The oil should be changed as soonas possible. See Engine Oil 0 242.In addition to the engine oil lifesystem monitoring the oil life,

additional maintenance isrecommended. See MaintenanceSchedule 0 326.

The Oil Life display must be resetafter each oil change. It will notreset itself. Do not to reset the OilLife display at any time other thanwhen the oil has just been changed.It cannot be reset accurately untilthe next oil change. To reset theengine oil life system, press andhold V for several seconds whilethe Oil Life display is active. SeeEngine Oil Life System 0 244.

Tire Pressure : Shows theapproximate pressures of all fourtires. Tire pressure is displayed ineither kilopascal (kPa) or in poundsper square inch (psi). If the pressureis low, the value for that tire isshown in amber. See Tire PressureMonitor System 0 282 and TirePressure Monitor Operation 0 283.

Instantaneous Fuel Economy :Displays the current fuel economy inliters per 100 kilometers (L/100 km)or miles per gallon (mpg). Thisnumber reflects only the

approximate fuel economy that thevehicle has right now and changesfrequently as driving conditionschange. This display cannot bereset.

Average Vehicle Speed : Displaysthe average vehicle speed of thevehicle in kilometers per hour (km/h)or miles per hour (mph). Thisaverage is based on the variousvehicle speeds recorded since thelast reset. Reset the average speedby pressing V when it is displayed.

Fuel Economy : The centerdisplays the approximateinstantaneous fuel economy as anumber and bar graph. Displayedabove the bar graph is a runningaverage of fuel economy for themost recently traveled selecteddistance. Displayed below the bargraph is the best average fueleconomy that has been achieved forthe selected distance. The selecteddistance is displayed at the top ofthe page as “last xxx mi/km.”



Press V to select the distance or

reset best value. Usew andx to

choose the distance and press V.

Pressw andx to select “ResetBest Score.” Press V to reset thebest average fuel economy. Afterreset, the best value displays “-,-”until the selected distance has beentraveled.

The display provides information onhow current driving behavior affectsthe running average and how wellrecent driving compares to the bestthat has been achieved for theselected distance.

Timer : This display can be used asa timer. To start the timer, press Vwhile this display is active. Thedisplay will show the amount of timethat has passed since the timer waslast reset. To stop the timer, press Vbriefly while this display is activeand the timer is running. To resetthe timer to zero, press and hold Vwhile this display is active.

Speed Limit : Shows signinformation, which comes from aroadway database in the onboardnavigation, if equipped.

Battery Voltage : Displays thecurrent battery voltage, if equipped.Battery voltage changes are normalwhile driving. See Charging SystemLight 0 120. If there is a problemwith the battery charging system,the DIC will display a message.

Oil Pressure : Oil pressure isdisplayed in either kilopascal (kPa)or in pounds per square inch (psi).

Engine Hours : Shows the totalnumber of hours the engine has run.

Transmission FluidTemperature : Shows thetemperature of the automatictransmission fluid in either degreesCelsius (°C) or degreesFahrenheit (°F).

Trailer Brake (If Equipped) :TRAILER GAIN shows the trailergain setting. This setting can beadjusted from 0.0 to 10.0 with eithera trailer connected or disconnected.

OUTPUT shows the power output tothe trailer anytime a trailer withelectric brakes is connected. Outputis displayed as a bar graph. Dashesmay appear in the OUTPUT displayif a trailer is not connected.

Blank Page : Shows noinformation.



Vehicle MessagesMessages displayed on the DICindicate the status of the vehicle orsome action that may be needed tocorrect a condition. Multiplemessages may appear one afteranother.

The messages that do not requireimmediate action can beacknowledged and cleared bypressing V. The messages thatrequire immediate action cannot becleared until that action isperformed.

All messages should be takenseriously; clearing the messagedoes not correct the problem.

If a SERVICE message appears,see your dealer.

Follow the instructions given in themessages. The system displaysmessages regarding the followingtopics:

. Service Messages

. Fluid Levels

. Vehicle Security

. Brakes

. Steering

. Ride Control Systems

. Driver Assistance Systems

. Cruise Control

. Lighting and Bulb Replacement

. Wiper/Washer Systems

. Doors and Windows

. Seat Belts

. Airbag Systems

. Engine and Transmission

. Tire Pressure

. Battery

Engine Power Messages

ENGINE POWER IS REDUCED

This message displays when thevehicle's propulsion power isreduced. A reduction in propulsionpower can affect the vehicle's abilityto accelerate. If this message is on,but there is no observed reductionin performance, proceed to yourdestination. The performance may

be reduced the next time the vehicleis driven. The vehicle may be drivenwhile this message is on, butmaximum acceleration and speedmay be reduced. Anytime thismessage stays on, or displaysrepeatedly, the vehicle should betaken to your dealer for service assoon as possible.

Vehicle Speed Messages

SPEED LIMITED TOXXX KM/H (MPH)

This message shows that thevehicle speed has been limited tothe speed displayed. The limitedspeed is a protection for variouspropulsion and vehicle systems,such as lubrication, thermal,suspension, Teen Driver ifequipped, or tires.

If equipped with a diesel engine,see the Duramax Dieselsupplement.



VehiclePersonalizationThe following are all possiblevehicle personalization features.Depending on the vehicle, somemay not be available.

For System, Apps, and Personalfeatures and functions, see“Settings” in the infotainmentmanual.

To access the vehiclepersonalization menu:

1. Touch the SETTINGS icon onthe Home Page of theinfotainment display.

2. Touch Vehicle to display a listof available options.

3. Touch to select the desiredfeature setting.

4. Touch9 or R to turn a featureoff or on.

5. Touch z to go to the top levelof the Settings menu.

The menu may contain thefollowing:

Rear Seat Reminder

This allows for a chime and amessage when the rear door hasbeen opened before or duringoperation of the vehicle.

Touch Off or On.

Climate and Air Quality

Touch and the following maydisplay:

. Auto Fan Speed

. Auto Defog

. Auto Rear Defog

Auto Fan Speed

This setting specifies the amount ofairflow when the climate control fansetting is Auto Fan.

Touch Low, Medium, or High.

Auto Defog

This setting automatically turns thefront defogger on when the engineis started.

Touch Off or On.

Auto Rear Defog

This setting automatically turns therear defogger on when the engine isstarted.

Touch Off or On.

Collision/Detection Systems


. Park Assist

. Rear Camera Park AssistSymbols

Park Assist

This allows the feature to be turnedon or off. See Assistance Systemsfor Parking or Backing 0 206.

Touch Off or On.

Rear Camera Park Assist Symbols

This setting enables the RearCamera Park Assist Symbols. SeeAssistance Systems for Parking orBacking 0 206.

Touch Off or On.



Comfort and Convenience


. Chime Volume

Chime Volume

This determines the chime volumelevel.

Touch the controls on theinfotainment display to adjust thevolume.

Lighting


. Vehicle Locator Lights

. Exit Lighting

Vehicle Locator Lights

This setting flashes the vehicle’sheadlamps when K is pressed onthe Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter.

Touch Off or On.

Exit Lighting

This setting specifies how long theheadlamps stay on after the vehicleis turned off and exited.

Touch Off, 30 Seconds, 60 Seconds,or 120 Seconds.

Power Door Locks


. Open Door Anti-Lockout

. Auto Door Unlock

. Delayed Door Lock

Open Door Anti Lock Out

This setting prevents the driver doorfrom locking when the door is open.If this setting is on, the DelayedDoor Lock menu will not beavailable.

Touch Off or On.

Auto Door Unlock

This allows selection of which of thedoors will automatically unlock whenthe vehicle is shifted into P (Park).

Touch Off, All Doors, or Driver Door.

Delayed Door Lock

When on, this feature will delay thelocking of the doors. To override thedelay, press the power door lockswitch on the door.

Touch Off or On.

Remote Lock, Unlock, Start


. Remote Unlock Light Feedback

. Remote Lock Feedback

. Remote Door Unlock

. Remote Start Auto Cool Seats

. Remote Start Auto Heat Seats

Remote Unlock Light Feedback

When on, the exterior lamps willflash when unlocking the vehiclewith the RKE transmitter.

Touch Off or Flash Lights.

Remote Lock Feedback

This allows selection of what type offeedback is given when locking thevehicle with the RKE transmitter.



Touch Off, Lights and Horn, LightsOnly, or Horn Only.

Remote Door Unlock

This allows selection of which doorswill unlock when pressing K on theRKE transmitter.

Touch All Doors or Driver Door.

Remote Start Auto Cool Seats

If equipped and turned on, thisfeature will turn the ventilated seatson when using remote start onwarm days. See Heated andVentilated Front Seats 0 48.

Touch Off or On.

Remote Start Auto Heat Seats

If equipped and turned on, thisfeature will turn on the heated seatswhen using remote start oncold days. See Heated andVentilated Front Seats 0 48 andRemote Vehicle Start 0 30.

Touch Off or On.

Teen Driver

See “Teen Driver” under “Settings”in the infotainment manual.

Valet Mode

This will lock the infotainmentsystem and steering wheel controls.It may also limit access to vehiclestorage locations, if equipped.

To enable valet mode:

1. Enter a four-digit code on thekeypad.

2. Select Enter to go to theconfirmation screen.

3. Re-enter the four-digit code.

Touch Lock or Unlock to lock orunlock the system. Touch Back togo back to the previous menu.


Lighting 139

Lighting

Exterior LightingExterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . 139Exterior Lamps OffReminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140

Headlamp High/Low-BeamChanger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140

Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140Daytime RunningLamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141

Automatic HeadlampSystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141

Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . 142Turn and Lane-ChangeSignals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142

Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143Exterior Cargo Lamps . . . . . . . . 143

Interior LightingInstrument Panel IlluminationControl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144

Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145

Lighting FeaturesEntry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145Battery Load Management . . . 145Battery Power Protection . . . . . 146Exterior Lighting BatterySaver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146

Exterior Lighting

Exterior Lamp Controls

The exterior lamp control is on theinstrument panel to the left of thesteering wheel.

O : Turns off the automaticheadlamps and Daytime RunningLamps (DRL). Turn the headlampcontrol to O again to turn theautomatic headlamps or DRLback on.

For vehicles first sold in Canada, offwill only work when the vehicle is inP (Park).


140 Lighting

AUTO : Automatically turns on theheadlamps at normal brightness,together with the following:

. Parking Lamps

. Instrument Panel Lights

. Taillamps

. License Plate Lamps

. Front/Rear Sidemarker Lamps

When the vehicle is turned off andthe headlamps are in AUTO, theheadlamps turn off. When the key isremoved, they automatically turn onfor a set time. The time of the delaycan be changed using the DIC.See Driver Information Center (DIC)(Base Level) 0 129 or DriverInformation Center (DIC) (Uplevel)0 131.

; : Turns on the parking lampsincluding all lamps, except theheadlamps.

2 : Turns on the headlampstogether with the parking lamps andinstrument panel lights.

When the headlamps are turned onwhile the vehicle is on, theheadlamps turn off automatically10 minutes after the ignition isturned off. When the headlamps areturned on while the vehicle is off,the headlamps will stay on for10 minutes before turning off toprevent the battery from beingdrained. Turn the headlamp controloff and then back to the headlampon position to make the headlampsstay on for an additional 10 minutes.To keep the lamps on for more than10 minutes, the ignition must be onor in ACC/ACCESSORY.

# : If equipped, this turns on thefog lamps. See Fog Lamps 0 143.

Exterior Lamps OffReminderA reminder chime sounds when theheadlamps or parking lamps aremanually turned on, the ignition isoff, and a door is open. To disablethe chime, turn the lamps off.

Headlamp High/Low-Beam ChangerPush the turn signal lever towardthe instrument panel to change theheadlamps from low to high beam.

Pull the turn signal lever toward youand release it to return to low-beamheadlamps.

When the high-beam headlamps areon, this indicator light on theinstrument cluster will also be on.

Flash-to-PassThis feature lets you use thehigh-beam headlamps to signal adriver in front of you that you wantto pass. It works even if theheadlamps are in the automaticposition.


Lighting 141

To use it, pull the turn signal levertoward you, then release it.

If the headlamps are in theautomatic position or on low beam,the high-beam headlamps will turnon. They will stay on as long as youhold the lever toward you. Thehigh-beam indicator on theinstrument cluster will come on.Release the lever to return tonormal operation.

Daytime RunningLamps (DRL)DRL can make it easier for others tosee the front of the vehicle duringthe day. Fully functional DRL arerequired on all vehicles first sold inCanada.

The DRL system comes on whenthe following conditions are met:

. The ignition is on.

. The exterior lamp control isin AUTO.

. The parking brake is released orthe vehicle is not in P (Park).

. The light sensor determines it isdaytime.

When the DRL system is on, onlythe DRL are on. The taillamps,sidemarker lamps, instrument panellights, and other lamps will notbe on.

When it begins to get dark, theautomatic headlamp systemswitches from DRL to theheadlamps.

To turn off the DRL, turn the exteriorlamp control to O and then release.For vehicles first sold in Canada, offwill only work when the vehicle isparked.

Automatic HeadlampSystemWhen the exterior lamp control isset to AUTO and it is dark enoughoutside, the headlamps come onautomatically.

There is a light sensor on top of theinstrument panel. Do not cover thesensor, otherwise the headlampswill come on when they are notneeded.

The system may also turn on theheadlamps when driving through aparking garage or tunnel.

If the vehicle is started in a darkgarage, the automatic headlampsystem comes on immediately. If itis light outside when the vehicleleaves the garage, there is a slightdelay before the automaticheadlamp system changes to theDRL. During that delay, theinstrument cluster may not be asbright as usual. Make sure theinstrument panel brightness control


142 Lighting

is in the full bright position. SeeInstrument Panel IlluminationControl 0 144.

When it is bright enough outside,the headlamps will turn off or maychange to Daytime RunningLamps (DRL).

The automatic headlamp systemturns off when the exterior lampcontrol is turned to O or the ignitionis off.

Lights On with Wipers

If the windshield wipers areactivated in daylight with the engineon, and the exterior lamp control isin AUTO, the headlamps, parkinglamps, and other exterior lampscome on. The transition time for thelamps coming on varies based onwiper speed. When the wipers arenot operating, these lamps turn off.Move the exterior lamp control to Oor; to disable this feature.

Hazard Warning Flashers

| : Press to make the front andrear turn signal lamps flash on andoff. Press again to turn theflashers off.

When the hazard warning flashersare on, the vehicle's turn signals willnot work.

Turn and Lane-ChangeSignals

An arrow on the instrument clusterflashes in the direction of the turn orlane change.

Move the turn signal lever all theway up or down to signal a turn.

Raise or lower the lever for lessthan one second until the arrowstarts to flash to signal a lanechange. This causes the turnsignals to automatically flash threetimes. Holding the turn signal leverfor more than one second will causethe turn signals to flash until thelever is released.

The lever returns to its startingposition whenever it is released.


Lighting 143

If after signaling a turn or a lanechange the arrows flash rapidly ordo not come on, a signal bulb couldbe burned out.

Replace any burned out bulbs. If abulb is not burned out, check thefuse. See Fuses and CircuitBreakers 0 266.

Turn Signal On Chime

If the turn signal is left on for morethan 1.2 km (0.75 mi), a chimesounds at each flash of the turnsignal. The message TURNSIGNAL ON will also appear in theDriver Information Center (DIC). Toturn the chime and message off,move the turn signal lever to the offposition.

Fog Lamps

If equipped, the control is on thecenter of the exterior lamp control,to the left of the steering column.

The ignition must be on for the foglamps to come on.

# : Press to turn the fog lamps onor off. A light will come on in theinstrument cluster.

When the fog lamps are turned on,the parking lamps automaticallyturn on.

When the headlamps are changedto high beam, the fog lamps go off.When the high-beam headlamps areturned off, the fog lamps will comeon again.

Some localities have laws thatrequire the headlamps to be on withthe fog lamps.

Exterior Cargo Lamps

The cargo lamp provides more lightin the cargo area of the vehicle,if needed. The lamps inside thepickup box also turn on, if equipped.


144 Lighting

Press the switch down to turn thecargo lamp on or off. For automatictransmission vehicles, the shift levermust be in P (Park), R (Reverse),or N (Neutral) to operate the cargolamp. For manual transmissionvehicles, a speed of less than3 km/h (2 mph) is required tooperate the cargo lamp.

Become familiar with and follow allstate and local laws that apply tocargo lamp operation.

Interior Lighting

Instrument PanelIllumination Control

This feature controls the brightnessof the steering wheel and instrumentpanel lights. The instrument panelillumination control is next to theexterior lamp control.

D : Move the thumbwheel up ordown to brighten or dim the lights.

Dome Lamps

The interior lamps control in theoverhead console controls both thefront and rear interior lamps.

To operate:

( : Turns the lamps off.

H : Turns the lamps on when anydoor is opened.

' : Keeps the lamps on allthe time.

The interior lamps turn onautomatically if the airbags aredeployed.


Lighting 145

Reading Lamps

The front reading lamps,if equipped, are in the overheadconsole.

The rear reading lamps, if equipped,are in the headliner.

# or$ : Press to turn each lampon or off.

Lighting Features

Entry LightingSome exterior lamps and the interiorlamps turn on briefly at night, or inareas with limited lighting, when Kis pressed on the Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) transmitter. When adoor is opened, the interior lampscome on if the dome lamp control isin theH position. After about30 seconds the exterior lamps turnoff. Entry lighting can be disabledmanually by changing the ignitionout of the OFF position, or bypressing Q on the RKE transmitter.

This feature can be changed. See“Vehicle Locator Lights” underVehicle Personalization 0 136.

Exit LightingSome exterior lamps and the interiorlamps come on at night, or in areaswith limited lighting when the key isremoved from the ignition. Theexterior and interior lamps remainon for a set amount of time and then

automatically turn off. The interiorlamps do not come on if the domelamp control is in the Off position.

The exterior lamps turn offimmediately by turning the exteriorlamps control off.

This feature can be changed. SeeVehicle Personalization 0 136.

Battery LoadManagementThe vehicle has Electric PowerManagement (EPM), whichestimates the battery's temperatureand state of charge. It then adjuststhe voltage for best performanceand extended life of the battery.

When the battery's state of chargeis low, the voltage is raised slightlyto quickly bring the charge back up.When the state of charge is high,the voltage is lowered slightly toprevent overcharging. The voltmetergauge or the voltage display on theDriver Information Center (DIC),if equipped, may show the voltage


146 Lighting

moving up or down. This is normal.If there is a problem, an alert will bedisplayed.

The battery can be discharged atidle if the electrical loads are veryhigh. This is true for all vehicles.This is because the generator(alternator) may not be spinning fastenough at idle to produce all thepower that is needed for very highelectrical loads.

A high electrical load occurs whenseveral of the following are on, suchas: headlamps, high beams, foglamps, rear window defogger,climate control fan at high speed,heated seats, engine cooling fans,trailer loads, and loads plugged intoaccessory power outlets.

EPM works to prevent excessivedischarge of the battery. It does thisby balancing the generator's outputand the vehicle's electrical needs.It can increase engine idle speed togenerate more power, wheneverneeded. It can temporarily reducethe power demands of someaccessories.

Normally, these actions occur insteps or levels, without beingnoticeable. In rare cases at thehighest levels of corrective action,this action may be noticeable to thedriver. If so, a DIC message mightbe displayed and it is recommendedthat the driver reduce the electricalloads as much as possible.

Battery Power ProtectionThis feature shuts off the dome andreading lamps, if they are left on formore than 10 minutes after theignition is turned off. The cargolamp shuts off after 20 minutes. Thisprevents the battery fromrunning down.

Exterior Lighting BatterySaverThe exterior lamps turn off about10 minutes after the ignition isturned off, if the parking lamps orheadlamps have been manually lefton. This protects against drainingthe battery. To restart the 10-minute

timer, turn the exterior lamp controlto the O position and then back to

the; or2 position.

To keep the lamps on for more than10 minutes, the ignition must be onor in ACC/ACCESSORY.


Infotainment System 147

InfotainmentSystem

IntroductionInfotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147

Introduction

InfotainmentSee the infotainment manual forinformation on the radio, audioplayers, phone, navigation system,and voice or speech recognition.It also includes information onsettings.

Active Noise Cancellation (ANC)

If equipped, ANC reduces enginenoise in the vehicle’s interior. ANCrequires the factory-installed audiosystem, radio, speakers, amplifier (ifequipped), induction system, andexhaust system to work properly.Deactivation is required by yourdealer if related aftermarketequipment is installed.


148 Climate Controls

Climate Controls

Climate Control SystemsClimate Control Systems . . . . . 148Automatic Climate ControlSystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150

Air VentsAir Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153

MaintenancePassenger Compartment AirFilter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154

Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154

Climate Control Systems

With this system the heating, cooling, and ventilation can be controlled.

1. Fan Control



4. Defrost

5. TEMP (Temperature Control)

6. Rear Window Defogger (IfEquipped)


TEMP : Turn clockwise orcounterclockwise to increase ordecrease the temperature inside thevehicle.

9 : Turn clockwise orcounterclockwise to increase ordecrease the fan speed. There isabout a five second delay when thefan is turned on. Turn the knob allthe way counterclockwise to turn thefan off.


Climate Controls 149

Air Delivery Mode Control :PressY,\,[ , or- to changethe direction of the airflow. Anindicator light comes on in theselected mode button.

Y : Air is directed to the instrumentpanel outlets.

\ : Air is divided between theinstrument panel and floor outlets.

[ : Air is directed to the flooroutlets, with some air directed to thewindshield, outboard instrumentpanel, and side window outlets.

- : This mode clears the windowsof fog or moisture. Air is directed tothe windshield, with some airdirected to the floor, outboardinstrument panel outlets, and sidewindow outlets.

0 : Press to clear the windshieldof fog or frost more quickly. Air isdirected to the windshield and sidewindow vents, with some airdirected to the outboard instrumentpanel. The system automaticallyforces outside air into the vehicle

and the air conditioning compressorwill run, unless the outsidetemperature is close to freezing.

Do not drive the vehicle until all thewindows are clear.

See Air Vents 0 153.

@ : Press to turn on recirculation.An indicator light comes on. Air isrecirculated to quickly cool theinside of the vehicle. It can also beused to help reduce outside air andodors that enter the vehicle.

8 : If equipped, press to turn onoutside air. An indicator light comeson. Outside air is circulatedthroughout the vehicle.

A/C : Press to turn the airconditioning system on or off. Anindicator light comes on to showthat the air conditioning is enabled.If the fan is turned off, the airconditioner will not run. The A/Clight will stay on even if the outsidetemperatures are below freezing.

Rear Window Defogger

K : If equipped, press to turn therear window defogger on or off. Anindicator light on the button comeson to show that the rear windowdefogger is on.

The rear window defogger onlyworks when the ignition is on. Thedefogger also turns off if the ignitionis turned to off or ACC/ACCESSORY.

Caution

Using a razor blade or sharpobject to clear the inside rearwindow can damage the rearwindow defogger. Repairs wouldnot be covered by the vehiclewarranty. Do not clear the insiderear window with sharp objects.

Heated Mirrors : If equipped withheated outside mirrors, the mirrorsheat to help clear fog or frost fromthe surface of the mirror when therear window defog button ispressed. See Heated Mirrors 0 37.



Automatic Climate Control SystemWith this system the heating, cooling, and ventilation in the vehicle can becontrolled.

1. Fan Control



4. Defrost

5. Temperature Control

6. AUTO (Automatic Operation)

7. Rear Window Defogger


9. Power Button

Climate Control Display

1. Temperature Setting

2. Fan Control

3. Air Delivery Mode Control


5. Auto (Automatic Operation)


7. On/Off (Power)

8. Driver Temperature Controls



Climate Control Status Display

The climate control status displayappears briefly when the climatecontrols on the center stack areadjusted.

Automatic Operation

The system automatically heats orcools the vehicle to the desiredtemperature:

. Fan Speed

. Air Delivery Mode

. Air Conditioning

. Recirculation

When AUTO is lit, all functionsoperate automatically. Each functioncan also be manually set. Functionsnot manually set will continue to beautomatically controlled.

To place the system in full automaticoperation:

1. Press AUTO.

2. Set the temperature.

To find your comfort setting,start with 22 °C (72 °F) andallow the system time tostabilize. Then adjust thetemperature as needed for bestcomfort.

To improve fuel efficiency and tocool the vehicle faster, recirculationmay be automatically selected inwarm weather.

The recirculation light will not comeon when automatically controlled.Press@ to manually selectrecirculation; press it again to selectoutside air.

Do not cover the solar sensor on thetop of the instrument panel near thewindshield. This sensor regulatesair temperature based on sun load.See “Sensors” later in this section.

Manual Operation

O : Press to turn the climate controlsystem on or off. When the systemis turned off, air will stop flowing intothe cabin. Press O again or adjustany of the climate controls to turnthe system back on and the airflowwill continue based on the selectedclimate control settings.

A : Turn clockwise orcounterclockwise to increase ordecrease the fan speed. There isabout a five second delay when thefan is turned on. Press the knob toturn the fan off. Press AUTO toreturn to automatic operation.

Temperature Control : Turn theknob clockwise or counterclockwiseto increase or decrease temperaturesetting.



Air Delivery Mode Controls :PressY,\,[ , or- to changethe direction of the airflow. Anindicator light comes on in theselected mode button.

Changing the mode cancels theautomatic operation and the systemgoes into manual mode.

Press AUTO to return to automaticoperation.

Y : Air is directed to the instrumentpanel outlets.

\ : Air is divided between theinstrument panel and floor outlets.

[ : Air is directed to the flooroutlets, with some to the windshield,outboard instrument panel outlets,side window outlets, and secondrow floor outlets.

- : This mode clears the windowsof fog or moisture. Air is directed tothe windshield, floor outlets,outboard instrument panel outlets,and side window outlets. Thesystem automatically forces outsideair into the vehicle and the air

conditioning compressor will run,unless the outside temperature isclose to or below freezing.

0 : Press to clear the windshieldof fog or frost more quickly. Air isdirected to the windshield and theside window vents, with some airdirected to the outboard instrumentpanel outlets. The systemautomatically forces outside air intothe vehicle and the air conditioningcompressor will run, unless theoutside temperature is close to orbelow freezing.

Do not drive the vehicle until allwindows are clear.

See Air Vents 0 153.

A/C : Press to turn the airconditioning system on or off. Anindicator light comes on to showthat the air conditioning is enabled.The A/C light will stay on even if theoutside temperatures are belowfreezing. If the fan is turned off, theair conditioner will not run. PressAUTO to return to automaticoperation.

@ : Press to turn on recirculation.An indicator light comes on. Air isrecirculated to quickly cool theinside of the vehicle. It can also beused to help reduce outside air andodors that enter the vehicle. The airconditioning compressor also comeson when this mode is activated.Press AUTO to return to automaticoperation.

Auto Defog : The climate controlsystem may have a sensor toautomatically detect high humidityinside the vehicle. When highhumidity is detected, the climatecontrol system may adjust airdelivery modes, outside air supply,and turn on the air conditioner. If theclimate control system does notdetect possible window fogging, itreturns to normal operation. To turnAuto Defog off or on, see “Climateand Air Quality” under VehiclePersonalization 0 136.

Rear Window Defogger

The rear window defogger uses awarming grid to remove fog from therear window.



K : Press to turn the rear windowdefogger on or off. An indicator lighton the button comes on to show thatthe rear window defogger is on.

The rear window defogger onlyworks when the ignition is on. Thedefogger also turns off if the ignitionis turned to off or ACC/ACCESSORY.

Caution

Using a razor blade or sharpobject to clear the inside rearwindow can damage the rearwindow defogger. Repairs wouldnot be covered by the vehiclewarranty. Do not clear the insiderear window with sharp objects.

Heated Mirrors : If equipped withheated outside mirrors, the mirrorsheat to help clear fog or frost fromthe surface of the mirror when therear window defog button ispressed. See Heated Mirrors 0 37.

Air VentsAdjustable air vents are in thecenter and on the side of theinstrument panel. Use the slidingknobs on the air vents to changethe direction of the airflow. Slide theknob up or down to open or closeoff the airflow.

Air vents blow warm air on the sidewindows in cold weather. If Floor,Defog, or Defrost modes areselected, a small amount of air willcome from the vents close to thewindow. If the airflow is shut offusing the sliding knobs, warm airwill be directed to the otherinstrument panel vents. This isnormal operation.

Use the sliding knobs to turn ventairflow on or off based on the modeselected.

Operation Tips

. Clear away any ice, snow,or leaves from air inlets at thebase of the windshield that couldblock the flow of air into thevehicle.

. Clear snow off the hood toimprove visibility and helpdecrease moisture drawn intothe vehicle.

. Keep the path under the frontseats clear of objects to helpcirculate the air inside of thevehicle more effectively.

. Use of non-GM approved hooddeflectors can adversely affectthe performance of the system.Check with your dealer beforeadding equipment to the outsideof the vehicle.



Maintenance

Passenger CompartmentAir FilterThe passenger compartment airfilter reduces dust, pollen, and otherairborne irritants from outside airthat is pulled into the vehicle. Thefilter will need to be replacedperiodically. See MaintenanceSchedule 0 326.

Using the climate control systemwithout an air filter installed is notrecommended. Water or otherdebris could enter the system andresult in leaks or noises. Alwaysinstall a new filter when removingthe old filter.

For more information on filterreplacement, see your dealer.

ServiceAll vehicles have a label underhoodthat identifies the refrigerant used inthe vehicle. The refrigerant systemshould only be serviced by trainedand certified technicians. The air

conditioning evaporator shouldnever be repaired or replaced byone from a salvage vehicle.It should only be replaced by a newevaporator to ensure proper andsafe operation.

During service, all refrigerantsshould be reclaimed with properequipment. Venting refrigerantsdirectly to the atmosphere is harmfulto the environment and may alsocreate unsafe conditions based oninhalation, combustion, frostbite,or other health-based concerns.

The air conditioning system requiresperiodic maintenance. SeeMaintenance Schedule 0 326.


Driving and Operating 155

Driving andOperating

Driving InformationDistracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . 156Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157Drunk Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 157Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . 158Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159Off-Road Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159Driving on Wet Roads . . . . . . . . 164Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . 165Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165If the Vehicle Is Stuck . . . . . . . . 167Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . 168Truck-Camper LoadingInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173

Starting and OperatingNew Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . 174Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . 176Engine Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177Retained AccessoryPower (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179

Shifting Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179Shifting out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . 181Parking (ManualTransmission) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181

Parking over ThingsThat Burn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181

Engine ExhaustEngine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182Running the Vehicle WhileParked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182

Automatic TransmissionAutomatic Transmission . . . . . . 183Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185Tow/Haul Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187

Manual TransmissionManual Transmission . . . . . . . . . 188

Drive SystemsFour-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190

BrakesAntilock BrakeSystem (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196

Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197Brake Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . . 198

Ride Control SystemsTraction Control/ElectronicStability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199

Hill Descent Control (HDC) . . . 200Limited-Slip Differential . . . . . . . 201

Cruise ControlCruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202

Driver Assistance SystemsDriver Assistance Systems . . . 204Assistance Systems forParking or Backing . . . . . . . . . . 206

Forward Collision Alert (FCA)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208

Lane DepartureWarning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210

FuelTop Tier Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211Recommended Fuel . . . . . . . . . . 212Prohibited Fuels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212Fuels in Foreign Countries . . . 212Fuel Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212Filling a Portable FuelContainer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214


156 Driving and Operating

Trailer TowingGeneral TowingInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215

Driving Characteristics andTowing Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215

Trailer Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220Towing Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . 225Trailer Sway Control (TSC) . . . 231

Conversions and Add-OnsAdd-On ElectricalEquipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233

Driving Information

Distracted DrivingDistraction comes in many formsand can take your focus from thetask of driving. Exercise goodjudgment and do not let otheractivities divert your attention awayfrom the road. Many localgovernments have enacted lawsregarding driver distraction. Becomefamiliar with the local laws inyour area.

To avoid distracted driving, keepyour eyes on the road, keep yourhands on the steering wheel, andfocus your attention on driving.

. Do not use a phone indemanding driving situations.Use a hands-free method toplace or receive necessaryphone calls.

. Watch the road. Do not read,take notes, or look upinformation on phones or otherelectronic devices.

. Designate a front seatpassenger to handle potentialdistractions.

. Become familiar with vehiclefeatures before driving, such asprogramming favorite radiostations and adjusting climatecontrol and seat settings.Program all trip information intoany navigation device prior todriving.

. Wait until the vehicle is parkedto retrieve items that have fallento the floor.

. Stop or park the vehicle to tendto children.

. Keep pets in an appropriatecarrier or restraint.

. Avoid stressful conversationswhile driving, whether with apassenger or on a cell phone.



{ Warning

Taking your eyes off the road toolong or too often could cause acrash resulting in injury or death.Focus your attention on driving.

Refer to the infotainment manual formore information on using thatsystem and the navigation system,if equipped, including pairing andusing a cell phone.

Defensive DrivingDefensive driving means “alwaysexpect the unexpected.” The firststep in driving defensively is to wearthe seat belt. See Seat Belts 0 51.

. Assume that other road users(pedestrians, bicyclists, andother drivers) are going to becareless and make mistakes.Anticipate what they might doand be ready.

. Allow enough following distancebetween you and the driver infront of you.

. Focus on the task of driving.

Drunk DrivingDeath and injury associated withdrinking and driving is a globaltragedy.

{ Warning

Drinking and then driving is verydangerous. Your reflexes,perceptions, attentiveness, andjudgment can be affected by evena small amount of alcohol. Youcan have a serious — or evenfatal — collision if you drive afterdrinking.

Do not drink and drive or ride witha driver who has been drinking.Ride home in a cab; or if you arewith a group, designate a driverwho will not drink.

Control of a VehicleBraking, steering, and acceleratingare important factors in helping tocontrol a vehicle while driving.

BrakingBraking action involves perceptiontime and reaction time. Deciding topush the brake pedal is perceptiontime. Actually doing it isreaction time.

Average driver reaction time isabout three-quarters of a second. Inthat time, a vehicle moving at100 km/h (60 mph) travels 20 m(66 ft), which could be a lot ofdistance in an emergency.

Helpful braking tips to keep in mindinclude:

. Keep enough distance betweenyou and the vehicle in frontof you.

. Avoid needless heavy braking.

. Keep pace with traffic.

If the engine ever stops while thevehicle is being driven, brakenormally but do not pump thebrakes. Doing so could make thepedal harder to push down. If theengine stops, there will be somepower brake assist but it will beused when the brake is applied.



Once the power assist is used up, itcan take longer to stop and thebrake pedal will be harder to push.

Steering

Electric Power Steering

The vehicle has electric powersteering. It does not have powersteering fluid. Regular maintenanceis not required.

If power steering assist is lost dueto a system malfunction, the vehiclecan be steered, but may requireincreased effort.

If the steering assist is used for anextended period of time while thevehicle is not moving, power assistmay be reduced.

If the steering wheel is turned until itreaches the end of its travel and isheld against that position for anextended period of time, powersteering assist may be reduced.

Normal use of the power steeringassist should return when thesystem cools down.

See your dealer if there is aproblem.

Curve Tips. Take curves at a reasonable

speed.

. Reduce speed before entering acurve.

. Maintain a reasonable steadyspeed through the curve.

. Wait until the vehicle is out ofthe curve before acceleratinggently into the straightaway.

Steering in Emergencies. There are some situations when

steering around a problem maybe more effective than braking.

. Holding both sides of thesteering wheel allows you to turn180 degrees without removinga hand.

. The Antilock Brake System(ABS) allows steering whilebraking.

Off-Road Recovery

The vehicle's right wheels can dropoff the edge of a road onto theshoulder while driving. Followthese tips:

1. Ease off the accelerator andthen, if there is nothing in theway, steer the vehicle so that itstraddles the edge of thepavement.

2. Turn the steering wheel aboutone-eighth of a turn, until theright front tire contacts thepavement edge.



3. Turn the steering wheel to gostraight down the roadway.

Loss of Control

Skidding

There are three types of skids thatcorrespond to the vehicle's threecontrol systems:

. Braking Skid — wheels are notrolling.

. Steering or Cornering Skid —too much speed or steering in acurve causes tires to slip andlose cornering force.

. Acceleration Skid — too muchthrottle causes the drivingwheels to spin.

Defensive drivers avoid most skidsby taking reasonable care suited toexisting conditions, and by notoverdriving those conditions. Butskids are always possible.

If the vehicle starts to slide, followthese suggestions:

. Ease your foot off theaccelerator pedal and steer theway you want the vehicle to go.The vehicle may straighten out.Be ready for a second skid if itoccurs.

. Slow down and adjust yourdriving according to weatherconditions. Stopping distancecan be longer and vehiclecontrol can be affected whentraction is reduced by water,snow, ice, gravel, or othermaterial on the road. Learn torecognize warning clues — suchas enough water, ice, or packedsnow on the road to make amirrored surface — and slowdown when you have any doubt.

. Try to avoid sudden steering,acceleration, or braking,including reducing vehicle speedby shifting to a lower gear. Anysudden changes could causethe tires to slide.

Remember: Antilock brakes helpavoid only the braking skid.

Off-Road DrivingFour-wheel-drive vehicles can beused for off-road driving. Vehicleswithout four-wheel drive andvehicles not equipped with AllTerrain (AT) or On-Off Road (OOR)tires must not be driven off-roadexcept on a level, solid surface. Forcontact information about theoriginal equipment tires, see thewarranty manual.

One of the best ways for successfuloff-road driving is to control thespeed.

{ Warning

When driving off-road, bouncingand quick changes in directioncan easily throw you out ofposition. This could cause you tolose control and crash. You andyour passengers should alwayswear seat belts.



Before Driving Off-Road. Have all necessary maintenance

and service work completed.

. Fuel the vehicle, fill fluid levels,and check inflation pressure inall tires, including the spare,if equipped.

. Read all the information aboutfour-wheel-drive vehicles in thismanual.

. Remove any underbody airdeflector, if equipped. Re-attachthe air deflector after off-roaddriving.

. Know the local laws that apply tooff-road driving.

To gain more ground clearance ifneeded, it may be necessary toremove the front fascia lower airdam, if equipped. However, drivingwithout the air dam reduces fueleconomy.

Caution

Operating the vehicle forextended periods without the frontfascia lower air dam installed cancause improper airflow to theengine. Reattach the front fasciaair dam after off-road driving.

Loading the Vehicle forOff-Road Driving

{ Warning

. Unsecured cargo on theload floor can be tossedabout when driving overrough terrain. You or yourpassengers can be struckby flying objects. Secure thecargo properly.

. Keep cargo in the cargoarea as far forward and aslow as possible. The

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

heaviest things should beon the floor, forward of therear axle.

. Heavy loads on the roofraise the vehicle's center ofgravity, making it more likelyto roll over. You can beseriously or fatally injured ifthe vehicle rolls over. Putheavy loads inside thecargo area, not on the roof.

For more information about loadingthe vehicle, see Vehicle Load Limits0 168 and Tires 0 274.

Environmental Concerns. Always use established trails,

roads, and areas that have beenset aside for public off-roadrecreational driving and obey allposted regulations.

. Do not damage shrubs, flowers,trees, or grasses or disturbwildlife.


Driving and Operating 161. Do not park over things that

burn. See Parking over ThingsThat Burn 0 181.

Driving on Hills

Driving safely on hills requires goodjudgment and an understanding ofwhat the vehicle can and cannot do.

{ Warning

Many hills are simply too steepfor any vehicle. Driving up hillscan cause the vehicle to stall.Driving down hills can cause lossof control. Driving across hills cancause a rollover. You could beinjured or killed. Do not drive onsteep hills.

Before driving on a hill, assess thesteepness, traction, andobstructions. If the terrain aheadcannot be seen, get out of thevehicle and walk the hill beforedriving further.

When driving on hills:

. Use a low gear and keep a firmgrip on the steering wheel.

. Maintain a slow speed.

. When possible, drive straight upor down the hill.

. Slow down when approachingthe top of the hill.

. Use headlamps even during theday to make the vehicle morevisible.

{ Warning

Driving to the top of a hill at highspeed can cause a crash. Therecould be a drop-off, embankment,cliff, or even another vehicle. Youcould be seriously injured orkilled. As you near the top of ahill, slow down and stay alert.

. Never go downhill forward orbackward with either thetransmission or transfer case in

N (Neutral). The brakes couldoverheat and you could losecontrol.

{ Warning

If the vehicle has the two-speedautomatic or electronic transfercase, shifting the transfer case toN (Neutral) can cause yourvehicle to roll even if thetransmission is in P (Park). This isbecause the N (Neutral) positionon the transfer case overrides thetransmission. You or someoneelse could be injured. If leavingthe vehicle, set the parking brakeand shift the transmission toP (Park). Shift the transfer case toany position but N (Neutral).

. When driving down a hill, keepthe vehicle headed straightdown. Use a low gear becausethe engine will work with thebrakes to slow the vehicle andhelp keep the vehicle undercontrol.



{ Warning

Heavy braking when going downa hill can cause your brakes tooverheat and fade. This couldcause loss of control and you orothers could be injured or killed.Apply the brakes lightly whendescending a hill and use a lowgear to keep vehicle speed undercontrol.

If the vehicle stalls on a hill:

1. Apply the brakes to stop thevehicle, and then apply theparking brake.

2. Shift into P (Park) and thenrestart the engine.

. If driving uphill when thevehicle stalls, shift toR (Reverse), release theparking brake, and backstraight down.

. Never try to turn the vehiclearound. If the hill is steepenough to stall the vehicle,it is steep enough to causeit to roll over.

. If you cannot make it up thehill, back straight downthe hill.

. Never back down a hill inN (Neutral) using only thebrake. The vehicle can rollbackward quickly and youcould lose control.

. If driving downhill when thevehicle stalls, shift to alower gear, release theparking brake, and drivestraight down the hill.

3. If the vehicle cannot berestarted after stalling, set theparking brake, shift intoP (Park), and turn thevehicle off.

3.1. Leave the vehicle andseek help.

3.2. Stay clear of the path thevehicle would take if itrolled downhill.

. Avoid turns that take the vehicleacross the incline of the hill.A hill that can be driven straightup or down might be too steep todrive across. Driving across anincline puts more weight on thedownhill wheels, which couldcause a downhill slide or arollover.

. Surface conditions can be aproblem. Loose gravel, muddyspots, or even wet grass cancause the tires to slip sideways,downhill. If the vehicle slipssideways, it can hit somethingthat will trip it — a rock, a rut,etc. — and roll over.

. Hidden obstacles can make thesteepness of the incline moresevere. If a rock is driven acrosswith the uphill wheels, or if thedownhill wheels drop into a rutor depression, the vehicle can tilteven more.


Driving and Operating 163. If an incline must be driven

across, and the vehicle starts toslide, turn downhill. This shouldhelp straighten out the vehicleand prevent the side slipping.

{ Warning

Getting out of the vehicle on thedownhill side when stoppedacross an incline is dangerous.If the vehicle rolls over, you couldbe crushed or killed. Always getout on the uphill side of thevehicle and stay well clear of therollover path.

Driving in Mud, Sand, Snow,or Ice

Use a low gear when driving in mud— the deeper the mud, the lowerthe gear. Keep the vehicle movingto avoid getting stuck.

Traction changes when driving onsand. On loose sand, such as onbeaches or sand dunes, the tirestend to sink into the sand. Thisaffects steering, accelerating, and

braking. Drive at a reduced speedand avoid sharp turns or abruptmaneuvers.

Traction is reduced on hard packedsnow and ice and it is easy to losecontrol. Reduce vehicle speed whendriving on hard packed snowand ice.

{ Warning

Driving on frozen lakes, ponds,or rivers can be dangerous. Iceconditions vary greatly and thevehicle could fall through the ice;you and your passengers coulddrown. Drive your vehicle on safesurfaces only.

Driving in Water

{ Warning

Driving through rushing water canbe dangerous. Deep water cansweep your vehicle downstreamand you and your passengers

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

could drown. If it is only shallowwater, it can still wash away theground from under your tires.Traction could be lost, and thevehicle could roll over. Do notdrive through rushing water.

Caution

Do not drive through standingwater if it is deep enough to coverthe wheel hubs, axles, or exhaustpipe. Deep water can damage theaxle and other vehicle parts.

If the standing water is not too deep,drive through it slowly. At fasterspeeds, water can get into theengine and cause it to stall. Stallingcan occur if the exhaust pipe isunder water. Do not turn off theignition when driving through water.If the exhaust pipe is under water,the engine will not start. When goingthrough water, the brakes get wet



and it may take longer to stop. See“Driving on Wet Roads” later in thissection.

After Off-Road Driving

Remove any brush or debris thathas collected on the underbody orchassis, or under the hood. Theseaccumulations can be a fire hazard.

After operation in mud or sand,have the brake linings cleaned andchecked. These substances cancause glazing and uneven braking.Check the body structure, driveline,steering, suspension, wheels, tires,and exhaust system for damage andcheck the fuel lines and coolingsystem for any leakage.

More frequent maintenance serviceis required. See the MaintenanceSchedule 0 326.

Driving on Wet RoadsRain and wet roads can reducevehicle traction and affect yourability to stop and accelerate.Always drive slower in these types

of driving conditions and avoiddriving through large puddles anddeep-standing or flowing water.

{ Warning

Wet brakes can cause crashes.They might not work as well in aquick stop and could causepulling to one side. You couldlose control of the vehicle.

After driving through a largepuddle of water or a car/vehiclewash, lightly apply the brakepedal until the brakes worknormally.

Flowing or rushing water createsstrong forces. Driving throughflowing water could cause thevehicle to be carried away. If thishappens, you and other vehicleoccupants could drown. Do notignore police warnings and bevery cautious about trying to drivethrough flowing water.

Hydroplaning

Hydroplaning is dangerous. Watercan build up under the vehicle'stires so they actually ride on thewater. This can happen if the road iswet enough and you are going fastenough. When the vehicle ishydroplaning, it has little or nocontact with the road.

There is no hard and fast rule abouthydroplaning. The best advice is toslow down when the road is wet.

Other Rainy Weather Tips

Besides slowing down, other wetweather driving tips include:

. Allow extra following distance.

. Pass with caution.

. Keep windshield wipingequipment in good shape.

. Keep the windshield washer fluidreservoir filled.

. Have good tires with propertread depth. See Tires 0 274.

. Turn off cruise control.



Hill and Mountain RoadsDriving on steep hills or throughmountains is different than drivingon flat or rolling terrain. Tips include:

. Keep the vehicle serviced and ingood shape.

. Check all fluid levels and brakes,tires, cooling system, andtransmission.

. Shift to a lower gear when goingdown steep or long hills.

{ Warning

Using the brakes to slow thevehicle on a long downhill slopecan cause brake overheating, canreduce brake performance, andcould result in a loss of braking.Shift the transmission to a lowergear to let the engine assist thebrakes on a steep downhill slope.

{ Warning

Coasting downhill in N (Neutral)or with the ignition off isdangerous. This can causeoverheating of the brakes andloss of steering assist. Alwayshave the engine running and thevehicle in gear.

. Drive at speeds that keep thevehicle in its own lane. Do notswing wide or cross thecenter line.

. Be alert on top of hills;something could be in your lane(e.g., stalled car, crash).

. Pay attention to special roadsigns (e.g., falling rocks area,winding roads, long grades,passing or no-passing zones)and take appropriate action.

Winter Driving

Driving on Snow or Ice

Snow or ice between the tires andthe road creates less traction orgrip, so drive carefully. Wet ice canoccur at about 0 °C (32 °F) whenfreezing rain begins to fall. Avoiddriving on wet ice or in freezing rainuntil roads can be treated.

For Slippery Road Driving:

. Accelerate gently. Acceleratingtoo quickly causes the wheels tospin and makes the surfaceunder the tires slick.

. Turn on Traction Control. SeeTraction Control/ElectronicStability Control 0 199.

. The Antilock Brake System(ABS) improves vehicle stabilityduring hard stops, but thebrakes should be applied soonerthan when on dry pavement.See Antilock Brake System(ABS) 0 196.


166 Driving and Operating. Allow greater following distance

and watch for slippery spots. Icypatches can occur on otherwiseclear roads in shaded areas.The surface of a curve or anoverpass can remain icy whenthe surrounding roads are clear.Avoid sudden steeringmaneuvers and braking whileon ice.

. Turn off cruise control.

Blizzard Conditions

Stop the vehicle in a safe place andsignal for help. Stay with the vehicleunless there is help nearby.If possible, use RoadsideAssistance. See RoadsideAssistance Program 0 348. To gethelp and keep everyone in thevehicle safe:


. Tie a red cloth to an outsidemirror.

{ Warning

Snow can trap engine exhaustunder the vehicle. This maycause exhaust gases to getinside. Engine exhaust containscarbon monoxide (CO), whichcannot be seen or smelled. It cancause unconsciousness and evendeath.

If the vehicle is stuck in snow:

. Clear snow from the base ofthe vehicle, especially anyblocking the exhaust pipe.

. Open a window about 5 cm(2 in) on the vehicle sidethat is away from the wind,to bring in fresh air.

. Fully open the air outlets onor under the instrumentpanel.

. Adjust the climate controlsystem to circulate the airinside the vehicle and set

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

the fan speed to the highestsetting. See “ClimateControl Systems.”

For more information about CO,see Engine Exhaust 0 182.

To save fuel, run the engine forshort periods to warm the vehicleand then shut the engine off andpartially close the window. Movingabout to keep warm also helps.

If it takes time for help to arrive,when running the engine, push theaccelerator pedal slightly so theengine runs faster than the idlespeed. This keeps the batterycharged to restart the vehicle and tosignal for help with the headlamps.Do this as little as possible, tosave fuel.



If the Vehicle Is StuckSlowly and cautiously spin thewheels to free the vehicle whenstuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow.See “Rocking the Vehicle to Get ItOut” later in this section.

The Traction Control System (TCS)can often help to free a stuckvehicle. See Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control 0 199.If TCS cannot free the vehicle, see“Rocking the Vehicle to Get it Out”following.

{ Warning

If the vehicle's tires spin at highspeed, they can explode, and youor others could be injured. Thevehicle can overheat, causing anengine compartment fire or otherdamage. Spin the wheels as littleas possible and avoid goingabove 56 km/h (35 mph).

For information about using tirechains on the vehicle, see TireChains 0 293.

Rocking the Vehicle to GetIt Out

Turn the steering wheel left andright to clear the area around thefront wheels. For four-wheel-drivevehicles, shift into Four-Wheel DriveHigh. Turn the TCS off. Shift backand forth between R (Reverse) anda forward gear, spinning the wheelsas little as possible. To preventtransmission wear, wait until thewheels stop spinning before shiftinggears. Slowly spinning the wheels inthe forward and reverse directionscauses a rocking motion that couldfree the vehicle. If that does not getthe vehicle out after a few tries, itmight need to be towed out. SeeTowing the Vehicle 0 309. Recoveryhooks can be used, if the vehiclehas them.

Recovery Hooks

{ Warning

Never pull on recovery hooksfrom the side. The hooks couldbreak and you and others couldbe injured. When using recoveryhooks, always pull the vehiclefrom the front.



Caution

Never use recovery hooks to towthe vehicle. The vehicle could bedamaged, and the repairs wouldnot be covered by the vehiclewarranty.

There are recovery hooks at thefront of the vehicle. Use them if thevehicle is stuck off-road and needsto be pulled some place to continuedriving.

Vehicle Load LimitsIt is very important to know howmuch weight the vehicle cancarry. This weight is called thevehicle capacity weight andincludes the weight of alloccupants, cargo, and allnonfactory-installed options.Two labels on the vehicle mayshow how much weight it wasdesigned to carry: the Tire andLoading Information label andthe Certification/Tire label.

{ Warning

Do not load the vehicle anyheavier than the GrossVehicle Weight Rating(GVWR), or either themaximum front or rear GrossAxle Weight Rating (GAWR).This can cause systems tobreak and change the way thevehicle handles. This couldcause loss of control and acrash. Overloading can alsoreduce stopping distance,damage the tires, and shortenthe life of the vehicle.

Tire and Loading InformationLabel

Label Example

A vehicle-specific Tire andLoading Information label isattached to the B-pillar or on theforward edge of the rear door.The Tire and LoadingInformation label shows thenumber of occupant seatingpositions (1), and the maximumvehicle capacity weight (2) inkilograms and pounds.



The Tire and LoadingInformation label also shows thesize of the original equipmenttires (3) and the recommendedcold tire inflation pressures (4).For more information on tiresand inflation see Tires 0 274and Tire Pressure 0 281.

There is also important loadinginformation on the vehicleCertification/Tire label. It mayshow the Gross Vehicle WeightRating (GVWR) and the GrossAxle Weight Rating (GAWR) forthe front and rear axles. See“Certification/Tire Label” later inthis section.

“Steps for Determining CorrectLoad Limit–

1. Locate the statement "Thecombined weight ofoccupants and cargo shouldnever exceed XXX kg orXXX lbs." on your vehicle’splacard.

2. Determine the combinedweight of the driver andpassengers that will beriding in your vehicle.

3. Subtract the combinedweight of the driver andpassengers from XXX kg orXXX lbs.

4. The resulting figure equalsthe available amount ofcargo and luggage loadcapacity. For example, if the"XXX" amount equals1400 lbs. and there will befive 150 lb passengers inyour vehicle, the amount ofavailable cargo and luggageload capacity is 650 lbs.(1400-750 (5 x 150) =650 lbs.)

5. Determine the combinedweight of luggage and cargobeing loaded on the vehicle.That weight may not safelyexceed the available cargoand luggage load capacitycalculated in Step 4.

6. If your vehicle will be towinga trailer, load from yourtrailer will be transferred toyour vehicle. Consult thismanual to determine howthis reduces the availablecargo and luggage loadcapacity of your vehicle.”

See Trailer Towing 0 220 forimportant information on towinga trailer, towing safety rules, andtrailering tips.



Example 1

1. Vehicle Capacity Weight forExample 1 = (453 kg)(1,000 lb)

2. Subtract Occupant Weight@ 68 kg (150 lb) × 2 =136 kg (300 lb)

3. Available Occupant andCargo Weight = 317 kg(700 lb)

Example 2

1. Vehicle Capacity Weight forExample 2 = 453 kg(1,000 lb)

2. Subtract Occupant Weight@ 68 kg (150 lb) × 5 =340 kg (750 lb)

3. Available Cargo Weight =113 kg (250 lb)

Example 3

1. Vehicle Capacity Weight forExample 3 = 453 kg(1,000 lb)

2. Subtract Occupant Weight@ 91 kg (200 lb) × 5 =453 kg (1,000 lb)

3. Available Cargo Weight =0 kg (0 lb)

Refer to the Tire and LoadingInformation label for specificinformation about the vehicle'scapacity weight and seatingpositions. The combined weight



of the driver, passengers, andcargo should never exceed thevehicle's capacity weight.

Certification/Tire Label

Label Example

A vehicle-specific Certification/Tire label is attached to theB-pillar or on the forward edgeof the rear door. The label mayshow the size of the vehicle'soriginal tires and the inflationpressures needed to obtain thegross weight capacity of thevehicle. This is called GrossVehicle Weight Rating (GVWR).

The GVWR includes the weightof the vehicle, all occupants,fuel, and cargo.

The Certification/Tire label mayalso show the maximum weightsfor the front and rear axles,called Gross Axle WeightRating (GAWR). To find out theactual loads on the front andrear axles, weigh the vehicle ata weigh station. Your dealer canhelp with this. Be sure to spreadthe load equally on both sides ofthe centerline.

{ Warning

In the case of a sudden stopor collision, things carried inthe bed of your truck couldshift forward and come intothe passenger area, injuringyou and others. If you putthings in the bed of your truck,you should make sure theyare properly secured.

{ Warning

Do not load the vehicle anyheavier than the GrossVehicle Weight Rating(GVWR), or either themaximum front or rear GrossAxle Weight Rating (GAWR).This can cause systems tobreak and change the way thevehicle handles. This couldcause loss of control and acrash. Overloading can alsoreduce stopping distance,damage the tires, and shortenthe life of the vehicle.

Caution

Overloading the vehicle maycause damage. Repairs would notbe covered by the vehiclewarranty. Do not overload thevehicle.



Using heavier suspensioncomponents to get addeddurability might not change theweight ratings. Ask your dealerto help load the vehicle theright way.

{ Warning

Things you put inside thevehicle can strike and injurepeople in a sudden stop orturn, or in a crash.

. Put things in the cargoarea of the vehicle. Try tospread the weight evenly.

. Never stack heavierthings, like suitcases,inside the vehicle so thatsome of them are abovethe tops of the seats.

. Do not leave anunsecured child restraintin the vehicle.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. When you carrysomething inside thevehicle, secure itwhenever you can.

. Do not leave a seatfolded down unless youneed to.

There is also important loadinginformation for off-road driving inthis manual. See “Loading theVehicle for Off-Road Driving“under Off-Road Driving 0 159.

Two-Tiered Loading

Depending on the model of thepickup, an upper load platformcan be created by positioningthree or four 5 cm (2 in) by15 cm (6 in) wooden planksacross the width of the pickupbox. The planks must beinserted in the pickup boxdepressions.

When using this upper loadplatform, be sure the load issecurely tied down to prevent itfrom shifting. The load's centerof gravity should be positionedin a zone over the rear axle. Thezone is located in the areabetween the front of each wheelwell and the rear of each wheelwell. The center of gravity heightmust not extend above the topof the pickup box flareboard.

Any load that extends beyondthe vehicle's taillamp area mustbe properly marked according tolocal laws and regulations.

Remember not to exceed theGross Axle WeightRating (GAWR) of the front orrear axle.

Add-On Equipment

When carrying removable items,a limit on how many peoplecarried inside the vehicle may



be necessary. Be sure to weighthe vehicle before buying andinstalling the new equipment.

Caution

Overloading the vehicle maycause damage. Repairs would notbe covered by the vehiclewarranty. Do not overload thevehicle.

Remember not to exceed theGross Axle WeightRating (GAWR) of the front orrear axle.

* EquipmentMaximumWeight

Ladder Rackand Cargo

340 kg (750 lb)

Cross Toolboxand Cargo

181 kg (400 lb)

Side Boxesand Cargo

113 kg perside (250 lbper side)

* EquipmentMaximumWeight

* The combined weight for allrail-mounted equipment shouldnot exceed 454 kg (1,000 lb).

Loading Points

1. Primary Load Points2. Secondary Load Areas3. GM Approved Accessory

Mounting Points

Structural members (1) and (2) areincluded in the pickup box design.Additional accessories should use

these load points. Depending on theaccessory design, use a spacerunder the accessory at the loadpoints to remove gap. The holes forGM approved accessories (3) arenot intended for aftermarketequipment. See www.gmupfitter.comfor additional pickup box loadbearing structural information.

Truck-Camper LoadingInformationThe vehicle was neitherdesigned nor intended to carry aslide-in camper.

Caution

Adding a slide-in camper orsimilar equipment to the vehiclecan damage it, and the repairswould not be covered by thevehicle warranty. Do not install aslide-in camper or similarequipment on the vehicle.



Starting andOperating

New Vehicle Break-In

Caution

The vehicle does not need anelaborate break-in. But it willperform better in the long run ifyou follow these guidelines:

. Keep the vehicle speed at88 km/h (55 mph) or less forthe first 805 km (500mi).

. Do not drive at any oneconstant speed, fast or slow,for the first 805 km (500 mi).Do not make full-throttlestarts. Avoid downshifting tobrake or slow the vehicle.

. Avoid making hard stops forthe first 322 km (200mi) orso. During this time the newbrake linings are not yetbroken in. Hard stops withnew linings can mean

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

premature wear and earlierreplacement. Follow thisbreaking-in guideline everytime you get new brakelinings.

. Do not tow a trailer duringbreak-in. See Trailer Towing0 220 for the trailer towingcapabilities of the vehicleand more information.

Following break-in, engine speedand load can be graduallyincreased.

Ignition Positions

0. Stopping the Engine/LOCK/OFF

1. ACC/ACCESSORY

2. ON/RUN

3. START

The ignition switch has fourpositions.

To shift out of P (Park) with anautomatic transmission, the ignitionmust be in ON/RUN and the brakepedal must be applied.



0 (Stopping the Engine/LOCK/OFF) : This position turns off thevehicle. It also locks the ignition, thetransmission on an automatictransmission vehicle, and thesteering column, if equipped with alocking steering column.

To turn off the vehicle:

1. Make sure that the vehicle isstopped.

2. Shift to P (Park) with anautomatic transmission,or Neutral with a manualtransmission.

3. Continue to hold the brakepedal, then set the parkingbrake. See Parking Brake0 197.

4. Push the key all the way intoward the steering column (1),then turn the key toLOCK/OFF (2).

5. Remove the key.

6. Release the brake pedal.

See your dealer if the key can beremoved in any other position.

Retained Accessory Power (RAP)will remain active. See RetainedAccessory Power (RAP) 0 179.

A warning chime will sound whenthe driver door is opened and thekey is in the ignition.

If equipped with a locking steeringcolumn, the steering can bind withthe front wheels turned off center,which may prevent key rotation outof LOCK/OFF. If this happens, movethe steering wheel from right to leftwhile turning the key to ACC/ACCESSORY. If this does not work,then the vehicle needs service.

{ Warning

Turning off the vehicle whilemoving may cause loss of powerassist in the brake and steeringsystems and disable the airbags.While driving, turn off the vehicleonly in an emergency.

In an emergency, if the vehiclecannot be pulled over and must beturned off while driving:

1. Push the key all the way intoward the steering column,then turn the key to ACC/ACCESSORY.

2. Brake using firm and steadypressure. Do not pump thebrakes repeatedly. This maydeplete power assist, requiringincreased brake pedal force.

3. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral).This can be done while thevehicle is moving. Continuebraking and steer the vehicle toa safe location.

4. Come to a complete stop.



5. Shift to P (Park) with anautomatic transmission,or Neutral with a manualtransmission.

6. Continue to hold the brakepedal, then set the parkingbrake. See Parking Brake0 197.

7. Push the key all the way intoward the steering column,then turn the ignition toLOCK/OFF.

8. Remove the key.


Caution

Use the correct key, make sure itis all the way in — or pushed allthe way in toward the steeringcolumn when turning off thevehicle — and turn it only withyour hand.

1 (ACC/ACCESSORY) : Thisposition allows features such as theinfotainment system to operate

while the vehicle is off. It alsounlocks the steering column,if equipped with a locking steeringcolumn. Use this position if thevehicle must be pushed or towed.See Retained Accessory Power(RAP) 0 179.

From ON/RUN, push the key all theway in toward the steering column,then turn the key to ACC/ACCESSORY.

If the key is left in ACC/ACCESSORY with the engine off,the battery could drain and thevehicle may not start.

A warning chime will sound whenthe driver door is opened and thekey is in the ignition.

2 (ON/RUN) : This position can beused to operate the electricalaccessories and to display someinstrument cluster warning andindicator lights. This position canalso be used for service anddiagnostics, and to verify the properoperation of the malfunctionindicator lamp as may be requiredfor emission inspection purposes.

The switch stays in this positionwhen the engine is running. Thetransmission is also unlocked in thisposition on automatic transmissionvehicles.

If the key is left in ON/RUN with theengine off, the battery could drainand the vehicle may not start.

3 (START) : This is the position thatstarts the engine. When the enginestarts, release the key. The ignitionreturns to ON/RUN for driving.

Starting the EngineIf the vehicle has a diesel engine,see the Duramax dieselsupplement.

Caution

If you add electrical parts oraccessories, you could changethe way the engine operates. Anyresulting damage would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.See Add-On Electrical Equipment0 233.



Place the transmission in theproper gear.

Automatic Transmission

Move the shift lever to P (Park) orN (Neutral). The engine will not startin any other position. To restart theengine when the vehicle is alreadymoving, use N (Neutral) only.

Caution

Do not try to shift to P (Park) if thevehicle is moving. If you do, youcould damage the transmission.Shift to P (Park) only when thevehicle is stopped.

Manual Transmission

The shift lever should be in Neutraland the parking brake engaged.Hold the clutch pedal down to thefloor and start the engine. Thevehicle will not start if the clutchpedal is not all the way down.

Starting Procedure

1. With your foot off theaccelerator pedal, turn theignition key to START. Whenthe engine starts, let go of thekey. The idle speed will godown as the engine gets warm.Do not race the engineimmediately after starting it.Operate the engine andtransmission gently to allow theoil to warm up and lubricate allmoving parts.

Caution

Cranking the engine for longperiods of time, by returning theignition to the START positionimmediately after cranking hasended, can overheat and damagethe cranking motor, and drain thebattery. Wait at least 15 secondsbetween each try, to let thecranking motor cool down.

2. If the engine does not startafter five to 10 seconds,especially in very cold weather(below −18 °C or 0 °F), it couldbe flooded with too muchgasoline. Try pushing theaccelerator pedal all the way tothe floor and holding it therewhile holding the key in STARTfor up to 15 seconds. Wait atleast 15 seconds between eachtry, to allow the cranking motorto cool down. When the enginestarts, let go of the key andaccelerator. If the vehicle startsbriefly but then stops again, dothe same thing. This clears theextra gasoline from the engine.Do not race the engineimmediately after starting it.Operate the engine andtransmission gently until the oilwarms up and lubricates allmoving parts.

Engine HeaterIf the vehicle has a diesel engine,see the Duramax dieselsupplement.



{ Warning

Do not plug in the engine blockheater while the vehicle is parkedin a garage or under a carport.Property damage or personalinjury may result. Always park thevehicle in a clear open area awayfrom buildings or structures.

If equipped, the engine heater canprovide easier starting and betterfuel economy during enginewarm-up in cold weather conditionsat or below −18 °C (0 °F). Vehicleswith an engine heater should beplugged in at least four hours beforestarting. An internal thermostat inthe plug-end of the cord may exist,which will prevent engine heateroperation at temperatures above−18 °C (0 °F).

Heater Cord Near Engine AirCleaner, 2.5L L4 Engine Shown,

3.6L V6 Engine Similar

To Use the Engine Heater

1. Turn off the engine.

2. Open the hood and unwrap theelectrical cord. The cord issecured near the coolant surgetank or to the engine aircleaner. Carefully removethe cord.

Check the heater cord fordamage. If it is damaged, donot use it. See your dealer fora replacement. Inspect thecord for damage yearly.

3. Plug the cord into a normal,grounded 110-volt AC outlet.

{ Warning

Improper use of the heater cordor an extension cord can damagethe cord and may result inoverheating and fire.

. Plug the cord into athree-prong electrical utilityreceptacle that is protectedby a ground fault detectionfunction. An ungroundedoutlet could cause anelectric shock.

. Use a weatherproof,heavy-duty, 15 amp-ratedextension cord if needed.Failure to use therecommended extensioncord in good operatingcondition, or using adamaged heater orextension cord, could make

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

it overheat and cause a fire,property damage, electricshock, and injury.

. Do not operate the vehiclewith the heater cordpermanently attached to thevehicle. Possible heatercord and thermostatdamage could occur.

. While in use, do not let theheater cord touch vehicleparts or sharp edges. Neverclose the hood on theheater cord.

. Before starting the vehicle,unplug the cord, reattachthe cover to the plug, andsecurely fasten the cord.Keep the cord away fromany moving parts.

4. Before starting the engine, besure to unplug and store thecord as it was before to keep it

away from moving engineparts. If you do not, it could bedamaged.

The length of time the heater shouldremain plugged in depends onseveral factors. Ask a dealer in thearea where you will be parking thevehicle for the best advice on this.

Retained AccessoryPower (RAP)Some vehicle accessories may beused after the ignition is turned off.

The power windows and sunroof,if equipped, will continue to work forup to 10 minutes or until any door isopened.

The infotainment system willcontinue to work for 10 minutes,until the driver door is opened,or until the ignition is turned on orplaced in ACC/ACCESSORY.

Shifting Into Park

{ Warning

It can be dangerous to get out ofthe vehicle if the shift lever is notfully in P (Park) with the parkingbrake firmly set. The vehicle canroll. If you have left the enginerunning, the vehicle can movesuddenly. You or others could beinjured. To be sure the vehicle willnot move, even when you are onfairly level ground, use the stepsthat follow. With four-wheel drive,if the transfer case is inN (Neutral), the vehicle will befree to roll, even if the shift leveris in P (Park). Be sure the transfercase is in a drive gear. If towing atrailer, see Driving Characteristicsand Towing Tips 0 215.

1. Hold the brake pedal down,then set the parking brake.

See Parking Brake 0 197.



2. Hold the button on the shiftlever and push the lever towardthe front of the vehicle intoP (Park).

3. Be sure the transfer case (ifequipped) is in a drivegear— not in N (Neutral).

4. Push the ignition key in,towards the steering columnand then turn the ignition off.

5. Remove the key and take itwith you. If you can leave thevehicle with the ignition key inyour hand, the vehicle is inP (Park).

Leaving the Vehicle with theEngine Running

{ Warning

It can be dangerous to leave thevehicle with the engine running.The vehicle could move suddenlyif the shift lever is not fully inP (Park) with the parking brakefirmly set.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

If you have four-wheel drive andthe transfer case is in N (Neutral),the vehicle will be free to roll,even if the shift lever is inP (Park). So be sure the transfercase is in a drive gear – not inN (Neutral).

And, if you leave the vehicle withthe engine running, it couldoverheat and even catch fire. Youor others could be injured. Do notleave the vehicle with the enginerunning unless you have to.

If you have to leave the vehicle withthe engine running, be sure thevehicle is in P (Park) and theparking brake is firmly set beforeyou leave it. After you move the shiftlever into P (Park), hold the regularbrake pedal down. Then, see if youcan move the shift lever away fromP (Park) without pressing the buttonon the shift lever. If you can, itmeans that the shift lever was notfully locked into P (Park).

Torque Lock

If you are parking on a hill and youdo not shift the transmission intoP (Park) properly, the weight of thevehicle may put too much force onthe parking pawl in thetransmission. You may find it difficultto pull the shift lever out of P (Park).This is called torque lock. Toprevent torque lock, set the parkingbrake and then shift into P (Park)properly before you leave the driverseat. To find out how, see ShiftingInto Park 0 179.

When you are ready to drive, movethe shift lever out of P (Park) beforeyou release the parking brake.

If torque lock does occur, you mayneed to have another vehicle pushyours a little uphill to take some ofthe pressure from the parking pawlin the transmission. You will then beable to pull the shift lever out ofP (Park).



Shifting out of ParkThis vehicle is equipped with anelectronic shift lock release system.The shift lock release isdesigned to:

. Prevent ignition key removalunless the shift lever is inP (Park).

. Prevent movement of the shiftlever out of P (Park), unless theignition is on and the regularbrake pedal is applied.

To shift out of P (Park):

1. Apply the brake pedal.

2. Press the button on the shiftlever.

3. Move the shift lever to thedesired position.

If you still are unable to shift out ofP (Park):

1. Ease the pressure on the shiftlever.

2. While holding down the brakepedal and pressing the shiftlever button, move the shiftlever all the way into P (Park).

3. While holding the shift leverbutton, move the shift lever tothe desired position.

If you are still having a problemshifting, then have the vehicleserviced soon.

Parking (ManualTransmission)

{ Warning

If the vehicle has a manualtransmission, never get out of thevehicle without first moving theshift lever into 1st or R (Reverse),setting the parking brake andturning the ignition off. Thevehicle can roll, which couldcause serious injury or death.

If you are parking on a hill, or if thevehicle is pulling a trailer, seeDriving Characteristics and TowingTips 0 215.

Parking over ThingsThat Burn

{ Warning

Things that can burn could touchhot exhaust parts under thevehicle and ignite. Do not parkover papers, leaves, dry grass,or other things that can burn.



Engine Exhaust

{ Warning

Engine exhaust contains carbonmonoxide (CO), which cannot beseen or smelled. Exposure to COcan cause unconsciousness andeven death.

Exhaust may enter the vehicle if:

. The vehicle idles in areaswith poor ventilation(parking garages, tunnels,deep snow that may blockunderbody airflow or tailpipes).

. The exhaust smells orsounds strange or different.

. The exhaust system leaksdue to corrosion or damage.

. The vehicle exhaust systemhas been modified,damaged, or improperlyrepaired.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. There are holes or openingsin the vehicle body fromdamage or aftermarketmodifications that are notcompletely sealed.

If unusual fumes are detected orif it is suspected that exhaust iscoming into the vehicle:

. Drive it only with thewindows completely down.

. Have the vehicle repairedimmediately.

Never park the vehicle with theengine running in an enclosedarea such as a garage or abuilding that has no fresh airventilation.

Running the VehicleWhile ParkedIt is better not to park with theengine running.

If the vehicle is left with the enginerunning, follow the proper steps tobe sure the vehicle will not move.See Shifting Into Park 0 179 andEngine Exhaust 0 182. If the vehiclehas a manual transmission, seeParking (Manual Transmission)0 181.

If parking on a hill and pulling atrailer, see Driving Characteristicsand Towing Tips 0 215.



AutomaticTransmissionIf equipped, there is an electronicshift lever position indicator withinthe instrument cluster. This displaycomes on when the ignition key is inACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUN.

P : This position locks the drivewheels. Use P (Park) when startingthe engine because the vehiclecannot move easily. When parkedon a hill, especially when thevehicle has a heavy load, you mightnotice an increase in the effort to

shift out of P (Park). See “TorqueLock” under Shifting Into Park0 179.

{ Warning

It is dangerous to get out of thevehicle if the shift lever is not fullyin P (Park) with the parking brakefirmly set. The vehicle can roll.

Do not leave the vehicle when theengine is running. If you have leftthe engine running, the vehiclecan move suddenly. You or otherscould be injured. To be sure thevehicle will not move, even whenyou are on fairly level ground,always set the parking brake andmove the shift lever to P (Park).See Shifting Into Park 0 179 andDriving Characteristics andTowing Tips 0 215.

{ Warning

If you have four-wheel drive, thevehicle will be free to roll — evenif the shift lever is in P (Park) — ifthe transfer case is in N (Neutral).So, be sure the transfer case is ina drive gear, Two-Wheel DriveHigh or Four-Wheel Drive High orFour-Wheel Drive Low — not inN (Neutral). See Shifting Into Park0 179.

R : Use this gear to back up.

Caution

Shifting to R (Reverse) while thevehicle is moving forward coulddamage the transmission. Therepairs would not be covered bythe vehicle warranty. Shift toR (Reverse) only after the vehicleis stopped.



To rock the vehicle back and forth toget out of snow, ice, or sand withoutdamaging the transmission, see Ifthe Vehicle Is Stuck 0 167.

N : In this position, the engine doesnot connect with the wheels. Torestart the engine when the vehicleis already moving, useN (Neutral) only.

{ Warning

Shifting into a drive gear while theengine is running at high speed isdangerous. Unless your foot isfirmly on the brake pedal, thevehicle could move very rapidly.You could lose control and hitpeople or objects. Do not shiftinto a drive gear while the engineis running at high speed.

Caution

Shifting out of P (Park) orN (Neutral) with the enginerunning at high speed maydamage the transmission. Therepairs would not be covered bythe vehicle warranty. Be sure theengine is not running at highspeed when shifting the vehicle.

Caution

A transmission hot message maydisplay if the automatictransmission fluid is too hot.Driving under this condition candamage the vehicle. Stop and idlethe engine to cool the automatictransmission fluid. This messageclears when the transmission fluidhas cooled sufficiently.

D : This position is for normaldriving. If more power is needed forpassing, press the acceleratorpedal down.

D (Drive) can be used when towinga trailer, carrying a heavy load,driving on steep hills, or drivingoff-road. Shift the transmission to alower gear range selection if thetransmission shifts too often. SeeManual Mode 0 185.

Downshifting the transmission inslippery road conditions could resultin skidding. See “Skidding” underLoss of Control 0 159.

The vehicle has a shift stabilizationfeature that adjusts the transmissionshifting to the current drivingconditions in order to reduce rapidupshifts and downshifts. This shiftstabilization feature is designed todetermine, before making anupshift, if the engine is able tomaintain vehicle speed by analyzingthings such as vehicle speed,throttle position, and vehicle load.If the shift stabilization featuredetermines that a current vehiclespeed cannot be maintained, thetransmission does not upshift andinstead holds the current gear.



In some cases, this could appear tobe a delayed shift, however thetransmission is operating normally.

The transmission uses adaptiveshift controls. The adaptive shiftcontrol process continuallycompares key shift parameters topre-programmed ideal shifts storedin the transmission’s computer. Thetransmission constantly makesadjustments to improve vehicleperformance according to how thevehicle is being used, such as witha heavy load or when thetemperature changes. During thisadaptive shift control process,shifting might feel different as thetransmission determines the bestsettings.

When temperatures are very cold,the transmission's gear shiftingcould be delayed providing morestable shifts until the engine warmsup. Shifts could be more noticeablewith a cold transmission. Thisdifference in shifting is normal.

L : This position allows selection ofa range of gears appropriate forcurrent driving conditions. SeeManual Mode 0 185.

Caution

Spinning the tires or holding thevehicle in one place on a hillusing only the accelerator pedalmay damage the transmission.The repair will not be covered bythe vehicle warranty. If the vehicleis stuck, do not spin the tires.When stopping on a hill, use thebrakes to hold the vehicle inplace.

Normal Mode Grade Braking

Normal Mode Grade Braking isenabled when the vehicle is started,but is not enabled in RangeSelection Mode. It assists inmaintaining desired vehicle speedswhen driving on downhill grades byusing the engine and transmissionto slow the vehicle.

Manual Mode

Range Selection Mode

Range Selection Mode helps controlthe vehicle's transmission andvehicle speed while driving downhillor towing a trailer by letting youselect a desired range of gears.

To use this feature:

1. Move the shift lever toL (Manual Mode).

2. Press the plus/minus button onthe shift lever to select thedesired range of gears forcurrent driving conditions.



When the shift lever is moved fromD (Drive) to L (Manual Mode), anumber displays next to the L,indicating the current transmissionrange.

This number is the highest gear thatthe transmission will command whileoperating in L (Manual Mode). Allgears below that number areavailable. As driving conditionschange, the transmission canautomatically shift to lower gears.For example, when L5 is selected,1 (First) through 5 (Fifth) gears areautomatically shifted by thetransmission, but 6 (Sixth) cannot beused until the plus/minus button onthe shift lever is used to change tothe range.

When the shift lever is moved fromD (Drive) to L (Manual Mode), adownshift may occur. The gear thatthe transmission is operating inwhen the shift lever is moved fromD (Drive) to L (Manual Mode)determines if a downshift occurs.See the following chart.

6-Speed Automatic Transmission

Gear before shifting fromD (Drive) to L (Manual Mode)

6th 5th 4th 3rd 2nd 1st

Range after shifting fromD (Drive) to L (Manual Mode)

L4 L4 L3 L2 L2 L1

8-Speed Automatic Transmission

Gear beforeshifting fromD (Drive) toL (Manual Mode)

8th 7th 6th 5th 4th 3rd 2nd 1st

Range aftershifting fromD (Drive) toL (Manual Mode) –Tow/Haul notengaged

L6 L6 L5 L4 L3 L3 L2 L1

Range aftershifting fromD (Drive) toL (Manual Mode) –Tow/Haul engaged

L6 L5 L4 L3 L3 L3 L2 L1



Grade Braking is not available whenRange Selection Mode is active.See Tow/Haul Mode 0 187.

While using Range Selection Mode,cruise control and the Tow/HaulMode can be used.

Caution

Spinning the tires or holding thevehicle in one place on a hillusing only the accelerator pedalmay damage the transmission.The repair will not be covered bythe vehicle warranty. If the vehicleis stuck, do not spin the tires.When stopping on a hill, use thebrakes to hold the vehicle inplace.

Low Traction Mode

If equipped, Low Traction Modeassists in vehicle acceleration whenroad conditions are slippery, suchas with ice or snow. While thevehicle is at a stop, select L2 using

Range Selection Mode. This willlimit torque to the wheels and helpto prevent the tires from spinning.

Tow/Haul ModeIf equipped, Tow/Haul Mode adjuststhe transmission shift pattern toreduce shift cycling. This providesincreased performance, vehiclecontrol, and transmission coolingwhen driving down steep hills ormountain grades, towing, or haulingheavy loads.

Turn the Tow/Haul Mode on and offby pressing the button on the centerstack. When the Tow/Haul Mode isenabled, a light on the instrumentcluster will come on.

See Tow/Haul Mode Light 0 124 andHill and Mountain Roads 0 165.

Also see “Tow/Haul Mode” underTowing Equipment 0 225.

If the vehicle has a diesel engine,the Tow/Haul button activates theexhaust brake systemsimultaneously. See “ExhaustBrake” in the Duramax dieselsupplement.



Manual Transmission

If equipped with a manualtransmission, this is the shiftpattern.

Caution

Do not rest your hand on the shiftlever while driving. The pressurecould cause premature wear inthe transmission. The repairswould not be covered by thevehicle warranty.

Caution

Do not rest your foot on the clutchpedal while driving or whilestopped. The pressure can causepremature wear in the clutch. Therepairs would not be covered bythe vehicle warranty.

Caution

A transmission hot message maydisplay if the manual transmissionfluid is too hot. Driving at highspeed under this condition candamage the vehicle. Drive at aslower speed, or stop and idle theengine to cool the manualtransmission fluid. The messageclears when the vehicle hasslowed and the transmission fluidhas cooled sufficiently.

To operate the manual transmission:

1 (First) : Press the clutch pedalfully to the pedal stop and shift into1 (First). Then, slowly let up on theclutch pedal as you slowly pressdown on the accelerator pedal.

You can shift into 1 (First) when youare going less than 30 km/h(20 mph). If you have come to acomplete stop and it is hard to shiftinto 1 (First), put the shift lever inNeutral and let up on the clutch.Then press the clutch pedal backdown and shift into 1 (First).

2 (Second) : Press the clutch pedalfully to the pedal stop while lettingup on the accelerator pedal andshift into 2 (Second). Then, slowlylet up on the clutch pedal as youpress the accelerator pedal.

3 (Third), 4 (Fourth), 5 (Fifth) and6 (Sixth) : Shift into 3 (Third),4 (Fourth), 5 (Fifth) and 6 (Sixth) thesame way you do for 2 (Second).Slowly let up on the clutch pedal asyou press the accelerator pedal.



To stop, let up on the acceleratorpedal and press the brake pedal.Just before the vehicle stops, pressthe clutch pedal and the brakepedal, and shift to Neutral.

Neutral : Use this position whenyou start or idle the engine.

R (Reverse) : To back up, with thevehicle at a complete stop, pressthe clutch pedal. Press down onshift lever in the 3–4 Neutralposition, then shift into R (Reverse).If it is hard to shift, let the shift leverreturn to the 3–4 Neutral positionand release the clutch pedal. Thenfollow the steps again to shift intoR (Reverse). Slowly let up on theclutch pedal as you press theaccelerator pedal.

Caution

Shifting to R (Reverse) while thevehicle is moving forward coulddamage the transmission. Therepairs would not be covered by

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

the vehicle warranty. Shift toR (Reverse) only after the vehicleis stopped.

Use R (Reverse), along with theparking brake, for parking thevehicle.

Shift Speeds

{ Warning

If you skip a gear whendownshifting, you could losecontrol of the vehicle. You couldinjure yourself or others. Do notshift down more than one gear ata time when downshifting.

Shift Indicator

This light comes on when anup-shift is recommended for bestfuel economy. The numberdisplayed with the arrow indicatesthe recommended gear.



Drive Systems

Four-Wheel DriveIf equipped, four-wheel driveengages the front axle for extratraction.

Caution

Do not drive on clean, dry

pavement in 4 m, or 4 n for anextended period of time. Theseconditions may cause:

. Overheating.

. Oil leakage.

. Damage to internal andexternal components of thefront axle.

. Premature wear on thevehicle’s powertrain.

Driving on clean, dry pavement in4 m or 4 n may:

. Cause a vibration to be felt inthe steering system.

. Cause tires to wear faster.

. Cause additional driveline noise.

{ Warning

If equipped with four-wheel drive,the vehicle will be free to roll if thetransfer case is in N (Neutral),even when the shift lever is inP (Park). You or someone elsecould be seriously injured. Besure the transfer case is in a drive

gear — 2 m, 4 m, or 4 n — or set theparking brake before placing thetransfer case in N (Neutral). SeeShifting Into Park 0 179.

Caution

Extended high-speed operation in

4 n may damage or shorten thelife of the drivetrain.

Engagement noise and bump whenshifting between 4 n and 4 m or fromN (Neutral), with the engine running,is normal.

Shifting into 4 n will turn TractionControl and StabiliTrak/ElectronicStability Control (ESC) off. SeeTraction Control/Electronic StabilityControl 0 199.

Electronic Transfer Case

Use the transfer case knob, next tothe steering wheel, to shift into andout of four-wheel drive for extratraction.



All of the lights will flash on then offmomentarily when the ignition isturned on. The light that remains onwill indicate the state of thetransfer case.

If the indicator mark on the knobdoes not match up with the lightthen that likely means the knob wasmoved when the ignition was off.

The indicator mark on the knobmust line up with the indicator lightbefore a shift can be commanded.To command a shift rotate thetransfer case knob to the newdesired position. The light will flashmeaning that the shift is in progress.When the shift is completed the newposition will be illuminated. If thetransfer case cannot complete ashift command, it will go back to itslast chosen setting.

In extreme cold weather, it may benecessary to slow or stop thevehicle to shift from 2 m to 4 m.

Delayed shift from 4 m to 2 m may beexperienced due to uneven tirewear, low tire pressure, high vehicleloading, or cold temperatures.

Caution

Shifting the transmission into gearbefore the requested modeindicator light has stoppedflashing could damage thetransfer case.

The settings are:

N (Neutral) : Use only when thevehicle needs to be towed.See Recreational Vehicle Towing0 310 or Towing the Vehicle 0 309.

2 m (Two-Wheel Drive High) : Usefor driving on most streets andhighways. The front axle is notengaged. This setting provides thebest fuel economy.

4 n (Four-Wheel Drive Low) : Thissetting engages the front axle anddelivers extra torque. Choose 4 n ifdriving off-road in deep sand, deepmud, or deep snow, and whileclimbing or descending steep hills.When engaged, keep vehicle speedbelow 72 km/h (45 mph).

Shifting into 4 n will turn TractionControl and StabiliTrak/ESC off.See Traction Control/ElectronicStability Control 0 199.

4 m (Four-Wheel Drive High) : Usewhen extra traction is needed. Thefront axle engages and helps whendriving on snowy or icy roads, andwhen off-roading. The vehicle canbe shifted from 2 m to 4 m while thevehicle is moving.

Shifting Into 4 m

Turn the knob to 4 m at any speedup to 121 km/h (75 mph), exceptfrom 4 n. The indicator light will flashwhile shifting and will remain on theselected setting.

Shifting Into 2 m

Turn the knob to 2 m at any speed,except when shifting from 4 n.



Shifting Into 4 n

When 4 n is engaged, vehicle speedshould be kept below 72 km/h(45 mph).

1. The ignition must be on andthe vehicle must be stopped ormoving less than 5 km/h(3 mph) with the transmissionin N (Neutral). It is best for thevehicle to be moving1.6 to 3.2 km/h (1 to 2 mph).

2. Turn the knob to 4 n. Wait for

the 4 n indicator light to stopflashing before shifting thetransmission into gear.

If the transmission is in gear and/ormoving more than 5 km/h (3 mph),the 4 n indicator light will flash for30 seconds, but will not completethe shift. After 30 seconds thetransfer case will shift to 4 m. Turnthe knob to 4 m to see the indicator.With the vehicle moving less than5 km/h (3 mph), and thetransmission in N (Neutral), attemptthe shift again.

Shifting Out of 4 n

1. To shift out of 4 n the vehiclemust be stopped or movingless than 5 km/h (3 mph) withthe transmission in N (Neutral)and the ignition on. It is best forthe vehicle to be moving1.6 to 3.2 km/h (1 to 2 mph).

2. Turn the knob to 4 m or 2 m.Wait for the 4 m or 2 m indicatorlight to stop flashing beforeshifting the transmissioninto gear.

If the transmission is in gear and/ormoving more than 5 km/h (3 mph),the 4 m or 2 m indicator light will flashfor 30 seconds, but will not completethe shift. With the vehicle movingless than 5 km/h (3 mph), and thetransmission in N (Neutral), attemptthe shift again.

Shifting Into N (Neutral)

To shift:

1. Park the vehicle on a levelsurface.

2. Set the parking brake andpress and hold the brakepedal. See Parking Brake0 197.

3. Start the vehicle or turn theignition on.

4. Shift the transmission toN (Neutral).

5. Shift the transfer case to 2 m.6. Turn the transfer case knob

clockwise to N (Neutral) until itstops and hold it there until theN (Neutral) light starts flashing.This will take at least10 seconds. Then slowlyrelease the knob to the 4 nposition. The N (Neutral) lightwill come on when the transfercase shift to N (Neutral) iscomplete.

7. With the engine running, verifythat the transfer case is inN (Neutral) by shifting thetransmission to R (Reverse),then to D (Drive). There shouldbe no movement of the vehiclewhile shifting the transmission.



8. Turn the engine off, and theignition to ACC/ACCESSORY.

9. Place the transmission shiftlever in P (Park). SeeRecreational Vehicle Towing0 310.


Shifting Out of N (Neutral)

To shift:

1. Set the parking brake andapply the brake pedal.

2. Turn the ignition on with theengine off.


4. Turn the transfer case knob to2 m.After the transfer case hasshifted out of N (Neutral), theN (Neutral) light will go out.

5. Release the parking brake.

Caution


6. Start the engine and shift thetransmission to thedesired gear.


Use the transfer case knob next tothe steering wheel to shift into andout of four-wheel drive.

All of the lights will flash on then offmomentarily when the ignition isturned on. The light that remains onwill indicate the state of thetransfer case.

If the indicator mark on the knobdoes not match up with the lightthen that likely means the knob wasmoved when the ignition was off.

The indicator mark on the knobmust line up with the indicator lightbefore a shift can be commanded.To command a shift rotate thetransfer case knob to the newdesired position. The light will flashmeaning that the shift is in progress.When the shift is completed the newposition will be illuminated. If thetransfer case cannot complete ashift command, it will go back to itslast chosen setting.



The settings are:

N (Neutral) : Use only when thevehicle needs to be towed.See Recreational Vehicle Towing0 310 or Towing the Vehicle 0 309.

2 m (Two-Wheel Drive High) : Usefor driving on most streets andhighways. The front axle is notengaged. This setting provides thebest fuel economy.

AUTO (Automatic Four-WheelDrive) : Use when road surfacetraction conditions are variable.When driving in AUTO, the frontaxle is engaged, and the vehicle'spower is sent to the front and rearwheels automatically based ondriving conditions. This settingprovides slightly lower fuel economythan 2 m.Do not use AUTO mode,if equipped, to park on a steepgrade with poor traction such as ice,snow, mud, or gravel. In AUTOmode only the rear wheels will holdthe vehicle from sliding when

parked. If parking on a steep grade,use 4 m to keep all four wheelsengaged.

4 m (Four-Wheel Drive High) : Thissetting engages the front axle. Usethis position when extra traction isneeded, such as when driving onsnowy or icy roads, or whenoff-roading.

4 n (Four-Wheel Drive Low) : Thissetting engages the front axle anddelivers extra torque. Choose 4 nwhen driving off-road in deep sand,deep mud, or deep snow, and whileclimbing or descending steep hills.

Shifting into 4 n will turn TractionControl and StabiliTrak/ESC off.See Traction Control/ElectronicStability Control 0 199.

Shifting Into 4 m or AUTO

Turn the knob to the 4 m or AUTOposition at any speed, except from4 n. The indicator light will flashwhile shifting and will remain onwhen the shift is completed.

Shifting Into 2 m

Turn the knob to 2 m at any speed,except when shifting from 4 n. Theindicator light will flash while shiftingand will remain on when the shift iscompleted.

Shifting Into 4 n

When 4 n is engaged, keep vehiclespeed below 72 km/h (45 mph).

To shift into 4 n:1. The ignition must be on and

the vehicle must be stopped ormoving less than 5 km/h(3 mph) with the transmissionin N (Neutral). It is best for thevehicle to be moving1.6 to 3.2 km/h (1 to 2 mph).

2. Turn the knob to 4 n. Wait for

the 4 n indicator light to stopflashing before shifting thetransmission into gear.



Caution


If the transmission is in gear and/ormoving more than 5 km/h (3 mph),the 4 n indicator light will flash for30 seconds, but will not completethe shift. After 30 seconds thetransfer case will shift to 4 m. Turnthe knob to 4 m to display theindicator. With the vehicle movingless than 5 km/h (3 mph), and thetransmission in N (Neutral), attemptthe shift again.

Shifting Out of 4 nTo shift:

1. The vehicle must be stopped ormoving less than 5 km/h(3 mph) with the transmissionin N (Neutral) and the ignition

on. It is best for the vehicle tobe moving1.6 to 3.2 km/h (1 to 2 mph).

2. Turn the knob to 4 m, AUTO,or 2 m. Wait for the 4 m, AUTO,or 2 m indicator light to stopflashing before shifting thetransmission into gear.

Caution


If the transmission is in gear and/ormoving more than 5 km/h (3 mph),the 4 m, AUTO, or 2 m indicator lightwill flash for 30 seconds but will notcomplete the shift. With the vehiclemoving less than 5 km/h (3 mph),and the transmission in N (Neutral),attempt the shift again.

Shifting Into N (Neutral)

To shift:

1. Park the vehicle on a levelsurface.

2. Set the parking brake andpress and hold the brakepedal. See Parking Brake0 197.

3. Start the vehicle or turn theignition on.


5. Shift the transfer case to 2 m.6. Turn the transfer case knob

clockwise to N (Neutral) until itstops and hold it there until theN (Neutral) light starts flashing.This will take at least10 seconds. Then slowlyrelease the knob to the 4 nposition. The N (Neutral) lightwill come on when the transfercase shift to N (Neutral) iscomplete.



7. With the engine running, verifythat the transfer case is inN (Neutral) by shifting thetransmission to R (Reverse),then shift the transmission toD (Drive). There should be nomovement of the vehicle whileshifting the transmission.

8. Turn the engine off, and theignition to ACC/ACCESSORY.

9. Place the transmission shiftlever in P (Park). SeeRecreational Vehicle Towing0 310.

10. Turn the ignition to off.

Shifting Out of N (Neutral)

To shift:

1. Set the parking brake andapply the brake pedal.

2. Turn the ignition on with theengine off.


4. Turn the transfer case knob tothe desired setting.

After the transfer case hasshifted out of N (Neutral), theN (Neutral) light will go out.


6. Start the engine and shift thetransmission to thedesired gear.

Brakes

Antilock BrakeSystem (ABS)This vehicle has an Antilock BrakeSystem (ABS), an advancedelectronic braking system that helpsprevent a braking skid.

When the vehicle begins to driveaway, ABS checks itself.A momentary motor or clicking noisemay be heard while this test is goingon, and it may even be noticed thatthe brake pedal moves a little. Thisis normal.

If there is a problem with ABS, thiswarning light stays on. See AntilockBrake System (ABS) Warning Light0 123.



If driving safely on a wet road and itbecomes necessary to slam on thebrakes and continue braking toavoid a sudden obstacle, acomputer senses the wheels areslowing down. If one of the wheelsis about to stop rolling, the computerwill separately work the brakes ateach wheel.

ABS can change the brake pressureto each wheel, as required, fasterthan any driver could. This can helpyou steer around the obstacle whilebraking hard.

As the brakes are applied, thecomputer keeps receiving updateson wheel speed and controlsbraking pressure accordingly.

Remember: ABS does not changethe time needed to get a foot up tothe brake pedal or always decreasestopping distance. If you get tooclose to the vehicle in front of you,there will not be enough time toapply the brakes if that vehiclesuddenly slows or stops. Alwaysleave enough room up ahead tostop, even with ABS.

Using ABS

Do not pump the brakes. Just holdthe brake pedal down firmly and letABS work. You may hear the ABSpump or motor operating and feelthe brake pedal pulsate. This isnormal.

Braking in Emergencies

ABS allows you to steer and brakeat the same time. In manyemergencies, steering can helpmore than even the very bestbraking.

Parking Brake

Set the parking brake by holding theregular brake pedal down, thenpushing down the parking brakepedal.

If the ignition is on, the brakesystem warning light will come on.See Brake System Warning Light0 122.

Caution

Driving with the parking brake oncan overheat the brake systemand cause premature wear ordamage to brake system parts.Make sure that the parking brakeis fully released and the brakewarning light is off before driving.

To release the parking brake, holdthe regular brake pedal down, thenpush down momentarily on theparking brake pedal until you feelthe pedal release. Slowly pull yourfoot up off the parking brake pedal.If the parking brake is not releasedwhen you begin to drive, the brake



system warning light will flash and achime will sound warning you thatthe parking brake is still on.

If you are towing a trailer and areparking on a hill, see DrivingCharacteristics and Towing Tips0 215.

Brake AssistThe Brake Assist feature isdesigned to assist the driver instopping or decreasing vehiclespeed in emergency drivingconditions. This feature uses thestability system hydraulic brakecontrol module to supplement thepower brake system underconditions where the driver hasquickly and forcefully applied thebrake pedal in an attempt to quicklystop or slow down the vehicle. Thestability system hydraulic brakecontrol module increases brakepressure at each corner of thevehicle until the ABS activates.

Minor brake pedal pulsation orpedal movement during this time isnormal and the driver shouldcontinue to apply the brake pedal asthe driving situation dictates. TheBrake Assist feature willautomatically disengage when thebrake pedal is released or brakepedal pressure is quicklydecreased.

Hill Start Assist (HSA)This vehicle has a Hill Start Assist(HSA) feature, which may be usefulwhen the vehicle is stopped on agrade sufficient enough to activateHSA. This feature is designed toprevent the vehicle from rolling,either forward or rearward, duringvehicle drive off. After the drivercompletely stops and holds thevehicle in a complete standstill on agrade, HSA will be automaticallyactivated. During the transitionperiod between when the driver

releases the brake pedal and startsto accelerate to drive off on a grade,HSA holds the braking pressure fora maximum of two seconds toensure that there is no rolling. Thebrakes will automatically releasewhen the accelerator pedal isapplied within the two-secondwindow. It will not activate if thevehicle is in a drive gear and facingdownhill, or if the vehicle is facinguphill and in R (Reverse).



Ride Control Systems

Traction Control/Electronic StabilityControl

System Operation

The vehicle has a Traction ControlSystem (TCS) and StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability Control (ESC) anelectronic stability control system.These systems help limit wheel slipand assist the driver in maintainingcontrol, especially on slippery roadconditions.

TCS activates if it senses that anyof the drive wheels are spinning orbeginning to lose traction. When thishappens, TCS applies the brakes tothe spinning wheels and reducesengine power to limit wheel spin.

StabiliTrak/ESC activates when thevehicle senses a difference betweenthe intended path and the directionthe vehicle is actually traveling.StabiliTrak/ESC selectively appliesbraking pressure to any one of the

vehicle wheel brakes to assist thedriver in keeping the vehicle on theintended path.

If cruise control is being used andtraction control or StabiliTrak/ESCbegins to limit wheel spin, cruisecontrol will disengage. Cruisecontrol may be turned back on whenroad conditions allow.

Both systems come onautomatically when the vehicle isstarted and begins to move. Thesystems may be heard or felt whilethey are operating or whileperforming diagnostic checks. Thisis normal and does not mean thereis a problem with the vehicle.

It is recommended to leave bothsystems on for normal drivingconditions, but it may be necessaryto turn TCS off if the vehicle getsstuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow.See If the Vehicle Is Stuck 0 167and “Turning the Systems Off andOn” later in this section.

When the transfer case (if equipped)is in Four-Wheel Drive Low, thestability system is automatically

disabled, and g comes on in theinstrument cluster. Both tractioncontrol and StabiliTrak/ESC areautomatically disabled in thiscondition.

The indicator light for both systemsis in the instrument cluster. Thislight will:

. Flash when TCS is limitingwheel spin.

. Flash when StabiliTrak/ESC isactivated.

. Turn on and stay on when eithersystem is not working.

If either system fails to turn on or toactivate, a message displays in theDriver Information Center (DIC), andd comes on and stays on toindicate that the system is inactiveand is not assisting the driver in



maintaining control. The vehicle issafe to drive, but driving should beadjusted accordingly.

If d comes on and stays on:

1. Stop the vehicle.

2. Turn the engine off and wait15 seconds.

3. Start the engine.

Drive the vehicle. If d comes onand stays on, the vehicle may needmore time to diagnose the problem.If the condition persists, see yourdealer.

Turning the Systems Offand On

The button for TCS and StabiliTrak/ESC is on the center stack.

Caution

Do not repeatedly brake oraccelerate heavily when TCS isoff. The vehicle driveline could bedamaged.

To turn off only TCS, press andrelease g. The Traction Off light idisplays in the instrument cluster. Toturn TCS on again, press andrelease g. The Traction Off light idisplayed in the instrument clusterwill turn off.

If TCS is limiting wheel spin when gis pressed, the system will not turnoff until the wheels stop spinning.

To turn off both TCS and StabiliTrak/ESC, press and hold g until the

Traction Off light i and StabiliTrak/

ESC Off light g come on and stayon in the instrument cluster. To turnTCS and StabiliTrak/ESC on again,press and release g. The Traction

Off light i and StabiliTrak/ESC Off

light g in the instrument clusterturn off.

StabiliTrak/ESC will automaticallyturn on if the vehicle exceeds56 km/h (35 mph). TCS will remainoff until the driver presses g or theignition is cycled Off then On.

Adding accessories can affect thevehicle performance. SeeAccessories and Modifications0 237.

Hill DescentControl (HDC)If equipped, HDC can be used whendriving downhill. It sets andmaintains vehicle speed whiledescending a very steep incline in aforward or reverse gear.

The HDC switch is on the centerstack, below the climate controls.

Press 5 to enable or disable HDC.Vehicle speed must be below60 km/h (37 mph).



The HDC light displays on theinstrument cluster when enabled.

HDC can maintain vehicle speedsbetween 4 and 30 km/h (3 and19 mph) on an incline greater thanor equal to a 10% grade. A blinkingHDC light indicates that the systemis actively applying the brakes tomaintain vehicle speed.

When HDC is set, that is the initialset speed. It can be increased ordecreased by applying theaccelerator or brake pedal. SmallerHDC speed control adjustments areaccomplished using the cruise up ordown buttons. Each tap of the+RES will increase the set speed by0.8 km/h (0.5 mph), while each tap

of the SET– will decrease the setspeed by 0.8 km/h (0.5 mph). Thisadjusted speed becomes the newset speed.

HDC will remain enabled between30 and 60 km/h (19 and 37 mph),however vehicle speed cannot beset or maintained in this range.It will automatically disable if thevehicle speed is above 80 km/h(50 mph) or above 60 km/h(37 mph) for at least 30 seconds. 5must be pressed again tore-enable HDC.

When enabled, if the vehicle is at aspeed above 30 km/h (19 mph) andless than 60 km/h (37 mph), a DICmessage will display instructing thedriver to reduce speed for HDCoperation.

Cruise control will not function whileHDC is enabled and vehicle speedis below 40 km/h (25 mph).

Limited-Slip DifferentialIf equipped, the limited-slipdifferential can give more traction onsnow, mud, ice, sand, or gravel.It works like a standard axle most ofthe time, but when traction is low,this feature allows the drive wheelwith the most traction to move thevehicle. For vehicles with thelimited-slip differential, driven undersevere conditions, the rear axle fluidshould be changed. SeeMaintenance Schedule 0 326.



Cruise ControlWith cruise control a speed of about40 km/h (25 mph) or more can bemaintained without keeping yourfoot on the accelerator. Cruisecontrol does not work at speedsbelow about 40 km/h (25 mph).

{ Warning

Cruise control can be dangerouswhere you cannot drive safely ata steady speed. Do not usecruise control on winding roads orin heavy traffic.

Cruise control can be dangerouson slippery roads. On such roads,fast changes in tire traction cancause excessive wheel slip, andyou could lose control. Do not usecruise control on slippery roads.

If equipped with a manualtransmission, the cruise control willremain active when the gears areshifted. The cruise is deactivated ifthe clutch is pressed for severalseconds. If the cruise control isbeing used and the Traction Control(TCS) system or StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability Control (ESC)begins to limit wheel spin, the cruisecontrol will automatically disengage.See Traction Control/ElectronicStability Control 0 199. If a collisionalert occurs when cruise control isactivated, cruise control isdisengaged. See Forward CollisionAlert (FCA) System 0 208. Whenroad conditions allow you to safelyuse it again, cruise control can beturned back on.

If equipped with Hill Descent Control(HDC), cruise control will disengageif HDC is Active.

If the brakes are applied, the cruisecontrol disengages.

5 : Press to turn the system on oroff. A white indicator comes on inthe instrument cluster when cruisecontrol is turned on.

+RES : If there is a set speed inmemory, press briefly to resume tothat speed or press and hold toaccelerate. If cruise control isalready active, use to increasevehicle speed.

SET− : Press briefly to set thespeed and activate cruise control.If cruise control is already active,use to decrease vehicle speed.



* : Press to disengage cruisecontrol without erasing the setspeed from memory.

Setting Cruise Control

If5 is on when not in use, SET− or+RES could get pressed and go intocruise when not desired. Keep 5off when cruise is not being used.

1. Press5 to turn the cruisesystem on.

2. Get up to the desired speed.

3. Press and release SET−.

4. Remove foot from theaccelerator.

The cruise control indicator on theinstrument cluster turns green aftercruise control has been set to thedesired speed. See InstrumentCluster (Base Level) 0 112 orInstrument Cluster (Uplevel) 0 114.

Resuming a Set Speed

If the cruise control is set at adesired speed and then the brakesare applied or* is pressed, thecruise control is disengaged withouterasing the set speed from memory.

Once the vehicle speed reachesabout 40 km/h (25 mph) or more,press +RES briefly. The vehiclereturns to the previous set speed.

Increasing Speed While UsingCruise Control

If the cruise control system isalready activated:

. Press and hold +RES until thedesired speed is reached, thenrelease it.

. To increase vehicle speed insmall increments, briefly press+RES. For each press, thevehicle goes about 1 km/h(1 mph) faster.

The speedometer reading can bedisplayed in either English or metricunits. See Driver Information Center(DIC) (Base Level) 0 129 or DriverInformation Center (DIC) (Uplevel)0 131. The increment value useddepends on the units displayed.

Reducing Speed While UsingCruise Control

If the cruise control system isalready activated:

. Press and hold SET– until thedesired lower speed is reached,then release it.

. To slow down in smallincrements, briefly press SET– .For each press, the vehicle goesabout 1 km/h (1 mph) slower.

The speedometer reading can bedisplayed in either English or metricunits. See Driver Information Center(DIC) (Base Level) 0 129 or DriverInformation Center (DIC) (Uplevel)0 131. The increment value useddepends on the units displayed.



Passing Another Vehicle WhileUsing Cruise Control

Use the accelerator pedal toincrease the vehicle speed. Whenyou take your foot off the pedal, thevehicle will slow down to theprevious set cruise speed. Whilepressing the accelerator pedal orshortly following the release tooverride cruise control, brieflypressing SET– will result in cruisecontrol set to the current vehiclespeed.

Using Cruise Control on Hills

How well the cruise control will workon hills depends on the vehiclespeed, load, and the steepness ofthe hills. When going up steep hills,you might have to step on theaccelerator pedal to maintain yourspeed. When going downhill, youmight have to brake or shift to alower gear to keep your speeddown. If the brake pedal is applied,cruise control will disengage.

Ending Cruise Control

There are four ways to end cruisecontrol:

. Step lightly on the brake pedal.

. Press*.

. Press the clutch pedal forseveral seconds or shift thetransmission to N (Neutral).

. To turn off cruise control,press5.

Erasing Speed Memory

The cruise control set speed iserased from memory if 5 is pressedor if the ignition is turned off.

Driver AssistanceSystemsThis vehicle may have features thatwork together to help avoid crashesor reduce crash damage whiledriving, backing, and parking. Readthis entire section before usingthese systems.

{ Warning

Do not rely on the DriverAssistance Systems. Thesesystems do not replace the needfor paying attention and drivingsafely. You may not hear or seealerts or warnings provided bythese systems. Failure to useproper care when driving mayresult in injury, death, or vehicledamage. See Defensive Driving0 157.

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

Under many conditions, thesesystems will not:

. Detect children,pedestrians, bicyclists,or animals.

. Detect vehicles or objectsoutside the area monitoredby the system.

. Work at all driving speeds.

. Warn you or provide youwith enough time to avoid acrash.

. Work under poor visibility orbad weather conditions.

. Work if the detection sensoris not cleaned or is coveredby ice, snow, mud, or dirt.

. Work if the detection sensoris covered up, such as witha sticker, magnet, or metalplate.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Work if the area surroundingthe detection sensor isdamaged or not properlyrepaired.

Complete attention is alwaysrequired while driving, and youshould be ready to take actionand apply the brakes and/or steerthe vehicle to avoid crashes.

Audible Alert

Some driver assistance featuresalert the driver of obstacles bybeeping. To change the volume ofthe warning chime, see “Comfortand Convenience” under VehiclePersonalization 0 136.

Cleaning

Depending on vehicle options, keepthese areas of the vehicle clean toensure the best driver assistancefeature performance. Driver

Information Center (DIC) messagesmay display when the systems areunavailable or blocked.


206 Driving and Operating. Front and rear bumpers and the

area below the bumpers

. Front grille and headlamps

. Front camera lens in the frontgrille or near the front emblem

. Front side and rear side panels

. Outside of the windshield in frontof the rearview mirror

. Side camera lens on the bottomof the outside mirrors

. Rear side corner bumpers

. Rear Vision Camera above thelicense plate

Assistance Systems forParking or BackingIf equipped, the Rear Vision Camera(RVC) and Rear Park Assist (RPA)may help the driver park or avoidobjects. Always check around thevehicle when parking or backing.

Rear Vision Camera (RVC)

When the vehicle is shifted intoR (Reverse), the RVC displays animage of the area behind the vehicle

in the infotainment display. Theprevious screen displays when thevehicle is shifted out of R (Reverse)after a short delay. To return to theprevious screen sooner, press anybutton on the infotainment system,shift into P (Park), or reach a vehiclespeed of approximately 12 km/h (8mph). Select the guidance linesbutton on the infotainment display toturn guidance lines on or off.

The RVC is under the tailgatehandle. The RVC will not workproperly if the tailgate is down.

1. View Displayed by theCamera

1. View Displayed by theCamera

2. Corners of the Rear Bumper

Displayed images may be farther orcloser than they appear. The areadisplayed is limited and objects thatare close to either corner of thebumper or under the bumper do notdisplay.

A warning triangle may display toshow that RPA has detected anobject. This triangle changes fromamber to red and increases in sizethe closer the object.



{ Warning

The camera(s) do not displaychildren, pedestrians, bicyclists,crossing traffic, animals, or anyother object outside of thecameras’ field of view, below thebumper, or under the vehicle.Shown distances may be differentfrom actual distances. Do notdrive or park the vehicle usingonly these camera(s). Alwayscheck behind and around thevehicle before driving. Failure touse proper care may result ininjury, death, or vehicle damage.

Hitch Guidance

This feature displays a single,centered guideline on the cameradisplay to assist with aligning avehicle’s hitch ball with a trailercoupler. Select the trailer guidanceline button, then align the trailerguidance line over the trailercoupler. Continuously steer thevehicle to keep the guidance linecentered on the coupler when

backing. RVC Park Assist overlayswill not display when the trailerguidance line is active. HitchGuidance is only available inStandard View.

To check the trailer when in aforward gear above 12 km/h(8 mph), touch CAMERA on theinfotainment display to view the rearcamera. Touch X to exit the view orit will be removed automatically aftereight seconds.

{ Warning

Use Hitch Guidance only to helpback the vehicle to a trailer hitchor, when travelling above 12 km/h(8 mph), to briefly check thestatus of your trailer. Do not usefor any other purpose, such asmaking lane change decisions.Before making a lane change,always check the mirrors andglance over your shoulder.Improper use could result inserious injury to you or others.

Park Assist

With RPA, as the vehicle backs upat speeds of less than 8 km/h(5 mph), the sensors on the rearbumper may detect objects up to2.5 m (8 ft) behind the vehicle withina zone 25 cm (10 in) high off theground and below bumper level.These detection distances may beshorter during warmer or humidweather.

Blocked sensors will not detectobjects and can also cause falsedetections. Keep the sensors cleanof mud, dirt, snow, ice, and slush;and clean sensors after a car washin freezing temperatures.

{ Warning

The Park Assist system does notdetect children, pedestrians,bicyclists, animals, or objectsbelow the bumper or that are tooclose or too far from the vehicle.It is not available at speedsgreater than 8 km/h (5 mph). To

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

prevent injury, death, or vehicledamage, even with Park Assist,always check the area around thevehicle and check all mirrorsbefore backing.

The instrument cluster may have apark assist display with bars thatshow “distance to object” and objectlocation information for RPA. As theobject gets closer, more bars lightup and the bars change color fromyellow to amber to red.

When an object is first detected inthe rear, one beep will be heardfrom the rear. When an object is

very close, <0.6 m (2 ft) in thevehicle rear, continuous beeps willsound from the rear.

Turning the Features On or Off

RPA can be turned on and off. SeeVehicle Personalization 0 136.

Turn off RPA when towing a trailer.

Forward Collision Alert(FCA) SystemIf equipped, the FCA system mayhelp to avoid or reduce the harmcaused by front-end crashes. Whenapproaching a vehicle ahead tooquickly, FCA provides a red flashingalert on the windshield, and rapidlybeeps. FCA also lights an ambervisual alert if following anothervehicle much too closely.

FCA detects vehicles within adistance of approximately 60 m(197 ft) and operates at speedsabove 40 km/h (25 mph).

{ Warning

FCA is a warning system anddoes not apply the brakes. Whenapproaching a slower-moving orstopped vehicle ahead too rapidly,or when following a vehicle tooclosely, FCA may not provide awarning with enough time to helpavoid a crash. It also may notprovide any warning at all. FCAdoes not warn of pedestrians,animals, signs, guardrails,bridges, construction barrels,or other objects. Be ready to takeaction and apply the brakes. SeeDefensive Driving 0 157.

FCA can be disabled with either theFCA steering wheel control or,if equipped, through vehiclepersonalization. See “Collision/Detection Systems” under VehiclePersonalization 0 136.



Detecting the Vehicle Ahead

FCA warnings will not occur unlessthe FCA system detects a vehicleahead. When a vehicle is detected,the vehicle ahead indicator willdisplay green. Vehicles may not bedetected on curves, highway exitramps, or hills, due to poor visibility;or if a vehicle ahead is partiallyblocked by pedestrians or otherobjects. FCA will not detect anothervehicle ahead until it is completelyin the driving lane.

{ Warning

FCA does not provide a warningto help avoid a crash, unless itdetects a vehicle. FCA may notdetect a vehicle ahead if the FCAsensor is blocked by dirt, snow,

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

or ice, or if the windshield isdamaged. It may also not detect avehicle on winding or hilly roads,or in conditions that can limitvisibility such as fog, rain,or snow, or if the headlamps orwindshield are not cleaned or inproper condition. Keep thewindshield, headlamps, and FCAsensors clean and in good repair.

Collision Alert

When your vehicle approachesanother detected vehicle too rapidly,the red lights will flash on thewindshield. Also, eight rapidhigh-pitched beeps will sound fromthe front. When this Collision Alertoccurs, the brake system may

prepare for driver braking to occurmore rapidly which can cause abrief, mild deceleration. Continue toapply the brake pedal as needed.Cruise control may be disengagedwhen the Collision Alert occurs.

Tailgating Alert

The vehicle ahead indicator willdisplay amber when you arefollowing a detected vehicle aheadmuch too closely.

Selecting the Alert Timing

The Collision Alert control is on thesteering wheel. Press[ to set theFCA timing to Far, Medium, Near,or Off. The first button press showsthe current setting on the DIC.Additional button presses willchange this setting. The chosensetting will remain until it is changedand will affect the timing of both the



Collision Alert and the TailgatingAlert features. The timing of bothalerts will vary based on vehiclespeed. The faster the vehicle speed,the farther away the alert will occur.Consider traffic and weatherconditions when selecting the alerttiming. The range of selectable alerttiming may not be appropriate for alldrivers and driving conditions.

Unnecessary Alerts

FCA may provide unnecessaryalerts for turning vehicles, vehiclesin other lanes, objects that are notvehicles, or shadows. These alertsare normal operation and thevehicle does not need service.

Cleaning the System

If the FCA system does not seem tooperate properly, this may correctthe issue:

. Clean the outside of thewindshield in front of therearview mirror.

. Clean the entire front of thevehicle.

. Clean the headlamps.

Lane DepartureWarning (LDW)If equipped, LDW may help avoidcrashes due to unintentional lanedepartures. It may provide an alert ifthe vehicle is crossing a lanemarking without using a turn signalin that direction. LDW uses acamera sensor to detect the lanemarkings at speeds of 56 km/h(35 mph) or greater.

{ Warning

The LDW system does not steerthe vehicle. The LDW systemmay not:

. Provide enough time toavoid a crash.

. Detect lane markings underpoor weather or visibilityconditions. This can occur ifthe windshield orheadlamps are blocked bydirt, snow, or ice; if they are

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

not in proper condition; or ifthe sun shines directly intothe camera.

. Detect road edges.

. Detect lanes on winding orhilly roads.

If LDW only detects lanemarkings on one side of the road,it will only warn you whendeparting the lane on the sidewhere it has detected a lanemarking. Always keep yourattention on the road andmaintain proper vehicle positionwithin the lane, or vehicledamage, injury, or death couldoccur. Always keep thewindshield, headlamps, andcamera sensors clean and ingood repair. Do not use LDW inbad weather conditions.



How the System Works

The LDW camera sensor is on thewindshield ahead of the rearviewmirror.

To turn LDW on and off, press @ onthe center stack. The controlindicator will light when LDW is on.

When LDW is on, @ is green ifLDW is available to warn of a lanedeparture. If the vehicle crosses adetected lane marking without usingthe turn signal in that direction, @changes to amber and flashes.Additionally, there will be threebeeps on the right or left, dependingon the lane departure direction.

When the System Does NotSeem to Work Properly

The system may not detect lanes aswell when there are:

. Close vehicles ahead.

. Sudden lighting changes, suchas when driving through tunnels.

. Banked roads.

If the LDW system is not functioningproperly when lane markings areclearly visible, cleaning thewindshield may help.

LDW alerts may occur due to tarmarks, shadows, cracks in the road,temporary or construction lanemarkings, or other roadimperfections. This is normal systemoperation; the vehicle does not needservice. Turn LDW off if theseconditions continue.

Fuel

Top Tier FuelGM recommends the use of TOPTIER Detergent Gasoline to keepthe engine clean, reduce enginedeposits, and maintain optimalvehicle performance. Look for theTOP TIER Logo or seewww.toptiergas.com for a list of TOPTIER Detergent Gasoline marketersand applicable countries.



Recommended FuelFor diesel engine vehicles, see“Fuel for Diesel Engines” in theDuramax diesel supplement.

Do not use any fuel labeled E85 orFlexFuel. Do not use gasoline withethanol levels greater than 15% byvolume.

Use regular unleaded gasolinemeeting ASTM specification D4814with a posted octane rating of 87 orhigher. Do not use gasoline with aposted octane rating of less than 87,as this may cause engine knock andwill lower fuel economy.

Prohibited Fuels

Caution

Do not use fuels with any of thefollowing conditions; doing somay damage the vehicle and voidits warranty:

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

. For vehicles that are notFlexFuel, fuel labeledgreater than 15% ethanol byvolume, such as mid-levelethanol blends (16–50%ethanol), E85, or FlexFuel.

. Fuel with any amount ofmethanol, methylal,ferrocene, and aniline.These fuels can corrodemetal fuel system parts ordamage plastic and rubberparts.

. Fuel containing metals suchas methylcyclopentadienylmanganese tricarbonyl(MMT), which can damagethe emissions controlsystem and spark plugs.

. Fuel with a posted octanerating of less than therecommended fuel. Usingthis fuel will lower fueleconomy and performance,and may decrease the life ofthe emissions catalyst.

Fuels in ForeignCountriesThe U.S., Canada, and Mexico postfuel octane ratings in anti-knockindex (AKI). For fuel not to use in aforeign country, see ProhibitedFuels 0 212.

Fuel AdditivesTOP TIER Detergent Gasoline ishighly recommended for use withyour vehicle. If your country doesnot have TOP TIER DetergentGasoline, add ACDelco FuelSystem Treatment Plus−Gasoline tothe vehicle’s gasoline fuel tank atevery oil change or 15,000 km(9,000 mi), whichever occurs first.TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline andACDelco Fuel System TreatmentPlus−Gasoline will help keep yourvehicle’s engine fuel deposit freeand performing optimally.

Filling the TankIf the vehicle has a diesel engine,see “Filling the Tank” in theDuramax diesel supplement.



{ Warning

Fuel vapors and fuel fires burnviolently and can cause injury ordeath.

Follow these guidelines:

. To help avoid injuries to youand others, read and followall the instructions on thefuel pump island.

. Turn off the engine whenrefueling.

. Keep sparks, flames, andsmoking materials awayfrom fuel.

. Do not leave the fuel pumpunattended.

. Avoid using electronicdevices while refueling.

. Do not reenter the vehiclewhile pumping fuel.

. Keep children away fromthe fuel pump and never letchildren pump fuel.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Fuel can spray out if therefueling nozzle is insertedtoo quickly. This spray canhappen if the tank is nearlyfull, and is more likely in hotweather. Insert the refuelingnozzle slowly and wait forany hiss noise to stop priorto beginning to flow fuel.

The hinged fuel door is on the driverside of the vehicle. To open the fueldoor, push and release the rearwardcenter edge of the door.

The vehicle has a capless refuelingsystem and does not have a fuelcap. The filling nozzle must be fullyinserted and latched prior to startingfuel flow.

{ Warning

Overfilling the fuel tank by morethan three clicks of a standard fillnozzle may cause:

. Vehicle performance issues,including engine stalling anddamage to the fuel system.

. Fuel spills.

. Potential fuel fires.

Be careful not to spill fuel. Wait afew seconds after you have finishedpumping before removing thenozzle. Clean fuel from paintedsurfaces as soon as possible. SeeExterior Care 0 314.



{ Warning

If a fire starts while you arerefueling, do not remove thenozzle. Shut off the flow of fuel byshutting off the pump or bynotifying the station attendant.Leave the area immediately.

Filling the Tank with a PortableGas Can

If the vehicle runs out of fuel andmust be filled from a portablegas can:

1. Locate the capless funneladapter from inside the vehicle.

2. Insert and latch the funnel intothe capless fuel system.

{ Warning

Attempting to refuel without usingthe funnel adapter may cause fuelspillage and damage the caplessfuel system. This could cause afire and you or others could bebadly burned and the vehiclecould be damaged.

3. Remove and clean the funneladapter and return to thestorage location.

Filling a Portable FuelContainer

{ Warning

Never fill a portable fuel containerwhile it is in the vehicle. Staticelectricity discharge from thecontainer can ignite the fuelvapor. You can be badly burned

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

and the vehicle damaged if thisoccurs. To help avoid injury to youand others:

. Dispense fuel only intoapproved containers.

. Do not fill a container whileit is inside a vehicle, in avehicle's trunk, pickup bed,or on any surface other thanthe ground.

. Bring the fill nozzle incontact with the inside ofthe fill opening beforeoperating the nozzle.Contact should bemaintained until the filling iscomplete.

. Do not smoke whilepumping fuel.

. Avoid using electronicdevices.



Trailer Towing

General TowingInformationOnly use towing equipment that hasbeen designed for the vehicle.Contact your dealer or traileringdealer for assistance with preparingthe vehicle to tow a trailer. Read theentire section before towing a trailer.

To tow a disabled vehicle, seeTowing the Vehicle 0 309. To towthe vehicle behind another vehiclesuch as a motor home, seeRecreational Vehicle Towing 0 310.

Driving Characteristicsand Towing Tips

{ Warning

You can lose control when towinga trailer if the correct equipment isnot used or the vehicle is notdriven properly. For example,if the trailer is too heavy or the

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

trailer brakes are inadequate forthe load, the vehicle may not stopas expected. You and otherscould be seriously injured. Thevehicle may also be damaged,and the repairs would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.Pull a trailer only if all the steps inthis section have been followed.Ask your dealer for advice andinformation about towing a trailerwith the vehicle.

Driving with a Trailer

Trailering is different than justdriving the vehicle by itself.Trailering means changes inhandling, acceleration, braking,durability, and fuel economy.Successful, safe trailering takescorrect equipment, and it has to beused properly.

The following information has manytime-tested, important trailering tipsand safety rules. Many of these are

important for your safety and that ofyour passengers. Read this sectioncarefully before pulling a trailer.

When towing a trailer:

. Become familiar with and followall state and local laws thatapply to trailer towing. Theserequirements vary from state tostate.

. State laws may require the useof extended side view mirrors.Even if not required, you shouldinstall extended side viewmirrors if your visibility is limitedor restricted while towing.

. Do not tow a trailer during thefirst 800 km (500 mi) of vehicleuse to prevent damage to theengine, axle, or other parts.

. It is recommended to performthe first oil change before heavytowing.

. During the first 800 km (500 mi)of trailer towing, do not driveover 80 km/h (50 mph) and donot make starts at full throttle.


216 Driving and Operating. Vehicles can tow in D (Drive).

Tow/Haul Mode is recommendedfor heavier trailers. See Tow/Haul Mode 0 187. If thetransmission downshifts toooften, a lower gear may beselected using Manual Mode.See Manual Mode 0 185.

If equipped, the following driverassistance features should beturned off when towing a trailer:

. Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)

. Super Cruise Control

. Lane Keep Assist (LKA)

. Park Assist

. Reverse AutomaticBraking (RAB)

If equipped, the following driverassistance features should beturned to alert or off when towing atrailer:

. Forward AutomaticBraking (FAB)

. Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA)

. Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB)

If equipped with Lane Change Alert(LCA), the LCA detection zones thatextend back from the side of thevehicle do not move further backwhen a trailer is towed. Use cautionwhile changing lanes when towing atrailer.

If equipped with Rear Cross TrafficAlert (RCTA), use caution whilebacking up when towing a trailer, asthe RCTA detection zones thatextend out from the back of thevehicle do not move further backwhen a trailer is towed.

{ Warning

To prevent serious injury or deathfrom carbon monoxide (CO),when towing a trailer:

. Do not drive with theliftgate, trunk/hatch,or rear-most window open.

. Fully open the air outlets onor under the instrumentpanel.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Adjust the climate controlsystem to a setting thatbrings in only outside air.See “Climate ControlSystems” in the Index.

For more information aboutcarbon monoxide, see EngineExhaust 0 182.

Towing a trailer requires experience.The combination of the vehicle andtrailer is longer and not asresponsive as the vehicle itself. Getused to the handling and braking ofthe combination by driving on alevel road surface before driving onpublic roads.

The trailer structure, the tires, andthe brakes must all be rated to carrythe intended cargo. Inadequatetrailer equipment can cause thecombination to operate in anunexpected or unsafe manner.Before driving, inspect all trailerhitch parts and attachments, safetychains, electrical connectors, lamps,



tires, and mirrors. See TowingEquipment 0 225. If the trailer haselectric brakes, start thecombination moving and thenmanually apply the trailer brakecontroller to check the trailer brakeswork. During the trip, occasionallycheck that the cargo and trailer aresecure and that the lamps and anytrailer brakes are working.

Towing with a Stability ControlSystem

When towing, the stability controlsystem might be heard. The systemreacts to vehicle movement causedby the trailer, which mainly occursduring cornering. This is normalwhen towing heavier trailers.

Following Distance

Stay at least twice as far behind thevehicle ahead as you would whendriving without a trailer. This canhelp to avoid heavy braking andsudden turns.

Passing

More passing distance is neededwhen towing a trailer. Thecombination of the vehicle andtrailer will not accelerate as quicklyand is much longer than the vehiclealone. It is necessary to go muchfarther beyond the passed vehiclebefore returning to the lane. Passon level roadways. Avoid passingon hills if possible.

Backing Up

Hold the bottom of the steeringwheel with one hand. To move thetrailer to the left, move that hand tothe left. To move the trailer to theright, move that hand to the right.Always back up slowly and,if possible, have someoneguide you.

Making Turns

Caution

Turn more slowly and make widerarcs when towing a trailer toprevent damage to your vehicle.Making very sharp turns couldcause the trailer to contact thevehicle.

Make wider turns than normal whentowing, so trailer will not go over softshoulders, over curbs, or strike roadsigns, trees, or other objects.Always signal turns well in advance.Do not steer or brake suddenly.

Driving on Grades

Reduce speed and shift to a lowergear before starting down a long orsteep downhill grade. If thetransmission is not shifted down, thebrakes may overheat and result inreduced braking efficiency.



The vehicle can tow in D (Drive).Shift the transmission to a lowergear if the transmission shifts toooften under heavy loads and/or hillyconditions.

When towing at higher altitudes,engine coolant will boil at a lowertemperature than at lower altitudes.If the engine is turned offimmediately after towing at highaltitude on steep uphill grades, thevehicle could show signs similar toengine overheating. To avoid this,let the engine run, preferably onlevel ground, with the transmissionin P (Park) for a few minutes beforeturning the engine off. If theoverheat warning comes on, seeEngine Overheating 0 252.

Parking on Hills

{ Warning

To prevent serious injury or death,always park your vehicle andtrailer on a level surface whenpossible.

When parking your vehicle and yourtrailer on a hill:

1. Press the brake pedal, but donot shift into P (Park) yet. Turnthe wheels into the curb iffacing downhill or into traffic iffacing uphill.

2. Have someone place chocksunder the trailer wheels.

3. When the wheel chocks are inplace, gradually release thebrake pedal to allow the chocksto absorb the load of the trailer.

4. Reapply the brake pedal. Thenapply the parking brake andshift into P (Park).

5. Release the brake pedal.If equipped with a manualtransmission, move the shiftlever into R (Reverse) ifparking on a downhill slope,or shift into 1 (first) gear ifparking on an uphill slope.

Leaving After Parking on a Hill

1. Apply and hold the brakepedal.

. Start the engine.

. Shift into a gear.

. Release the parking brake.

2. Let up on the brake pedal.

3. Drive slowly until the trailer isclear of the chocks.

4. Stop and have someone pickup and store the chocks.

Launching and Retrievinga Boat

Backing the Trailer into the Water

{ Warning

. Have all passengers get outof the vehicle beforebacking onto the sloped partof the ramp. Lower thedriver and passenger sidewindows before backingonto the ramp. This will

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

provide a means of escapein the unlikely event thevehicle slides into the water.

. If the boat launch surface isslippery, have the driverremain in the vehicle withthe brake pedal appliedwhile the boat is beinglaunched. The boat launchcan be especially slippery atlow tide when part of theramp was previouslysubmerged at high tide. Donot back onto the ramp tolaunch the boat if you arenot sure the vehicle canmaintain traction.

. Do not move the vehicle ifsomeone is in the path ofthe trailer. Some parts of thetrailer might be underwaterand not visible to peoplewho are assisting inlaunching the boat.

Disconnect the wiring to the trailerbefore backing the trailer into thewater to prevent damage to theelectrical circuits on the trailer.Reconnect the wiring to the trailerafter removing the trailer from thewater. If the trailer has electricbrakes that can function when thetrailer is submerged, it might help toleave the electrical trailer connectorattached to maintain trailer brakefunctionality while on the boat ramp.

To back the trailer into the water:

1. If equipped, place the vehiclein four-wheel-drive high.

2. Slowly back down the boatramp until the boat is floating,but no further than necessary.

3. Press and hold the brakepedal, but do not shift intoP (Park) yet.

4. Have someone place chocksunder the front wheels of thevehicle.

5. Gradually release the brakepedal to allow the chocks toabsorb the load of the trailer.

6. Reapply the brake pedal. Thenapply the parking brake andshift into P (Park). If equippedwith a manual transmission,turn off the engine and movethe shift lever into1 (First) gear.


Pulling the Trailer from the Water

To pull the trailer of the water:

1. Press and hold the brakepedals.

2. Start the engine and shiftinto gear.


4. Let up on the brake pedal.

5. Drive slowly until the tires areclear of the chocks.

6. Stop and have someone pickup and store the chocks.

7. Slowly pull the trailer from thewater.

8. Once the vehicle and trailerhave been driven from thesloped part of the boat ramp,



the vehicle can be shifted fromfour-wheel-drive high. Shift intothe drive mode that isappropriate for the roadconditions.

Caution

If the vehicle tires begin to spinand the vehicle begins to slidetoward the water, remove yourfoot from the accelerator pedaland apply the brake pedal. Seekhelp to have the vehicle towed upthe ramp.

Maintenance when TrailerTowing

The vehicle needs service moreoften when used to tow trailers. SeeMaintenance Schedule 0 326. It isespecially important to check theautomatic transmission fluid, engineoil, axle lubricant, belts, coolingsystem, and brake system beforeand during each trip.

Check periodically to see that allnuts and bolts on the trailer hitchare tight.

Engine Cooling When TrailerTowing

The cooling system may temporarilyoverheat during severe operatingconditions. See Engine Overheating0 252.

Trailer TowingIf equipped with a diesel engine,see the Duramax dieselsupplement.

Caution

Towing a trailer improperly candamage the vehicle and result incostly repairs not covered by thevehicle warranty. To tow a trailercorrectly, follow the directions inthis section and see your dealerfor important information abouttowing a trailer with the vehicle.

Trailering is different than justdriving the vehicle by itself.Trailering means changes inhandling, acceleration, braking,durability, and fuel economy.Successful, safe trailering takescorrect equipment, and it has to beused properly.

The following information has manytime-tested, important trailering tipsand safety rules. Many of these areimportant for your safety and that ofyour passengers. Read this sectioncarefully before pulling a trailer.

Trailer Weight

{ Warning

Never exceed the towing capacityfor your vehicle.

Safe trailering requires monitoringthe weight, speed, altitude, roadgrades, outside temperature, andhow frequently the vehicle is used totow a trailer.



Trailer Weight Ratings

When towing a trailer, the combinedweight of the vehicle, vehiclecontents, trailer, and trailer contentsmust be below all of the maximumweight ratings for the vehicle,including:

. GCWR: Gross Combined WeightRating

. GVWR: Gross Vehicle WeightRating

. Maximum Trailer Weight Rating

. GAWR-RR: Gross Axle WeightRating-Rear

. Maximum Trailer Tongue WeightRating

See “Weight-Distributing HitchAdjustment” under TowingEquipment 0 225 to determine ifequalizer bars are required to obtainthe maximum trailer weight rating.

See “Trailer Brakes” under TowingEquipment 0 225 to determine ifbrakes are required based on yourtrailer's weight.

The only way to be sure the weightis not exceeding any of theseratings is to weigh the tow vehicleand trailer combination, fully loadedfor the trip, getting individualweights for each of these items.

{ Warning

You and others could be seriouslyinjured or killed if the trailer is tooheavy or the trailer brakes areinadequate for the load. Thevehicle may be damaged, and therepairs would not be covered bythe vehicle warranty.

Only tow a trailer if all the steps inthis section have been followed.Ask your dealer for advice andinformation about towing a trailer.

Gross Combined WeightRating (GCWR)

GCWR is the total allowable weightof the completely loaded vehicleand trailer including any fuel,passengers, cargo, equipment, andaccessories. Do not exceed theGCWR for your vehicle. The GCWRfor the vehicle is on the Tow RatingChart following.

To check that the weight of thevehicle and trailer are within theGCWR for the vehicle, follow thesesteps:

1. Start with the "curb weight"from the Trailering InformationLabel.

2. Add the weight of the trailerloaded with cargo and readyfor the trip.

3. Add the weight of allpassengers.

4. Add the weight of all cargo inthe vehicle.



5. Add the weight of hitchhardware such as a draw bar,ball, load equalizer bars,or sway bars.

6. Add the weight of anyaccessories or aftermarketequipment added to thevehicle.

The resulting weight cannot exceedthe GCWR for the vehicle.

The gross combined weight canalso be confirmed by weighing thetruck and trailer on a public scale.The truck and trailer should beloaded for the trip with passengersand cargo.

Gross Vehicle WeightRating (GVWR)

For information about the vehicle'smaximum load capacity, see VehicleLoad Limits 0 168. When calculatingthe GVWR with a trailer attached,the trailer tongue weight must beincluded as part of the weight thevehicle is carrying.

Maximum Trailer Weight

The maximum trailer weight rating iscalculated assuming the tow vehiclehas a driver, a front seat passenger,and all required traileringequipment. This value representsthe heaviest trailer the vehicle cantow, but it may be necessary toreduce the trailer weight to staywithin the GCWR, GVWR, maximumtrailer tongue load, or GAWR-RR forthe vehicle.

Use the tow rating chart todetermine how much the trailer canweigh, based on the vehicle model,powertrain and trailering options.

Weights listed apply forconventional trailers unlessotherwise noted.



SAE J2807 Compliant

Engine Axle Ratio Maximum Trailer Weight GCWR (a)

2.5L L4 4.10 1 587 kg (3,500 lb) 3 856 kg (8,500 lb)

3.6LV6 * 3.42 3 175 kg (7,000 lb) 5 443 kg (12,000 lb)

(a) The Gross Combination Weight Rating (GCWR) is the total allowable weight of the completely loaded vehicleand trailer including any passengers, cargo, equipment, and conversions. The GCWR for the vehicle should not beexceeded.(*) Valid only for vehicles with Z82 trailering package. If the vehicle has a bumper mounted hitch then the maximumtrailer weight is limited to 1 587 kg (3,500 lb) and GCWR is limited to 3 856 kg (8,500 lb).

A step bumper trailer hitch can onlysupport a total trailer weight up to2,271 kg (5,000 lb). If a trailer hitchball is added to the step bumper,check the hitch ball rating to be sureit is higher than the total trailerweight.

Maximum Trailer TongueWeight Rating

The Maximum Trailer TongueWeight Rating is the allowabletrailer tongue weight that the vehiclecan support using a conventionaltrailer hitch. It may be necessary toreduce the overall trailer weight tostay within the maximum trailertongue weight rating while stillmaintaining the correct trailer loadbalance.

Do not exceed a maximum trailertongue weight of 349 (770 lb).



The trailer tongue weight contributesto the Gross Vehicle Weight (GVW).GVW includes the curb weight ofyour vehicle, any passengers,cargo, equipment, and the trailertongue weight. Vehicle options,passengers, cargo, and equipmentreduce the maximum allowabletongue weight the vehicle can carry,which also reduces the maximumallowable trailer weight.

Trailer Load Balance

The correct trailer load balancemust be maintained to ensure trailerstability. Incorrect load balance is aleading cause of trailer sway.

The trailer tongue weight (1) shouldbe 10–15% of the total loaded trailerweight (2). Some specific trailertypes, such as boat trailers, falloutside of this range. Always referto the trailer owner’s manual for therecommended trailer tongue weightfor each trailer. Never exceed themaximum loads for the vehicle,hitch and trailer.

After loading the trailer, separatelyweigh the trailer and then the trailertongue and calculate the trailer loadbalance percentage to see if theweights and distribution are

appropriate for your vehicle. If thetrailer weight is too high, it may bepossible to transfer some of thecargo into your vehicle. If the trailertongue weight is too high or too low,it may be possible to rearrangesome of the cargo inside of thetrailer.

Do not exceed the maximumallowable tongue weight for yourvehicle. Use the shortest hitchextension available to position thehitch ball closer to your vehicle. Thiswill help reduce the effect of thetrailer tongue weight on the trailerhitch and the rear axle.

If a cargo carrier is used in thetrailer hitch receiver, choose acarrier that positions the load asclose to the vehicle as possible.Make sure the total weight,including the carrier, is no more thanhalf of the maximum allowabletongue weight for the vehicle or227 kg (500 lb), whichever is less.



Rear Gross Axle Weight Rating(GAWR-RR)

The GAWR-RR is the total weightthat can be supported by the rearaxle of the vehicle. Do not exceedthe GAWR-RR for the vehicle, withthe tow vehicle and trailer fullyloaded for the trip including theweight of the trailer tongue. If usinga weight-distributing hitch, do notexceed the GAWR-RR beforeapplying the weight distributionspring bars.

Ask your dealer for traileringinformation or assistance.

Towing Equipment

Hitches

Always use the correct hitchequipment for your vehicle.Crosswinds, large trucks going by,and rough roads can affect thetrailer and the hitch.

Proper hitch equipment for yourvehicle helps maintain control of thevehicle-trailer combination. Manytrailers can be towed using a

weight-carrying hitch which has acoupler latched to the hitch ball, or atow eye latched to a pintle hook.Other trailers may require aweight-distributing hitch that usesspring bars to distribute the trailertongue weight between your vehicleand trailer axles. See “MaximumTrailer Tongue Weight” under TrailerTowing 0 220 for weight limits withvarious hitch types.

Avoid sharp turns when using astep-bumper hitch to preventdamage. Make wider turns toprevent contact between your trailerand your bumper.

Consider using mechanical swaycontrols with any trailer. Ask atrailering professional about swaycontrols or refer to the trailermanufacturer's recommendationsand instructions.

Weight-Distributing Hitch andAdjustment

A weight-distributing hitch may beuseful with some trailers.

1. Front of Vehicle2. Body to Ground Distance

When using a weight-distributinghitch, measure the front fenderheight distance (2) beforeconnecting the trailer. Adjust thespring bars until the front fenderheight distance (2) is the sameheight before the trailer wasconnected. Do not reduce the frontfender height below the initialdistance (2).



Tires. Do not tow a trailer while using a

compact spare tire on thevehicle.

. Tires must be properly inflated tosupport loads while towing atrailer. See Tires 0 274 forinstructions on proper tireinflation.

Safety Chains

Always attach chains between thevehicle and the trailer, and attachthe chains to the holes on the trailerhitch platform. Instructions aboutsafety chains may be provided bythe hitch manufacturer or by thetrailer manufacturer.

Cross the safety chains under thetongue of the trailer to help preventthe tongue from contacting the roadif it becomes separated from thehitch. Always leave just enoughslack so the combination can turn.Never allow safety chains to drag onthe ground.

Trailer Brakes

Loaded trailers over 900 kg(2,000 lb) must be equipped withbrake systems and with brakes foreach axle. Trailer braking equipmentconforming to Canadian StandardsAssociation (CSA) requirementCAN3-D313, or its equivalent, isrecommended.

State or local regulations mayrequire trailers to have their ownbraking system if the loaded weightof the trailer exceeds certainminimums that can vary from stateto state. Read and follow theinstructions for the trailer brakes sothey are installed, adjusted, andmaintained properly. Never attemptto tap into your vehicle's hydraulicbrake system. If you do, both thevehicle anti-lock brakes and thetrailer brakes may not function,which could result in a crash.

Trailer Wiring Harness

For vehicles not equipped withheavy-duty trailering, a harness issecured underneath the left side ofthe vehicle, next to the spare tire.The harness requires the installationof a trailer connector, which isavailable through your dealer. Theseven-wire harness contains thefollowing trailer circuits:

. Yellow: Left stop/turn signal

. Green: Right stop/turn signal

. Brown: Taillamps/parking lamps

. Black: Ground

. Gray: Back-up lamps

. Orange: Battery feed

. Blue: Trailer brake

To help charge a remote(non-vehicle) battery, press the Tow/Haul Mode button on the centerstack. If the trailer is too light forTow/Haul Mode, turn on theheadlamps to help charge thebattery.



Trailer Brake Control WiringHarness

A four-wire harness, withoutconnector, is secured behind the leftside kick panel. The harnesscontains the following circuits:

. Red/Green: Battery feed

. Black: Ground

. White/Blue: Brake signal tocontroller

. Blue: Trailer Brake power totrailer connector

To remove the left side kick panel,start at the front of the panel pullingtoward the rear of the vehicle and liftupward to disengage the integralclips.

Turn Signals When Towing aTrailer

When properly connected, the trailerturn signals will illuminate to indicatethe vehicle is turning, changinglanes, or stopping. When towing atrailer, the arrows on the instrumentcluster will illuminate even if thetrailer is not properly connected orthe bulbs are burned out.

Tow/Haul Mode

For instructions on how to enterTow/Haul Mode, see Tow/HaulMode 0 187.

Tow/Haul assists when pulling aheavy trailer or a large orheavy load.

Tow/Haul Mode is designed to bemost effective when the vehicle andtrailer combined weight is at least75% of the vehicle's Gross

Combined Weight Rating (GCWR).See “Weight of the Trailer” underTrailer Towing 0 220.

Tow/Haul Mode is most useful whentowing a heavy trailer or carrying alarge or heavy load:

. through rolling terrain.

. in stop-and-go traffic.

. in busy parking lots.

Operating the vehicle in Tow/HaulMode when lightly loaded or nottowing will not cause damage;however, it is not recommended andmay result in unpleasant engine andtransmission driving characteristicsand reduced fuel economy.

Integrated Trailer BrakeControl System

The vehicle may have an IntegratedTrailer Brake Control (ITBC) systemfor use with electric trailer brakes ormost electric over hydraulic trailerbrake systems. These instructionsapply to both types of electric trailerbrakes.



This symbol is on the Trailer BrakeControl Panel on vehicles with anITBC system. The power output tothe trailer brakes is proportional tothe amount of vehicle braking. Thisavailable power output to the trailerbrakes can be adjusted to a widerange of trailering situations.

The ITBC system is integrated withthe vehicle’s brake, antilock brake,and StabiliTrak/Electronic StabilityControl (ESC) systems. In traileringconditions that cause the vehicle’santilock brake or StabiliTrak/ESCsystems to activate, power sent tothe trailer's brakes will beautomatically adjusted to minimizetrailer wheel lock-up. This does notimply that the trailer hasStabiliTrak/ESC.

If the vehicle’s brake, anti-lockbrake, or StabiliTrak/ESC systemsare not functioning properly, the

ITBC system may not function fullyor at all. Make sure all of thesesystems are fully operational toallow the ITBC system to functionproperly.

The ITBC system is poweredthrough the vehicle's electricalsystem. Turning the ignition off willalso turn off the ITBC system. TheITBC system is fully functional onlywhen the ignition is in ON/RUN.

{ Warning

Connecting a trailer that has anair brake system may result inreduced or complete loss of trailerbraking, including increasedstopping distance or trailerinstability which could result inserious injury, death, or propertydamage. Only use the ITBCsystem with electric or electricover hydraulic trailer brakesystems.

Trailer Brake Control Panel

1. Manual Trailer Brake ApplyLever

2. Trailer Gain AdjustmentButtons

The ITBC control panel is on theinstrument panel to the right of thesteering column. See InstrumentPanel 0 6. The control panel allowsadjustment to the amount of output,referred to as Trailer Gain, availableto the trailer brakes and allowsmanual application of the trailerbrakes. Use the ITBC control panel



and the DIC trailer brake displaypage to adjust and display poweroutput to the trailer brakes.

Trailer Brake DIC Display Page

The ITBC display page indicates:

. Trailer Gain setting

. Output to the trailer brakes

. Trailer connection

. System operational status

To display:

. Scroll through the DIC menupages

. Press a Trailer Gain (+) or (−)button

. Activate the Manual TrailerBrake Apply Lever

TRAILER GAIN: Press a TrailerGain button to recall the currentTrailer Gain setting. Each press andrelease of the gain buttons will thenchange the Trailer Gain setting.Press the Trailer Gain (+) or (−) toadjust. Press and hold tocontinuously adjust the Trailer Gain.To turn the output to the trailer off,

adjust the Trailer Gain setting to 0.0.This setting can be adjusted from0.0 to 10.0 with a trailer connectedor disconnected.

TRAILER OUTPUT: This displaysanytime a trailer with electric brakesis connected. Output to the trailerbrakes is based on the amount ofvehicle braking present and relativeto the Trailer Gain setting. Output isdisplayed from 0 to 100% for eachgain setting.

The Trailer Output will indicate“- - - - - -” on the Trailer BrakeDisplay Page whenever thefollowing occur:

. No trailer is connected.

. A trailer without electric brakesis connected, no DIC messagedisplays.

. A trailer with electric brakes hasbecome disconnected, a CHECKTRAILER WIRING messagedisplays on the DIC.

. There is a fault present in thewiring to the trailer brakes, aCHECK TRAILER WIRINGmessage displays on the DIC.

. The ITBC system is not workingdue to a fault, a SERVICETRAILER BRAKE SYSTEMmessage displays in the DIC.

Manual Trailer Brake ApplyLever

Slide this lever right to apply thetrailer’s electric brakes independentof the vehicle’s brakes. Use thislever to adjust Trailer Gain toachieve proper power output to thetrailer brakes. The trailer's and thevehicle's brake lamps will come onwhen either vehicle brakes ormanual trailer brakes are appliedand properly connected.

Trailer Gain AdjustmentProcedure

Trailer Gain should be set for aspecific trailering condition and itmust be readjusted anytime vehicleloading, trailer loading, or roadsurface conditions change.



{ Warning

Trailer brakes that areover-gained or under-gained maynot stop the vehicle and the traileras intended and can result in acrash. Always follow theinstructions to set the Trailer Gainfor the proper trailer stoppingperformance.

To adjust Trailer Gain for eachtowing condition:

1. Drive the vehicle with the trailerattached on a level roadsurface representative of thetowing condition and free oftraffic at about 32 - 40 km/h(20 - 25 mph) and fully applythe Manual Trailer Brake ApplyLever.

Adjusting Trailer Gain atspeeds lower than 32 to40 km/h (20 to 25 mph) mayresult in an incorrect gainsetting.

2. Adjust the Trailer Gain, usingthe Trailer Gain (+) or (-)adjustment buttons, to justbelow the point of trailer wheellock-up, indicated by trailerwheel squeal or tire smokewhen a trailer wheel locks.

Trailer wheel lock-up may notoccur if towing a heavily loadedtrailer. Adjust the Trailer Gainto the highest allowable settingfor the towing condition.

3. Readjust Trailer Gain anytimevehicle loading, trailer loading,or road surface conditionschange or if trailer wheellock-up is noticed at any timewhile towing.

Other ITBC-Related DICMessages

TRAILER CONNECTED: Thismessage will briefly display when atrailer with electric brakes is firstconnected to the vehicle. Thismessage will automatically turn offin about 10 seconds. This messagecan be acknowledged before itautomatically turns off.

CHECK TRAILER WIRING: Thismessage will display if:

. The ITBC system firstdetermines connection to atrailer with electric brakes andthen the trailer harness becomesdisconnected from the vehicle.

If the disconnect occurs whilethe vehicle is stationary, thismessage will automatically turnoff in about 30 seconds. Thismessage will also turn off if it isacknowledged or if the trailerharness is reconnected.

If the disconnect occurs whilethe vehicle is moving, thismessage will continue until theignition is turned off. Thismessage will also turn off if it isacknowledged or if the trailerharness is reconnected.

. There is an electrical fault in thewiring to the trailer brakes. Thismessage will continue as longas there is an electrical fault inthe trailer wiring. This messagewill also turn off if it isacknowledged.



To determine whether the electricalfault is on the vehicle side or trailerside of the trailer wiring harnessconnection:

1. Disconnect the trailer wiringharness from the vehicle.


3. Wait 10 seconds, then turn theignition back to RUN.

4. If the CHECK TRAILERWIRING message reappears,the electrical fault is on thevehicle side.

If the CHECK TRAILER WIRINGmessage only reappears whenconnecting the trailer wiring harnessto the vehicle, the electrical fault ison the trailer side.

SERVICE TRAILER BRAKESYSTEM: This message will displaywhen there is a problem with theITBC system. If this messagecontinues over multiple ignitioncycles, have the vehicle serviced.

If either the CHECK TRAILERWIRING or SERVICE TRAILERBRAKE SYSTEM message displays

while driving, the ITBC system maynot be fully functional or may notfunction at all. When trafficconditions allow, carefully pull thevehicle over to the side of the roadand turn the ignition off. Check thewiring connection to the trailer andturn the ignition back on. If either ofthese messages continues, eitherthe vehicle or trailer needs service.

A GM dealer may be able todiagnose and repair problems withthe trailer. However, any diagnosisand repair of the trailer is notcovered under the vehicle warranty.Contact your trailer dealer forassistance with trailer repairs andtrailer warranty information.

Trailer SwayControl (TSC)Vehicles with StabiliTrak/ElectronicStability Control (ESC) have aTrailer Sway Control (TSC) feature.Trailer sway is unintendedside-to-side motion of a trailer whiletowing. If the vehicle is towing atrailer and the TSC detects thatsway is increasing, the vehicle

brakes are selectively applied ateach wheel, to help reduceexcessive trailer sway. If equippedwith the Integrated Trailer BrakeControl (ITBC) system, and thetrailer has an electric brake system,StabiliTrak/ESC may also apply thetrailer brakes.

If TSC is enabled, the TractionControl System (TCS)/StabiliTrak/ESC warning light will flash on theinstrument cluster. Reduce vehiclespeed by gradually removing yourfoot from the accelerator. If trailersway continues, StabiliTrak/ESCcan reduce engine torque to help



slow the vehicle. TSC will notfunction if StabiliTrak/ESC is turnedoff. See Traction Control/ElectronicStability Control 0 199.

{ Warning

Trailer sway can result in a crashand in serious injury or death,even if the vehicle is equippedwith TSC.

If the trailer begins to sway,reduce vehicle speed bygradually removing your foot fromthe accelerator. Then pull over tocheck the trailer and vehicle tohelp correct possible causes,including an improperly oroverloaded trailer, unrestrainedcargo, improper trailer hitchconfiguration, or improperlyinflated or incorrect vehicle ortrailer tires. See TowingEquipment 0 225 for trailer ratingsand hitch setuprecommendations.

Aftermarket Electronic TrailerSway Control Devices

Some trailers may come equippedwith an electronic device designedto reduce or control trailer sway.Aftermarket equipmentmanufacturers also offer similardevices that connect to the wiringbetween the trailer and the vehicle.These devices may interfere withthe vehicle’s trailer brake or othersystems, including integratedanti-sway systems, if equipped.Messages related to trailerconnections or trailer brakes couldappear on the DIC. The effects ofthese aftermarket devices may haveon vehicle handling or trailer brakeperformance is not known.

{ Warning

Use of aftermarket electronictrailer sway control devices couldresult in reduced trailer brakeperformance, loss of trailerbrakes, or other malfunctions, and

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

result in a crash. You or otherscould be seriously injured orkilled. Before using one of thesedevices:

. Ask the device or trailermanufacturer if the devicehas been thoroughly testedfor compatibility with themake, model, and year ofyour vehicle and anyoptional equipment installedon your vehicle.

. Before driving, check thetrailer brakes are workingproperly, if equipped. Drivethe vehicle with the trailerattached on a level roadsurface that is free of trafficat about 32-40 km/h(20-25 mph) and fully applythe manual trailer brakeapply lever. Also, check thetrailer brake lamps andother lamps are functioningcorrectly.

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

. If the trailer brakes are notoperating properly at anytime, or if a DIC messageindicates problems with thetrailer connections or trailerbrakes, carefully pull thevehicle over to the side ofthe road when trafficconditions allow.

Trailer Tires

Special Trailer (ST) tires differ fromvehicle tires. Trailer tires aredesigned with stiff sidewalls to helpprevent sway and to support heavyloads. These features can make itdifficult to determine if the trailer tirepressures are low only based on avisual inspection.

Always check all trailer tirepressures before each trip when thetires are cool. Low trailer tirepressure is a leading cause of trailertire blow-outs.

Trailer tires deteriorate over time.The trailer tire sidewall will show theweek and year the tire wasmanufactured. Many trailer tiremanufacturers recommendreplacing tires more than sixyears old.

Overloading is another leadingcause of trailer tire blow-outs. Neverload your trailer with more weightthan the tires are designed tosupport. The load rating is locatedon the trailer tire sidewall.

Always know the maximum speedrating for the trailer tires beforedriving. This may be significantlylower than the vehicle tire speedrating. The speed rating may be onthe trailer tire sidewall. If the speedrating is not shown, the defaulttrailer tire speed rating is 105 km/h(65 mph).

Conversions andAdd-Ons

Add-On ElectricalEquipment

{ Warning

The Data Link Connector (DLC) isused for vehicle serviceand Emission Inspection/Maintenance testing. SeeMalfunction Indicator Lamp(Check Engine Light) 0 120.A device connected to the DLC —such as an aftermarket fleet ordriver-behavior tracking device —may interfere with vehiclesystems. This could affect vehicleoperation and cause a crash.Such devices may also accessinformation stored in the vehicle’ssystems.



Caution

Some electrical equipment candamage the vehicle or causecomponents to not work andwould not be covered by thevehicle warranty. Always checkwith your dealer before addingelectrical equipment.

Add-on equipment can drain thevehicle's 12-volt battery, even if thevehicle is not operating.

The vehicle has an airbag system.Before attempting to add anythingelectrical to the vehicle, seeServicing the Airbag-EquippedVehicle 0 69 and Adding Equipmentto the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle0 70.


Vehicle Care 235

Vehicle Care

General InformationGeneral Information . . . . . . . . . . 236California Proposition65 Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236

California PerchlorateMaterials Requirements . . . . . 237

Accessories andModifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237

Vehicle ChecksDoing Your OwnService Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237

Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238Engine CompartmentOverview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239

Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . 244Automatic TransmissionFluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246

Manual Transmission Fluid . . . 246Hydraulic Clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246Engine Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . 247Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249Engine Overheating . . . . . . . . . . 252Engine Fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254

Brake Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255Battery - North America . . . . . . 256Four-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257Front Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258Rear Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . 259Automatic Transmission ShiftLock Control FunctionCheck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260

Ignition Transmission LockCheck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260

Park Brake and P (Park)Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . . . 260

Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . 261Windshield Replacement . . . . . 261Gas Strut(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261

Headlamp AimingHeadlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . 263

Bulb ReplacementBulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 263Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263Headlamps, Front Turn Signal,Sidemarker, and ParkingLamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263

Taillamps, Turn Signal,Stoplamps, and Back-UpLamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264

Center High-MountedStoplamp (CHMSL) andCargo Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265

Electrical SystemElectrical System Overload . . . 266Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . 266Engine Compartment FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267

Instrument Panel FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271

Wheels and TiresTires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275All-Terrain Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275Tire Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . 275Tire Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278Tire Terminology andDefinitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278

Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281Tire Pressure MonitorSystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282

Tire Pressure MonitorOperation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283

Tire Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286Tire Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287When It Is Time for NewTires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288

Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288


236 Vehicle Care

Different Size Tires andWheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290

Uniform Tire QualityGrading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290

Wheel Alignment and TireBalance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292

Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 292Tire Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . 294Tire Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295Compact Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . 305Full-Size Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . 306

Jump StartingJump Starting - NorthAmerica . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307

Towing the VehicleTowing the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 309Recreational VehicleTowing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310

Appearance CareExterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322

General InformationFor service and parts needs, visityour dealer. You will receivegenuine GM parts and GM-trainedand supported service people.

Genuine GM parts have one ofthese marks:

California Proposition65 Warning

{ Warning

Most motor vehicles, includingthis one, as well as many of itsservice parts and fluids, containand/or emit chemicals known tothe State of California to causecancer and birth defects or otherreproductive harm. Engineexhaust, many parts andsystems, many fluids, and somecomponent wear by-productscontain and/or emit thesechemicals. For more informationgo to www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/passenger-vehicle.

See Battery - North America 0 256and Jump Starting - North America0 307 and the back cover.


Vehicle Care 237

California PerchlorateMaterials RequirementsCertain types of automotiveapplications, such as airbaginitiators, seat belt pretensioners,and lithium batteries contained inRemote Keyless Entry transmitters,may contain perchlorate materials.Special handling may be necessary.For additional information, seewww.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate.

Accessories andModificationsAdding non-dealer accessories ormaking modifications to the vehiclecan affect vehicle performance andsafety, including such things asairbags, braking, stability, ride andhandling, emissions systems,aerodynamics, durability, andelectronic systems like antilockbrakes, traction control, and stabilitycontrol. These accessories ormodifications could even causemalfunction or damage not coveredby the vehicle warranty.

Damage to suspension componentscaused by modifying vehicle heightoutside of factory settings will not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

Damage to vehicle componentsresulting from modifications or theinstallation or use of non-GMcertified parts, including controlmodule or software modifications, isnot covered under the terms of thevehicle warranty and may affectremaining warranty coverage foraffected parts.

GM Accessories are designed tocomplement and function with othersystems on the vehicle. See yourdealer to accessorize the vehicleusing genuine GM Accessoriesinstalled by a dealer technician.

Also, see Adding Equipment to theAirbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 70.

Vehicle Checks

Doing Your OwnService Work

{ Warning

It can be dangerous to work onyour vehicle if you do not havethe proper knowledge, servicemanual, tools, or parts. Alwaysfollow owner’s manual proceduresand consult the service manualfor your vehicle before doing anyservice work.

If doing some of your own servicework, use the proper servicemanual. It tells you much moreabout how to service the vehiclethan this manual can. To order theproper service manual, seePublication Ordering Information0 353.

This vehicle has an airbag system.Before attempting to do your ownservice work, see Servicing theAirbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 69.


238 Vehicle Care

Keep a record with all parts receiptsand list the mileage and the date ofany service work performed. SeeMaintenance Records 0 339.

Caution

Even small amounts ofcontamination can cause damageto vehicle systems. Do not allowcontaminants to contact the fluids,reservoir caps, or dipsticks.

HoodTo open the hood:

1. Pull the hood release lever withthis symbol on it. It is inside thevehicle to the lower left of thesteering wheel.

2. Go to the front of the vehicle tofind the secondary hoodrelease handle. The handle isunder the front edge of thehood near the center. Push thehandle to the right and at thesame time raise the hood.

To close the hood:

1. Before closing the hood, besure all the filler caps areproperly installed.

2. Lower the hood to 20 cm (8 in)above the vehicle and releaseit so it fully latches. Check tomake sure the hood is firmlyclosed by lifting up on the frontedge of the hood. Repeat theprocess if necessary.


Vehicle Care 239

Engine Compartment Overview

2.5L L4 Engine


240 Vehicle Care

1. Coolant Surge Tank andPressure Cap. See CoolingSystem 0 249.

2. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 247.

3. Engine Oil Fill Cap. SeeEngine Oil 0 242.

4. Engine Cooling Fan (Out ofView). See Cooling System0 249.

5. Engine Oil Dipstick. SeeEngine Oil 0 242.

6. Engine Compartment FuseBlock 0 267.

7. Brake/Clutch Fluid Reservoir.See Brake Fluid 0 255 orHydraulic Clutch 0 246 (IfEquipped).

8. Windshield Washer FluidReservoir. See Washer Fluid0 254.

9. Battery - North America 0 256.


Vehicle Care 241

3.6L V6 Engine


242 Vehicle Care

1. Coolant Surge Tank andPressure Cap. See CoolingSystem 0 249.

2. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 247.

3. Engine Oil Dipstick. SeeEngine Oil 0 242.

4. Engine Cooling Fan (Out ofView). See Cooling System0 249.

5. Engine Oil Fill Cap. SeeEngine Oil 0 242.

6. Engine Compartment FuseBlock 0 267.

7. Brake Fluid Reservoir. SeeBrake Fluid 0 255.

8. Windshield Washer FluidReservoir. See Washer Fluid0 254.

9. Battery - North America 0 256.

If the vehicle has a diesel engine,see the Duramax dieselsupplement.

Engine OilFor diesel engine vehicles, see“Engine Oil” in the Duramax dieselsupplement.

To ensure proper engineperformance and long life, carefulattention must be paid to engine oil.Following these simple, butimportant steps will help protectyour investment:

. Use engine oil approved to theproper specification and of theproper viscosity grade. See“Selecting the Right Engine Oil”in this section.

. Check the engine oil levelregularly and maintain theproper oil level. See “CheckingEngine Oil” and “When to AddEngine Oil” in this section.

. Change the engine oil at theappropriate time. See Engine OilLife System 0 244.

. Always dispose of engine oilproperly. See “What to Do withUsed Oil” in this section.

Checking Engine Oil

Check the engine oil level regularly,every 650 km (400 mi), especiallyprior to a long trip. The engine oildipstick handle is a loop. SeeEngine Compartment Overview0 239 for the location.

{ Warning

The engine oil dipstick handlemay be hot; it could burn you.Use a towel or glove to touch thedipstick handle.

If a low oil Driver Information Center(DIC) message displays, check theoil level.

Follow these guidelines:

. To get an accurate reading, parkthe vehicle on level ground.Check the engine oil level afterthe engine has been off for atleast two hours. Checking theengine oil level on steep gradesor too soon after engine shutoffcan result in incorrect readings.Accuracy improves when


Vehicle Care 243

checking a cold engine prior tostarting. Remove the dipstickand check the level.

. If unable to wait two hours, theengine must be off for at least15 minutes if the engine iswarm, or at least 30 minutes ifthe engine is not warm. Pull outthe dipstick, wipe it with a cleanpaper towel or cloth, then push itback in all the way. Remove itagain, keeping the tip down, andcheck the level.

When to Add Engine Oil

2.5L L4 Engine

3.6L V6 Engine

If the oil is below the cross-hatchedarea at the tip of the dipstick andthe engine has been off for at least15 minutes, add 1 L (1 qt) of therecommended oil and then recheckthe level. See “Selecting the RightEngine Oil” later in this section foran explanation of what kind of oil touse. For engine oil crankcasecapacity, see Capacities andSpecifications 0 341.

Caution

Do not add too much oil. Oillevels above or below theacceptable operating rangeshown on the dipstick are harmfulto the engine. If the oil level isabove the operating range (i.e.,

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

the engine has so much oil thatthe oil level gets above thecross-hatched area that showsthe proper operating range), theengine could be damaged. Drainthe excess oil or limit driving ofthe vehicle, and seek a serviceprofessional to remove theexcess oil.

See Engine Compartment Overview0 239 for the location of the engineoil fill cap.

Add enough oil to put the levelsomewhere in the proper operatingrange. Push the dipstick all the wayback in when through.

Selecting the Right Engine Oil

Selecting the right engine oildepends on both the proper oilspecification and viscosity grade.See Recommended Fluids andLubricants 0 336.


244 Vehicle Care

Specification

Use full synthetic engine oils thatmeet the dexos1 specification.Engine oils that have beenapproved by GM as meeting thedexos1 specification are markedwith the dexos1 approved logo. Seewww.gmdexos.com.

Caution

Failure to use the recommendedengine oil or equivalent can resultin engine damage not covered bythe vehicle warranty.

Viscosity Grade

Use SAE 0W-20 viscosity gradeengine oil for the 2.5L L4 engine.

Use SAE 5W-30 viscosity gradeengine oil for the 3.6L V6 engine.Cold Temperature Operation: In anarea of extreme cold, where thetemperature falls below −29 °C(−20 °F), an SAE 0W-30 oil may beused. An oil of this viscosity gradewill provide easier cold starting forthe engine at extremely lowtemperatures.

When selecting an oil of theappropriate viscosity grade, it isrecommended to select an oil of thecorrect specification. See“Specification” earlier in this section.

Engine Oil Additives/EngineOil Flushes

Do not add anything to the oil. Therecommended oils meeting thedexos1 specification are all that isneeded for good performance andengine protection.

Engine oil system flushes are notrecommended and could causeengine damage not covered by thevehicle warranty.

What to Do with Used Oil

Used engine oil contains certainelements that can be unhealthy foryour skin and could even causecancer. Do not let used oil stay onyour skin for very long. Clean yourskin and nails with soap and water,or a good hand cleaner. Wash orproperly dispose of clothing or ragscontaining used engine oil. See themanufacturer's warnings about theuse and disposal of oil products.

Used oil can be a threat to theenvironment. If you change yourown oil, be sure to drain all the oilfrom the filter before disposal. Neverdispose of oil by putting it in thetrash or pouring it on the ground,into sewers, or into streams orbodies of water. Recycle it by takingit to a place that collects used oil.

Engine Oil Life System

When to Change Engine Oil

This vehicle has a computer systemthat indicates when to change theengine oil and filter. This is basedon a combination of factors which


Vehicle Care 245

include engine revolutions, enginetemperature, and miles driven.Based on driving conditions, themileage at which an oil change isindicated can vary considerably. Forthe oil life system to work properly,the system must be reset every timethe oil is changed.

On some vehicles, when the systemhas calculated that oil life has beendiminished, a CHANGE ENGINEOIL SOON message comes on toindicate that an oil change isnecessary. Change the oil as soonas possible within the next 1 000 km(600 mi). It is possible that, if drivingunder the best conditions, the oil lifesystem might indicate that an oilchange is not necessary for up to ayear. The engine oil and filter mustbe changed at least once a yearand, at this time, the system mustbe reset. For vehicles without theCHANGE ENGINE OIL SOONmessage, an oil change is neededwhen the OIL LIFE REMAININGpercentage is near 0%. Your dealerhas trained service people who willperform this work and reset thesystem. It is also important to check

the oil regularly over the course ofan oil drain interval and keep it atthe proper level.

If the system is ever resetaccidentally, the oil must bechanged at 5 000 km (3,000 mi)since the last oil change.Remember to reset the oil lifesystem whenever the oil is changed.

How to Reset the Engine OilLife System

Reset the system whenever theengine oil is changed so that thesystem can calculate the nextengine oil change. Always reset theengine oil life to 100% after every oilchange. It will not reset itself. Toreset the engine oil life system:

1. Display OIL LIFE REMAININGon the DIC. See DriverInformation Center (DIC) (BaseLevel) 0 129 or DriverInformation Center (DIC)(Uplevel) 0 131. If the vehicledoes not have DIC buttons, thevehicle must be in P (Park) toaccess this display.

2. Press and hold V on the DIC,or SET/CLR on the turn signallever if the vehicle does nothave DIC buttons, for severalseconds. The oil life willchange to 100%.

The oil life system can also be resetas follows:

1. Display OIL LIFE REMAININGon the DIC. See DriverInformation Center (DIC) (BaseLevel) 0 129 or DriverInformation Center (DIC)(Uplevel) 0 131.

2. Fully press the acceleratorpedal slowly three times withinfive seconds.

If the display shows 100%, thesystem is reset.

If the vehicle has a CHANGEENGINE OIL SOON message and itcomes back on when the vehicle isstarted and/or the OIL LIFEREMAINING is near 0%, the engineoil life system has not been reset.Repeat the procedure.


246 Vehicle Care

Automatic TransmissionFluid

How to Check AutomaticTransmission Fluid

It is not necessary to check thetransmission fluid level.A transmission fluid leak is the onlyreason for fluid loss. If a leakoccurs, take the vehicle to yourdealer and have it repaired as soonas possible.

There is a special procedure forchecking and changing thetransmission fluid. Because thisprocedure is difficult, this should bedone at your dealer. Contact yourdealer for additional information orthe procedure can be found in theservice manual. To purchase aservice manual, see PublicationOrdering Information 0 353.

Caution

Use of the incorrect automatictransmission fluid may damagethe vehicle, and the damage maynot be covered by the vehiclewarranty. Always use the correctautomatic transmission fluid. SeeRecommended Fluids andLubricants 0 336.

Change the fluid and filter at theintervals listed in MaintenanceSchedule 0 326, and be sure to usethe fluid listed in RecommendedFluids and Lubricants 0 336.

Manual TransmissionFluid

How to Check ManualTransmission Fluid

It is not necessary to check themanual transmission fluid level.A transmission fluid leak is the onlyreason for fluid loss. If a leakoccurs, take the vehicle to yourdealer and have it repaired as soon

as possible. See RecommendedFluids and Lubricants 0 336 for theproper fluid to use.

Hydraulic ClutchFor vehicles with a manualtransmission, it is not necessary toregularly check brake/clutch fluidunless there is a leak suspected.Adding fluid will not correct a leak.A fluid loss in this system couldindicate a problem. Have thesystem inspected and repaired.

When to Check and Whatto Use

The brake/hydraulic clutch fluidreservoir cap has this symbol on it.The common brake/clutch fluidreservoir is filled with DOT 3 brakefluid as indicated on the reservoir


Vehicle Care 247

cap. See Engine CompartmentOverview 0 239 for reservoirlocation.

How to Check and Add Fluid

Visually check the brake/clutch fluidreservoir to make sure the fluid levelis at the MIN (minimum) line on thefront of the reservoir. The brake/hydraulic clutch fluid system shouldbe closed and sealed.

Do not remove the cap to check thefluid level or to top-off the fluid level.Remove the cap only whennecessary to add the proper fluiduntil the level reaches the MIN line.

Engine Air Cleaner/FilterThe engine air cleaner/filter is in theengine compartment on thepassenger side of the vehicle. SeeEngine Compartment Overview0 239.

When to Inspect the Engine AirCleaner/Filter

For intervals on changing andinspecting the engine air cleaner/filter, see Maintenance Schedule0 326.

How to Inspect the Engine AirCleaner/Filter

Do not start the engine or have theengine running with the engine aircleaner/filter housing open. Beforeremoving the engine air cleaner/filter, make sure that the engine aircleaner/filter housing and nearbycomponents are free of dirt anddebris. Remove the engine aircleaner/filter. Lightly tap and shakethe engine air cleaner/filter (awayfrom the vehicle), to release loosedust and dirt. Inspect the engine aircleaner/filter for damage, andreplace if damaged. Do not cleanthe engine air cleaner/filter orcomponents with water orcompressed air.

To inspect or replace the air cleaner/filter:

2.5L L4 Gas Engine Shown, 2.8LL4 Diesel Engine Similar

1. Screws2. Electrical Connector3. Air Duct Clamp

To inspect or replace the engine aircleaner/filter:

1. Remove the screws (1) on topof the engine air cleaner/filterhousing.

2. Disconnect the electricalconnector (2).


248 Vehicle Care

3. Disconnect the outlet duct byloosening the air ductclamp (3).

4. Lift the filter cover housingaway from the engine aircleaner/filter housing.

5. Pull out the filter.

6. Inspect or replace the engineair cleaner/filter.

7. Reverse Steps 2–5 to reinstallthe filter cover housing.

3.6L V6 Engine

1. Screws2. Electrical Connector3. Air Duct Clamp

To inspect or replace the engine aircleaner/filter:

1. Remove the screws (1) on topof the engine air cleaner/filterhousing.

2. Disconnect the electricalconnector (2).

3. Disconnect the outlet duct byloosening the air ductclamp (3).

4. Lift the filter cover housingaway from the engine aircleaner/filter housing.

5. Pull out the filter.

6. Inspect or replace the engineair cleaner/filter.

7. Reverse Steps 2–5 to reinstallthe filter cover housing.

{ Warning

Operating the engine with the aircleaner/filter off can cause you orothers to be burned. Use cautionwhen working on the engine. Donot start the engine or drive thevehicle with the air cleaner/filteroff, as flames may be present ifthe engine backfires.

Caution

If the air cleaner/filter is off, dirtcan easily get into the engine,which could damage it. Alwayshave the air cleaner/filter in placewhen driving.


Vehicle Care 249

Cooling SystemThe cooling system allows theengine to maintain the correctworking temperature.

2.5L L4 Gas Engine Shown, 2.8LL4 Diesel Engine Similar

1. Coolant Surge Tank andPressure Cap

2. Engine Cooling Fan (Outof View)

3.6L V6 Engine

1. Coolant Surge Tank andPressure Cap

2. Engine Cooling Fan (Outof View)

{ Warning

An underhood electric fan canstart up even when the engine isnot running and can cause injury.Keep hands, clothing, and toolsaway from any underhoodelectric fan.

{ Warning

Do not touch heater or radiatorhoses, or other engine parts.They can be very hot and canburn you. Do not run the engine ifthere is a leak; all coolant couldleak out. That could cause anengine fire and can burn you. Fixany leak before driving thevehicle.

Engine Coolant

The cooling system in the vehicle isfilled with DEX-COOL enginecoolant mixture. See RecommendedFluids and Lubricants 0 336 andMaintenance Schedule 0 326.

The following explains the coolingsystem and how to check and addcoolant when it is low. If there is aproblem with engine overheating,see Engine Overheating 0 252.


250 Vehicle Care

What to Use

{ Warning

Plain water, or other liquids suchas alcohol, can boil before theproper coolant mixture will. Withplain water or the wrong mixture,the engine could get too hot butthere would not be an overheatwarning. The engine could catchfire and you or others could beburned.

Use a 50/50 mixture of clean,drinkable water and DEX-COOLcoolant. This mixture:

. Gives freezing protection downto −37 °C (−34 °F) outsidetemperature.

. Gives boiling protection up to129 °C (265 °F) enginetemperature.

. Protects against rust andcorrosion.

. Will not damage aluminum parts.

. Helps keep the proper enginetemperature.

Caution

Do not use anything other than amix of DEX-COOL coolant thatmeets GM StandardGMW3420 and clean, drinkablewater. Anything else can causedamage to the engine coolingsystem and the vehicle, whichwould not be covered by thevehicle warranty.

Never dispose of engine coolant byputting it in the trash, or by pouringit on the ground, or into sewers,streams or, bodies of water. Havethe coolant changed by anauthorized service center, familiarwith legal requirements regardingused coolant disposal. This will helpprotect the environment and yourhealth.

Checking Coolant

The vehicle must be on a levelsurface when checking the coolantlevel.

Check to see if coolant is visible inthe coolant surge tank. If the coolantinside the coolant surge tank isboiling, do not do anything else untilit cools down.

If coolant is visible but the coolantlevel is not at or above the markpointed to, add a 50/50 mixture ofclean, drinkable water andDEX-COOL coolant.


Vehicle Care 251

Be sure the cooling system is coolbefore this is done.

If no coolant is visible in the coolantsurge tank, add coolant as follows:

How to Add Coolant to theCoolant Surge Tank

{ Warning

Spilling coolant on hot engineparts can burn you. Coolantcontains ethylene glycol and it willburn if the engine parts are hotenough.

{ Warning

Plain water, or other liquids suchas alcohol, can boil before theproper coolant mixture will. Withplain water or the wrong mixture,the engine could get too hot butthere would not be an overheatwarning. The engine could catchfire and you or others could beburned.

{ Warning

Steam and scalding liquids from ahot cooling system are underpressure. Turning the pressurecap, even a little, can cause themto come out at high speed andyou could be burned. Never turnthe cap when the cooling system,including the pressure cap, is hot.Wait for the cooling system andpressure cap to cool.

Caution

Failure to follow the specificcoolant fill procedure could causethe engine to overheat and couldcause system damage. If coolantis not visible in the surge tank,contact your dealer.

The coolant surge tank pressurecap can be removed when thecooling system, including the surgetank pressure cap and upperradiator hose, is no longer hot.

1. Turn the pressure cap slowlycounterclockwise. If a hiss isheard, wait for that to stop.A hiss means there is stillsome pressure left.

2. Keep turning the cap andremove it.


252 Vehicle Care

3. Fill the coolant surge tank withthe proper mixture to the markpointed to on the front of thecoolant surge tank.

4. With the coolant surge tankcap off, start the engine and letit run until the upper radiatorhose starts getting hot. Watchout for the engine cooling fan.By this time, the coolant levelinside the coolant surge tankmay be lower. If the level islower, add more of the propermixture to the coolant surgetank until the level reaches themark pointed to on the front ofthe coolant surge tank.

5. Replace the cap tightly.

6. Verify coolant level after theengine is shut off and thecoolant is cold. If necessary,repeat coolant fill procedureSteps 1–6.

Caution

If the pressure cap is not tightlyinstalled, coolant loss and enginedamage may occur. Be sure thecap is properly and tightlysecured.

Engine OverheatingThe vehicle has an engine coolanttemperature gauge on theinstrument cluster to warn of engineoverheating. See Engine CoolantTemperature Gauge 0 117.

Caution

Do not run the engine if there is aleak in the engine cooling system.This can cause a loss of allcoolant and can damage thesystem and vehicle. Have anyleaks fixed right away.

If the decision is made not to lift thehood when this warning appears,get service help right away. SeeRoadside Assistance Program0 348.

If the decision is made to lift thehood, make sure the vehicle isparked on a level surface.

Then check to see if the enginecooling fan is running. If the engineis overheating, the fan should berunning. If it is not, do not continueto run the engine and have thevehicle serviced.

If Steam Is Coming from theEngine Compartment

{ Warning

Steam and scalding liquids from ahot cooling system are underpressure. Turning the pressurecap, even a little, can cause themto come out at high speed andyou could be burned. Never turnthe cap when the cooling system,

(Continued)


Vehicle Care 253

Warning (Continued)

including the pressure cap, is hot.Wait for the cooling system andpressure cap to cool.

If No Steam Is Coming fromthe Engine Compartment

If an engine overheat warning isdisplayed but no steam can be seenor heard, the problem may not betoo serious. Sometimes the enginecan get a little too hot when thevehicle:

. Climbs a long hill on a hot day.

. Stops after high-speed driving.

. Idles for long periods in traffic.

If the overheat warning is displayedwith no sign of steam:

1. Turn the air conditioning off.

2. Turn the heater on to thehighest temperature and to thehighest fan speed. Open thewindows as necessary.

3. When it is safe to do so, pull offthe road, shift to P (Park) orN (Neutral), and let theengine idle.

If the engine coolant temperaturegauge is no longer in the overheatzone, the vehicle can be driven.Continue to drive the vehicle slowlyfor about 10 minutes. Keep a safedistance from the vehicle in front.If the warning does not come backon, continue to drive normally andhave the cooling system checkedfor proper fill and function.

If the warning continues, pull over,stop, and park the vehicleright away.

If there is no sign of steam, idle theengine for three minutes whileparked. If the warning is stilldisplayed, turn off the engine until itcools down.

Engine FanIf the vehicle has a clutched enginecooling fan, when the clutch isengaged, the fan spins faster toprovide more air to cool the engine.

In most everyday driving conditions,the fan is spinning slower and theclutch is not fully engaged. Thisimproves fuel economy and reducesfan noise. Under heavy vehicleloading, trailer towing, and/or highoutside temperatures, the fan speedincreases as the clutch more fullyengages, so an increase in fannoise may be heard. This is normaland should not be mistaken as thetransmission slipping or makingextra shifts. It is merely the coolingsystem functioning properly. The fanwill slow down when additionalcooling is not required and theclutch disengages.

This fan noise may also be heardwhen starting the engine. It will goaway as the fan clutch partiallydisengages.

If the vehicle has electric coolingfan(s), the fans may be heardspinning at low speed during mosteveryday driving. The fans may turnoff if no cooling is required. Underheavy vehicle loading, trailer towing,high outside temperatures,or operation of the air conditioning


254 Vehicle Care

system, the fans may change tohigh speed and an increase in fannoise may be heard. This is normaland indicates that the coolingsystem is functioning properly. Thefans will change to low speed whenadditional cooling is no longerrequired.

The electric engine cooling fansmay run after the engine has beenturned. off. This is normal and noservice is required.

Washer Fluid

What to Use

When windshield washer fluid needsto be added, be sure to read themanufacturer's instructions beforeuse. Use a fluid that has sufficientprotection against freezing in anarea where the temperature may fallbelow freezing.

Adding Washer Fluid

Open the cap with the washersymbol on it. Add washer fluid untilthe tank is full. See EngineCompartment Overview 0 239 forreservoir location.

Caution

. Do not use washer fluid thatcontains any type of waterrepellent coating. This cancause the wiper blades tochatter or skip.

. Do not use engine coolant(antifreeze) in thewindshield washer. It candamage the windshieldwasher system and paint.

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

. Do not mix water withready-to-use washer fluid.Water can cause thesolution to freeze anddamage the washer fluidtank and other parts of thewasher system.

. When using concentratedwasher fluid, follow themanufacturer instructions foradding water.

. Fill the washer fluid tankonly three-quarters full whenit is very cold. This allowsfor fluid expansion iffreezing occurs, which coulddamage the tank if it iscompletely full.

BrakesDisc brake pads have built-in wearindicators that make a high-pitchedwarning sound when the brake padsare worn and new pads are needed.The sound can come and go or be


Vehicle Care 255

heard all the time the vehicle ismoving, except when applying thebrake pedal firmly.

{ Warning

The brake wear warning soundmeans that soon the brakes willnot work well. That could lead toa crash. When the brake wearwarning sound is heard, have thevehicle serviced.

Caution

Continuing to drive with worn-outbrake pads could result in costlybrake repair.

Some driving conditions or climatescan cause a brake squeal when thebrakes are first applied or lightlyapplied. This does not meansomething is wrong with the brakes.

Properly torqued wheel nuts arenecessary to help prevent brakepulsation. When tires are rotated,

inspect brake pads for wear andevenly tighten wheel nuts in theproper sequence to torquespecifications in Capacities andSpecifications 0 341.

Brake linings should always bereplaced as complete axle sets.

Brake Pedal Travel

See your dealer if the brake pedaldoes not return to normal height,or if there is a rapid increase inpedal travel. This could be a signthat brake service may be required.

Replacing Brake System Parts

Always replace brake system partswith new, approved replacementparts. If this is not done, the brakesmay not work properly. The brakingperformance expected can changein many other ways if the wrongreplacement brake parts areinstalled or parts are improperlyinstalled.

Brake Fluid

The brake/clutch master cylinderreservoir is filled with GM approvedDOT 3 brake fluid as indicated onthe reservoir cap. See EngineCompartment Overview 0 239 forthe location of the reservoir.

Checking Brake Fluid

Place the vehicle in P (Park) orNeutral with the parking brakeapplied if equipped with a manualtransmission. On a level surface,the brake fluid level should bebetween the minimum andmaximum marks on the brake fluidreservoir.


256 Vehicle Care

There are only two reasons why thebrake fluid level in the reservoir maygo down:

. Normal brake lining wear. Whennew linings are installed, thefluid level goes back up.

. A fluid leak in the brake/clutchhydraulic system. Have thebrake/clutch hydraulic systemfixed. With a leak, the brakes willnot work well.

Always clean the brake fluidreservoir cap and the area aroundthe cap before removing it.

Do not top off the brake/clutch fluid.Adding fluid does not correct a leak.If fluid is added when the linings areworn, there will be too much fluidwhen new brake linings areinstalled. Add or remove fluid, asnecessary, only when work is doneon the brake/clutch hydraulicsystem.

{ Warning

If too much brake fluid is added, itcan spill on the engine and burn,if the engine is hot enough. Youor others could be burned, andthe vehicle could be damaged.Add brake fluid only when work isdone on the brake/clutchhydraulic system.

When the brake/clutch fluid falls to alow level, the brake warning lightcomes on. See Brake SystemWarning Light 0 122.

Brake fluid absorbs water over timewhich degrades the effectiveness ofthe brake fluid. Replace brake fluidat the specified intervals to preventincreased stopping distance. SeeMaintenance Schedule 0 326.

What to Add

Use only GM approved DOT 3brake fluid from a clean, sealedcontainer. See RecommendedFluids and Lubricants 0 336.

{ Warning

The wrong or contaminated brakefluid could result in damage to thebrake system. This could result inthe loss of braking leading to apossible injury. Always use theproper GM approved brake fluid.

Caution

If brake fluid is spilled on thevehicle's painted surfaces, thepaint finish can be damaged.Immediately wash off any paintedsurface.

Battery - North AmericaFor diesel engine vehicles, see“Battery” in the Duramax dieselsupplement.

The original equipment battery ismaintenance free. Do not removethe cap and do not add fluid.


Vehicle Care 257

Refer to the replacement numbershown on the original battery labelwhen a new battery is needed. SeeEngine Compartment Overview0 239 for battery location.

{ Warning

WARNING: Battery posts,terminals, and relatedaccessories contain lead and leadcompounds, chemicals known tothe State of California to causecancer and birth defects or otherreproductive harm. Batteries alsocontain other chemicals known tothe State of California to causecancer. WASH HANDS AFTERHANDLING. For more informationgo to www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/passenger-vehicle.

See California Proposition65 Warning 0 236 and the backcover.

Vehicle Storage

{ Warning

Batteries have acid that can burnyou and gas that can explode.You can be badly hurt if you arenot careful. See Jump Starting -North America 0 307 for tips onworking around a battery withoutgetting hurt.

Infrequent Usage: Remove theblack, negative (−) cable from thebattery to keep the battery fromrunning down.

Extended Storage: Remove theblack, negative (−) cable from thebattery or use a battery tricklecharger.

Four-Wheel Drive

Transfer Case

When to Check Lubricant

Refer to Maintenance Schedule0 326 to determine when to checkthe lubricant.

How to Check Lubricant


1. Drain Plug2. Fill Plug

To get an accurate reading, thevehicle should be on a levelsurface.

If the level is below the bottom ofthe fill plug (2) hole, located on thetransfer case, some lubricant willneed to be added. Add enoughlubricant to raise the level to thebottom of the fill plug (2) hole. Usecare not to overtighten the plug.


258 Vehicle Care

When to Change Lubricant

Refer to Maintenance Schedule0 326 to determine how often tochange the lubricant.

What to Use

Refer to Recommended Fluids andLubricants 0 336 to determine whatkind of lubricant to use.

Front AxleWhen to Check and ChangeLubricant

It is not necessary to regularlycheck front axle fluid unless a leakis suspected, or an unusual noise isheard. A fluid loss could indicate aproblem. Have it inspected andrepaired.


Front Axle for 2.5L Shown, FrontAxle for 3.6L Similar



If the level is below the bottom ofthe fill plug (2) hole, located on thefront axle, some lubricant will needto be added. Add enough lubricantto raise the level to the bottom ofthe fill plug (2) hole. Use care not toovertighten the plug.

What to Use


Rear AxleWhen to Check and ChangeLubricant

It is not necessary to regularlycheck rear axle fluid unless a leak issuspected, or an unusual noise isheard. A fluid loss could indicate aproblem. Have it inspected andrepaired.

All axle assemblies are filled byvolume of fluid during production.They are not filled to reach a certainlevel. When checking the fluid levelon any axle, variations in thereadings can be caused by factoryfill differences between the minimumand the maximum fluid volume.Also, if a vehicle has just beendriven before checking the fluidlevel, it may appear lower thannormal because fluid has traveledout along the axle tubes and hasnot drained back to the sump area.


Vehicle Care 259

Therefore, a reading takenfive minutes after the vehicle hasbeen driven will appear to have alower fluid level than a vehicle thathas been stationary for an hour ortwo. The rear axle assembly mustbe supported on a flat, level surfaceto get a true reading.


Rear Axle for 2.5L Shown, RearAxle for 3.6L Similar



If the level is below the bottom ofthe fill plug (2) hole, located on therear axle, some lubricant will needto be added. Add enough lubricantto raise the level to the bottom ofthe fill plug (2) hole. Use care not toovertighten the plug.

What to Use


Starter Switch Check

{ Warning

When you are doing thisinspection, the vehicle couldmove suddenly. If the vehiclemoves, you or others could beinjured.

1. Before starting this check, besure there is enough roomaround the vehicle.

2. Apply both the parking brakeand the regular brake.

Do not use the acceleratorpedal, and be ready to turn offthe engine immediately if itstarts.

3. For automatic transmissionvehicles, try to start the enginein each gear. The vehicleshould start only in P (Park) orN (Neutral). If the vehicle startsin any other position, contactyour dealer for service.

For manual transmissionvehicles, put the shift lever inNeutral, push the clutch pedaldown halfway, and try to startthe engine. The vehicle shouldstart only when the clutchpedal is pushed down all theway to the floor. If the vehiclestarts when the clutch pedal isnot pushed all the way down,contact your dealer for service.


260 Vehicle Care

Automatic TransmissionShift Lock ControlFunction Check

{ Warning

When you are doing thisinspection, the vehicle couldmove suddenly. If the vehiclemoves, you or others could beinjured.

1. Before starting this check, besure there is enough roomaround the vehicle. It should beparked on a level surface.

2. Apply the parking brake. Beready to apply the regularbrake immediately if the vehiclebegins to move.

3. With the engine off, turn theignition on, but do not start theengine. Without applying theregular brake, try to move theshift lever out of P (Park) with

normal effort. If the shift levermoves out of P (Park), contactyour dealer for service.

Ignition TransmissionLock CheckWhile parked, and with the parkingbrake set, try to turn the ignition offin each shift lever position.

. For automatic transmissionvehicles, the ignition should turnto off only when the shift lever isin P (Park).

. For manual transmissionvehicles, the ignition should turnoff only when you press the keyrelease button.

On all vehicles, the ignition keyshould come out only when theignition is off.

Contact your dealer if service isrequired.

Park Brake and P (Park)Mechanism Check

{ Warning

When you are doing this check,the vehicle could begin to move.You or others could be injuredand property could be damaged.Make sure there is room in frontof the vehicle in case it begins toroll. Be ready to apply the regularbrake at once should the vehiclebegin to move.

Park on a fairly steep hill, with thevehicle facing downhill. Keepingyour foot on the regular brake, setthe parking brake.

. To check the parking brake'sholding ability: With the enginerunning and the transmission inN (Neutral), slowly remove footpressure from the regular brakepedal. Do this until the vehicle isheld by the parking brake only.


Vehicle Care 261. To check the P (Park)

mechanism's holding ability:With the engine running, shift toP (Park). Then release theparking brake followed by theregular brake.

Contact your dealer if service isrequired.

Wiper Blade ReplacementWindshield wiper blades should beinspected for wear or cracking.

Replacement blades come indifferent types and are removed indifferent ways. For properwindshield wiper blade length andtype, see MaintenanceReplacement Parts 0 338.

Caution

Allowing the wiper arm to touchthe windshield when no wiperblade is installed could damagethe windshield. Any damage thatoccurs would not be covered by

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

the vehicle warranty. Do not allowthe wiper arm to touch thewindshield.

To replace the windshield wiperblade:

1. Pull the windshield wiperassembly away from thewindshield.

2. Press the release lever in themiddle of the wiper bladewhere the wiper bladeattaches.

3. Remove the wiper blade.

4. Reverse Steps 1–3 for wiperblade replacement.

Windshield Replacement

Driver Assistance Systems

If the windshield needs to bereplaced and the vehicle isequipped with a front camera sensorfor the Driver Assistance Systems, aGM replacement windshield isrecommended. The replacementwindshield must be installedaccording to GM specifications forproper alignment. If it is not, thesesystems may not work properly, theymay display messages, or they maynot work at all. See your dealer forproper windshield replacement.

Gas Strut(s)This vehicle is equipped with gasstrut(s) to provide assistance inlifting and holding open the hood/trunk/liftgate system in full openposition.


262 Vehicle Care

{ Warning

If the gas struts that hold openthe hood, trunk, and/or liftgate fail,you or others could be seriouslyinjured. Take the vehicle to yourdealer for service immediately.Visually inspect the gas struts forsigns of wear, cracks, or otherdamage periodically. Check tomake sure the hood/trunk/liftgateis held open with enough force.If struts are failing to hold thehood/trunk/liftgate, do notoperate. Have the vehicleserviced.

Caution

Do not apply tape or hang anyobjects from gas struts. Also donot push down or pull on gasstruts. This may cause damage tothe vehicle.

See Maintenance Schedule 0 326.

Hood

Trunk

Liftgate


Vehicle Care 263

Headlamp AimingHeadlamp aim has been preset andshould need no further adjustment.

If the vehicle is damaged in a crash,the headlamp aim may be affected.If adjustment to the headlamps isnecessary, see your dealer.

Bulb ReplacementFor the proper type of replacementbulbs, or any bulb changingprocedure not listed in this section,contact your dealer.

Caution

Do not replace incandescentbulbs with aftermarket LEDreplacement bulbs. This cancause damage to the vehicleelectrical system.

Halogen Bulbs

{ Warning

Halogen bulbs have pressurizedgas inside and can burst if youdrop or scratch the bulb. You orothers could be injured. Be sureto read and follow the instructionson the bulb package.

Headlamps, Front TurnSignal, Sidemarker, andParking Lamps

Driver Side

1. Low-Beam Headlamp2. High-Beam Headlamp3. Front Turn Signal/

Sidemarker/Parking Lamp

See your dealer for passenger sidereplacement.

Headlamp

1. Open the hood.


264 Vehicle Care

2. Remove the headlamp bulbcover by turning itcounterclockwise.

3. Turn the bulb socketcounterclockwise to remove itfrom the headlamp assemblyand pull it straight out.

4. Unplug the electrical connectorfrom the old bulb by releasingthe clip on the bulb socket.

5. Replace the bulb and reverseSteps 1-4 to reinstall.

Turn Signal/Sidemarker/Parking Lamp

1. Open the hood.

2. Turn the bulb socketcounterclockwise to remove itfrom the headlamp assemblyand pull it straight out.

3. Remove the bulb by pulling itstraight out of the bulb socket.


Taillamps, Turn Signal,Stoplamps, and Back-UpLamps

1. Taillamp/Stoplamp/TurnSignal

2. Taillamp/Stoplamp/TurnSignal/Sidemarker

3. Back-up Lamp

1. Open the tailgate.

2. Remove the two rear lampassembly screws.

3. Pull the rear lamp assemblyoutboard away from the boxside until the retainers release.There will be a noise when theretainers release.


Vehicle Care 265

4. Pull the rear lamp assemblystraight back to remove it fromthe vehicle.

5. Turn the bulb socketcounterclockwise.

6. Pull the bulb straight out fromthe socket.

7. Replace the bulb, then insertthe bulb socket into the rearlamp assembly and turnclockwise.

9. Verify the retainer ring is in theproper position. If the retainerring is out of position, it will notengage. Reset the retainer bypulling it forward with a tool.

10. Push the rear lamp assemblystraight in until it is seatedagainst the vehicle.

11. Make sure the rear lampassembly is flush with thebox side.

12. Reinstall the two rear lampassembly screws.

Center High-MountedStoplamp (CHMSL) andCargo Lamp

1. Cargo Lamp Bulbs2. Center High-Mounted

Stoplamp (CHMSL) Bulb


266 Vehicle Care

To replace one of these bulbs:

1. Remove the two screws and liftoff the lamp assembly.

2. Turn the bulb socketcounterclockwise and pull itstraight out.

3. Pull the bulb straight out fromthe socket.


Electrical System

Electrical SystemOverloadThe vehicle has fuses to protectagainst an electrical systemoverload. Fuses also protect powerdevices in the vehicle.

Replace a bad fuse with a new oneof the identical size and rating.

If there is a problem on the road anda fuse needs to be replaced, thereis a fuse puller in the EngineCompartment Fuse Block. Replacethe fuse as soon as possible withone of the same amperage rating.

Headlamp Wiring

An electrical overload may causethe lamps to go on and off, or insome cases to remain off. Have theheadlamp wiring checked right awayif the lamps go on and off orremain off.

Windshield Wipers

If the wiper motor overheats due toheavy snow or ice, the windshieldwipers will stop until the motor coolsand will then restart.

Although the circuit is protectedfrom electrical overload, overloaddue to heavy snow or ice maycause wiper linkage damage.Always clear ice and heavy snowfrom the windshield before using thewindshield wipers.

If the overload is caused by anelectrical problem and not snow orice, be sure to get it fixed.

Fuses and CircuitBreakersThe wiring circuits in the vehicle areprotected from short circuits byfuses. This greatly reduces thechance of fires caused by electricalproblems.


Vehicle Care 267

{ Danger

Fuses and circuit breakers aremarked with their ampere rating.Do not exceed thespecified amperage rating whenreplacing fuses and circuitbreakers. Use of an oversizedfuse or circuit breaker can resultin a vehicle fire. You and otherscould be seriously injured orkilled.

To check a fuse, look at thesilver-colored band inside the fuse.If the bad is broken or melted,replace the fuse. Be sure to replacea bad fuse with a new one of theidentical size and rating.

Fuses of the same amperage canbe temporarily borrowed fromanother fuse location, if a fuse goesout. Replace the fuse as soon aspossible.

Engine CompartmentFuse BlockIf the vehicle has a diesel engine,see the Duramax dieselsupplement.

The engine compartment fuse blockis in the engine compartment, onthe driver side of the vehicle.

Lift the cover to access the fuseblock.

Caution

Spilling liquid on any electricalcomponent on the vehicle maydamage it. Always keep thecovers on any electricalcomponent.

A fuse puller is available inside thisfuse block.


268 Vehicle Care


Vehicle Care 269

The vehicle may not be equippedwith all of the fuses, relays, andfeatures shown.

Fuses Usage

F1 Traction controlmodule power

F2 Engine controlmodule power

F3 Air conditioningclutch

F4 –

F5 Engine controlmodule/Integratedchassis controlmodule/Fuel pumppower module

F6 Wipers

F7 Cargo lamp/Bedlighting

F8 Fuel injectors –even

F9 Fuel injectors – odd

F10 Engine controlmodule 1

Fuses Usage

F11 Oxygen/Mass airflow/Humidity/Induction airtemperature/Throttle inletpressure sensors

F12 Starter

F13 Traction controlmodule

F14 –

F15 –

F16 –

F17 Front axle actuator

F18 –

F19 Aeroshutters

F20 –

F21 Front blower

F22 Antilock brakesystem valves

F23 –

F24 Trailer

Fuses Usage

F25 Transfer caseelectronic control

F26 Antilock brakesystem pump

F27 Trailer brakecontrol module/Trailer wiring

F28 Rear windowdefogger

F29 –

F30 Driver heated seat

F31 –

F32 Passengerheated seat

F33 Mid park phaselock/Active fuelmanagement/Engine oil andcanister purgesolenoid(s)/Oxygensensor

F34 Fuel pump powermodule


270 Vehicle Care

Fuses Usage

F35 Integrated chassiscontrol module

F36 Centerhigh-mountedstoplamp

F37 Right high-beamheadlamp

F38 Left high-beamheadlamp

F39 –

F40 –

F41 –

F42 –

F43 Cooling fan

F44 –

F45 Vaccuum pump

F46 Engine controlmodule 2

Fuses Usage

F47 Right headlamplow beam/Frontright park lamp/Right front sidemarker/Right rearside marker

F48 Fog lamps

F49 –

F50 Trailer parkinglamps

F51 Horn

F52 –

F53 –

F54 –

F55 –

F56 Washer pump

F57 –

F58 –

F59 –

F60 Mirrors defogger

F61 –

Fuses Usage

F62 Canister ventsolenoid

F63 –

F64 Trailerreverse lamp

F65 Left trailerstoplamp/Turnsignal lamps

F66 Right trailerstoplamp/Turnsignal lamps

F67 Electric powersteering

F68 –

F69 Battery regulatedvoltage control

F70 –

F71 –

F72 –

F73 –

F74 Generator

F75 –


Vehicle Care 271

Relays Usage

K1 Air conditioning clutch

K2 Starter

K3 –

K4 Wipers speed

K5 Wipers control

K6 Cargo lamp/Bedlighting

K7 Powertrain

K8 –

K9 –

K10 –

K11 Center high-mountedstoplamp

K12 –

K13 Vacuum pump

K14 Trailer parking lamps

K15 Run/Crank

K16 –

K17 Rear windowdefogger

Instrument Panel FuseBlock

The instrument panel fuse block isbehind the passenger side cowl sidetrim panel. Remove the plastic nutat the front of the cover, then pullthe cover away from the trim panelto access the fuse block.


272 Vehicle Care

The vehicle may not be equippedwith all of the fuses, relays, andfeatures shown.

Fuses Usage

F1 Run/Crank relay control/Horn switch/Dome lamps

Fuses Usage

F2 –

F3 –

F4 Steering wheel controls

F5 Left headlamp low beam/Front left park lamp/Leftfront side marker/Leftrear side marker

F6 –

F7 –

F8 Mirror window module

F9 Instrument panel cluster

F10 –

F11 Door latches

F12 –

F13 OnStar/HVAC

F14 Radio/Infotainment

F15 RAP accessory relaycontrol/Shifter control/Shifter solenoid/Wiperrelay control/Washerpump relay control/Reardefog relay control


Vehicle Care 273

Fuses Usage

F16 Communication gatewaymodule

F17 Left rear side marker/Right front turn lamp/Leftrear stop lamp/Left frontturn lamp/Right rearstop lamp

F18 Airbag/Sensing anddiagnostic module/Automatic occupantsensing module

F19 –

F20 Amplifier

F21 –

F22 –

F23 Data link connector/USBfront

F24 HVAC ignition

F25 Driver door latch

F26 –

F27 –

Fuses Usage

F28 Instrument panel clusterand automatic sensingdisplay

F29 Rear vision camera/Transfer case controlmodule (4WD)/Insiderear view

F30 –

F31 Front camera/Rear parkassist

F32 Steering wheel controlsbacklighting

F33 Heated steering wheel/Spare

F34 Spare

F35 Park/Reverse/Neutral/Drive/Low display/Wireless chargingmodule/USB rear

F36 Discrete logic ignitionsensor

F37 –

F38 –

Fuses Usage

F39 Auxiliary power outlet 2

F40 –

F41 Auxiliary power outlet 1/Cigarette lighter

F42 Left power window

F43 Driver power seat

F44 Auxillary power outlet

F45 Right power window

F46 Passenger power seat

Relays Usage

K1 Retained accessorypower

K2 Run/Crank

K3 –


274 Vehicle Care

Wheels and Tires

TiresEvery new GM vehicle hashigh-quality tires made by aleading tire manufacturer. Seethe warranty manual forinformation regarding the tirewarranty and where to getservice. For additionalinformation refer to the tiremanufacturer.

{ Warning

. Poorly maintained andimproperly used tires aredangerous.

. Overloading the tires cancause overheating as aresult of too muchflexing. There could be ablowout and a seriouscrash. See Vehicle LoadLimits 0 168.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Underinflated tires posethe same danger asoverloaded tires. Theresulting crash couldcause serious injury.Check all tires frequentlyto maintain therecommended pressure.Tire pressure should bechecked when the tiresare cold.

. Overinflated tires aremore likely to be cut,punctured, or broken bya sudden impact — suchas when hitting a pothole.Keep tires at therecommended pressure.

. Worn or old tires cancause a crash. If thetread is badly worn,replace them.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Replace any tires thathave been damaged byimpacts with potholes,curbs, etc.

. Improperly repaired tirescan cause a crash. Onlythe dealer or anauthorized tire servicecenter should repair,replace, dismount, andmount the tires.

. Do not spin the tires inexcess of 56 km/h(35 mph) on slipperysurfaces such as snow,mud, ice, etc. Excessivespinning may cause thetires to explode.

All-Season TiresThis vehicle may come withall-season tires. These tires aredesigned to provide good overall


Vehicle Care 275

performance on most road surfacesand weather conditions. Originalequipment tires designed to GM'sspecific tire performance criteriahave a TPC specification codemolded onto the sidewall. Originalequipment all-season tires can beidentified by the last two charactersof this TPC code, which willbe “MS.”

Consider installing winter tires onthe vehicle if frequent driving onsnow or ice-covered roads isexpected. All-season tires provideadequate performance for mostwinter driving conditions, but theymay not offer the same level oftraction or performance as wintertires on snow or ice-covered roads.See Winter Tires 0 275.

Winter TiresThis vehicle was not originallyequipped with winter tires. Wintertires are designed for increasedtraction on snow and ice-coveredroads. Consider installing wintertires on the vehicle if frequentdriving on ice or snow covered

roads is expected. See your dealerfor details regarding winter tireavailability and proper tire selection.Also, see Buying New Tires 0 288.

With winter tires, there may bedecreased dry road traction,increased road noise, and shortertread life. After changing to wintertires, be alert for changes in vehiclehandling and braking.

If using winter tires:

. Use tires of the same brand andtread type on all four wheelpositions.

. Use only radial ply tires of thesame size, load range, andspeed rating as the originalequipment tires.

Winter tires with the same speedrating as the original equipment tiresmay not be available for H, V, W, Y,and ZR speed rated tires. If wintertires with a lower speed rating arechosen, never exceed the tire'smaximum speed capability.

All-Terrain TiresThis vehicle may have all-terraintires. These tires provide goodperformance on most road surfaces,weather conditions, and for off-roaddriving. See Off-Road Driving 0 159.

The tread pattern on these tires maywear more quickly than other tires.Consider rotating the tires morefrequently than at 12 000 km(7,500 mi) intervals if irregular wearis noted when the tires areinspected. See Tire Inspection0 286.

Tire Sidewall LabelingUseful information about a tire ismolded into its sidewall. Theexamples show a typicalpassenger vehicle tire and acompact spare tire sidewall.


276 Vehicle Care

Passenger (P-Metric) Tire Example

(1) Tire Size : The tire size is acombination of letters andnumbers used to define aparticular tire's width, height,aspect ratio, construction type,and service description. See the“Tire Size” illustration later in thissection.

(2) TPC Spec (TirePerformance CriteriaSpecification) : Originalequipment tires designed toGM's specific tire performancecriteria have a TPC specification

code molded onto the sidewall.GM's TPC specifications meet orexceed all federal safetyguidelines.

(3) DOT (Department ofTransportation) : TheDepartment of Transportation(DOT) code indicates that thetire is in compliance with theU.S. Department ofTransportation Motor VehicleSafety Standards.

DOT Tire Date ofManufacture : The last fourdigits of the TIN indicate the tiremanufactured date. The first twodigits represent the week (01–52) and the last two digits, theyear. For example, the thirdweek of the year 2010 wouldhave a four-digit DOT dateof 0310.

(4) Tire Identification Number(TIN) : The letters and numbersfollowing the DOT (Departmentof Transportation) code are the

Tire Identification Number (TIN).The TIN shows themanufacturer and plant code,tire size, and date the tire wasmanufactured. The TIN ismolded onto both sides of thetire, although only one side mayhave the date of manufacture.

(5) Tire Ply Material : The typeof cord and number of plies inthe sidewall and under the tread.

(6) Uniform Tire QualityGrading (UTQG) : Tiremanufacturers are required tograde tires based on threeperformance factors: treadwear,traction, and temperatureresistance. For more informationsee Uniform Tire QualityGrading 0 290.

(7) Maximum Cold InflationLoad Limit : Maximum load thatcan be carried and themaximum pressure needed tosupport that load.


Vehicle Care 277

(8) Temporary Use Only : Onlyuse a temporary spare tire untilthe road tire is repaired andreplaced. This spare tire shouldnot be driven on over 112 km/h(70 mph), or 88 km/h (55 mph)when pulling a trailer, with theproper inflation pressure. SeeFull-Size Spare Tire 0 306.

Compact Spare Tire Example

(1) Tire Ply Material : The typeof cord and number of plies inthe sidewall and under the tread.

(2) Temporary Use Only : Thecompact spare tire or temporaryuse tire should not be driven atspeeds over 80 km/h (50 mph).The compact spare tire is foremergency use when a regularroad tire has lost air and goneflat. If the vehicle has a compactspare tire, see Compact SpareTire 0 305 and If a Tire GoesFlat 0 294.

(3) Tire Identification Number(TIN) : The letters and numbersfollowing the DOT (Departmentof Transportation) code are theTire Identification Number (TIN).The TIN shows themanufacturer and plant code,tire size, and date the tire wasmanufactured. The TIN ismolded onto both sides of thetire, although only one side mayhave the date of manufacture.

(4) Maximum Cold InflationLoad Limit : Maximum load thatcan be carried and themaximum pressure needed tosupport that load.

(5) Tire Inflation : Thetemporary use tire or compactspare tire should be inflated to420 kPa (60 psi). For moreinformation on tire pressure andinflation see Tire Pressure0 281.

(6) Tire Size : A combination ofletters and numbers define atire's width, height, aspect ratio,construction type, and servicedescription. The letter T as thefirst character in the tire sizemeans the tire is for temporaryuse only.

(7) TPC Spec (TirePerformance CriteriaSpecification) : Originalequipment tires designed toGM's specific tire performancecriteria have a TPC specification


278 Vehicle Care

code molded onto the sidewall.GM's TPC specifications meet orexceed all federal safetyguidelines.

Tire Designations

Tire Size

The following is an example of atypical passenger vehicletire size.

(1) Passenger (P-Metric) Tire :The United States version of ametric tire sizing system. Theletter P as the first character inthe tire size means a passengervehicle tire engineered tostandards set by the U.S. Tireand Rim Association.

(2) Tire Width : The three-digitnumber indicates the tire sectionwidth in millimeters fromsidewall to sidewall.

(3) Aspect Ratio : A two-digitnumber that indicates the tireheight-to-width measurements.For example, if the tire sizeaspect ratio is 60, as shown initem 3 of the illustration, it wouldmean that the tire's sidewall is60 percent as high as it is wide.

(4) Construction Code : A lettercode is used to indicate the typeof ply construction in the tire.The letter R means radial plyconstruction; the letter D meansdiagonal or bias plyconstruction; and the letter Bmeans belted-bias plyconstruction.

(5) Rim Diameter : Diameter ofthe wheel in inches.

(6) Service Description : Thesecharacters represent the loadindex and speed rating of the

tire. The load index representsthe load carrying capacity a tireis certified to carry. The speedrating is the maximum speed atire is certified to carry a load.

Tire Terminology andDefinitionsAir Pressure : The amount ofair inside the tire pressingoutward on each square inch ofthe tire. Air pressure isexpressed in kPa (kilopascal)or psi (pounds per square inch).

Accessory Weight : Thecombined weight of optionalaccessories. Some examples ofoptional accessories areautomatic transmission, powerwindows, power seats, and airconditioning.

Aspect Ratio : The relationshipof a tire's height to its width.


Vehicle Care 279

Belt : A rubber coated layer ofcords between the plies and thetread. Cords may be made fromsteel or other reinforcingmaterials.

Bead : The tire bead containssteel wires wrapped by steelcords that hold the tire ontothe rim.

Bias Ply Tire : A pneumatic tirein which the plies are laid atalternate angles less than90 degrees to the centerline ofthe tread.

Cold Tire Pressure : Theamount of air pressure in a tire,measured in kPa (kilopascal)or psi (pounds per square inch)before a tire has built up heatfrom driving. See Tire Pressure0 281.

Curb Weight : The weight of amotor vehicle with standard andoptional equipment including the

maximum capacity of fuel, oil,and coolant, but withoutpassengers and cargo.

DOT Markings : A code moldedinto the sidewall of a tiresignifying that the tire is incompliance with the U.S.Department of Transportation(DOT) Motor Vehicle SafetyStandards. The DOT codeincludes the Tire IdentificationNumber (TIN), an alphanumericdesignator which can alsoidentify the tire manufacturer,production plant, brand, anddate of production.

GVWR : Gross Vehicle WeightRating. See Vehicle Load Limits0 168.

GAWR FRT : Gross Axle WeightRating for the front axle. SeeVehicle Load Limits 0 168.

GAWR RR : Gross Axle WeightRating for the rear axle. SeeVehicle Load Limits 0 168.

Intended Outboard Sidewall :The side of an asymmetrical tirethat must always face outwardwhen mounted on a vehicle.

Kilopascal (kPa) : The metricunit for air pressure.

Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire : Atire used on light duty trucks andsome multipurpose passengervehicles.

Load Index : An assignednumber ranging from 1 to 279that corresponds to the loadcarrying capacity of a tire.

Maximum Inflation Pressure :The maximum air pressure towhich a cold tire can be inflated.The maximum air pressure ismolded onto the sidewall.

Maximum Load Rating : Theload rating for a tire at themaximum permissible inflationpressure for that tire.


280 Vehicle Care

Maximum Loaded VehicleWeight : The sum of curbweight, accessory weight,vehicle capacity weight, andproduction options weight.

Normal Occupant Weight : Thenumber of occupants a vehicleis designed to seat multiplied by68 kg (150 lb). See Vehicle LoadLimits 0 168.

Occupant Distribution :Designated seating positions.

Outward Facing Sidewall : Theside of an asymmetrical tire thathas a particular side that facesoutward when mounted on avehicle. The side of the tire thatcontains a whitewall, bearswhite lettering, or bearsmanufacturer, brand, and/ormodel name molding that ishigher or deeper than the samemoldings on the other sidewallof the tire.

Passenger (P-Metric) Tire : Atire used on passenger cars andsome light duty trucks andmultipurpose vehicles.

Recommended InflationPressure : Vehiclemanufacturer's recommendedtire inflation pressure as shownon the tire placard. See TirePressure 0 281 and VehicleLoad Limits 0 168.

Radial Ply Tire : A pneumatictire in which the ply cords thatextend to the beads are laid at90 degrees to the centerline ofthe tread.

Rim : A metal support for a tireand upon which the tire beadsare seated.

Sidewall : The portion of a tirebetween the tread and the bead.

Speed Rating : Analphanumeric code assigned toa tire indicating the maximumspeed at which a tire canoperate.

Traction : The friction betweenthe tire and the road surface.The amount of grip provided.

Tread : The portion of a tire thatcomes into contact withthe road.

Treadwear Indicators : Narrowbands, sometimes called wearbars, that show across the treadof a tire when only 1.6 mm(1/16 in) of tread remains. SeeWhen It Is Time for New Tires0 288.

UTQGS (Uniform Tire QualityGrading Standards) : A tireinformation system that providesconsumers with ratings for atire's traction, temperature, andtreadwear. Ratings aredetermined by tiremanufacturers using


Vehicle Care 281

government testing procedures.The ratings are molded into thesidewall of the tire. See UniformTire Quality Grading 0 290.

Vehicle Capacity Weight : Thenumber of designated seatingpositions multiplied by68 kg (150 lb) plus the ratedcargo load. See Vehicle LoadLimits 0 168.

Vehicle Maximum Load on theTire : Load on an individual tiredue to curb weight, accessoryweight, occupant weight, andcargo weight.

Vehicle Placard : A labelpermanently attached to avehicle showing the vehiclecapacity weight and the originalequipment tire size andrecommended inflation pressure.See “Tire and LoadingInformation Label” under VehicleLoad Limits 0 168.

Tire PressureTires need the correct amount ofair pressure to operateeffectively.

{ Warning

Neither tire underinflation noroverinflation is good.Underinflated tires, or tiresthat do not have enough air,can result in:

. Tire overloading andoverheating which couldlead to a blowout.

. Premature orirregular wear.

. Poor handling.

. Reduced fuel economy.

Overinflated tires, or tires thathave too much air, canresult in:

. Unusual wear.(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Poor handling.

. Rough ride.

. Needless damage fromroad hazards.

The Tire and LoadingInformation label on the vehicleindicates the original equipmenttires and the correct cold tireinflation pressures. Therecommended pressure is theminimum air pressure needed tosupport the vehicle's maximumload carrying capacity. SeeVehicle Load Limits 0 168.

How the vehicle is loadedaffects vehicle handling and ridecomfort. Never load the vehiclewith more weight than it wasdesigned to carry.


282 Vehicle Care

When to Check

Check the pressure of the tiresonce a month or more. Do notforget to check the spare tire,if the vehicle has one. The coldcompact spare tire pressureshould be at 420 kPa (60psi).See Compact Spare Tire 0 305and Full-Size Spare Tire 0 306.

How to Check

Use a good quality pocket-typegauge to check tire pressure.Proper tire inflation cannot bedetermined by looking at the tire.Check the tire inflation pressurewhen the tires are cold, meaningthe vehicle has not been drivenfor at least three hours or nomore than 1.6 km (1 mi).

Remove the valve cap from thetire valve stem. Press the tiregauge firmly onto the valve toget a pressure measurement.If the cold tire inflation pressurematches the recommendedpressure on the Tire and

Loading Information label, nofurther adjustment is necessary.If the inflation pressure is low,add air until the recommendedpressure is reached. If theinflation pressure is high, presson the metal stem in the centerof the tire valve to release air.

Re-check the tire pressure withthe tire gauge.

Put the valve caps back on thevalve stems to keep out dirt andmoisture and prevent leaks. Useonly valve caps designed for thevehicle by GM. TPMS sensorscould be damaged and wouldnot be covered by the vehiclewarranty.

Tire Pressure MonitorSystemThe Tire Pressure Monitor System(TPMS) uses radio and sensortechnology to check tire pressurelevels. The TPMS sensors monitor

the air pressure in your tires andtransmit tire pressure readings to areceiver located in the vehicle.

Each tire, including the spare (ifprovided), should be checkedmonthly when cold and inflated tothe inflation pressure recommendedby the vehicle manufacturer on thevehicle placard or tire inflationpressure label. (If your vehicle hastires of a different size than the sizeindicated on the vehicle placard ortire inflation pressure label, youshould determine the proper tireinflation pressure for those tires.)

As an added safety feature, yourvehicle has been equipped with atire pressure monitoring system(TPMS) that illuminates a low tirepressure telltale when one or moreof your tires is significantlyunder-inflated.

Accordingly, when the low tirepressure telltale illuminates, youshould stop and check your tires assoon as possible, and inflate themto the proper pressure. Driving on asignificantly under-inflated tirecauses the tire to overheat and can


Vehicle Care 283

lead to tire failure. Under-inflationalso reduces fuel efficiency and tiretread life, and may affect thevehicle's handling and stoppingability.

Please note that the TPMS is not asubstitute for proper tiremaintenance, and it is the driver'sresponsibility to maintain correct tirepressure, even if under-inflation hasnot reached the level to triggerillumination of the TPMS low tirepressure telltale.

Your vehicle has also beenequipped with a TPMS malfunctionindicator to indicate when thesystem is not operating properly.The TPMS malfunction indicator iscombined with the low tire pressuretelltale. When the system detects amalfunction, the telltale will flash forapproximately one minute and thenremain continuously illuminated.This sequence will continue uponsubsequent vehicle start-ups aslong as the malfunction exists.

When the malfunction indicator isilluminated, the system may not beable to detect or signal low tirepressure as intended. TPMSmalfunctions may occur for a varietyof reasons, including the installationof replacement or alternate tires orwheels on the vehicle that preventthe TPMS from functioning properly.Always check the TPMS malfunctiontelltale after replacing one or moretires or wheels on your vehicle toensure that the replacement oralternate tires and wheels allow theTPMS to continue to functionproperly.

See Tire Pressure MonitorOperation 0 283.

See Radio Frequency Statement0 354.

Tire Pressure MonitorOperationThis vehicle may have a TirePressure Monitor System (TPMS).The TPMS is designed to warn the

driver when a low tire pressurecondition exists. TPMS sensors aremounted onto each tire and wheelassembly, excluding the spare tireand wheel assembly. The TPMSsensors monitor the air pressure inthe tires and transmit the tirepressure readings to a receiverlocated in the vehicle.

When a low tire pressure conditionis detected, the TPMS illuminatesthe low tire pressure warning lightlocated on the instrument cluster.If the warning light comes on, stopas soon as possible and inflate thetires to the recommended pressureshown on the Tire and LoadingInformation label. See Vehicle LoadLimits 0 168.


284 Vehicle Care

A message to check the pressure ina specific tire displays in the DriverInformation Center (DIC). The lowtire pressure warning light and theDIC warning message come on ateach ignition cycle until the tires areinflated to the correct inflationpressure. Using the DIC, tirepressure levels can be viewed. Foradditional information and detailsabout the DIC operation anddisplays, see Driver InformationCenter (DIC) (Base Level) 0 129 orDriver Information Center (DIC)(Uplevel) 0 131.

The low tire pressure warning lightmay come on in cool weather whenthe vehicle is first started, and thenturn off as the vehicle is driven. Thiscould be an early indicator that theair pressure is getting low andneeds to be inflated to the properpressure.

A Tire and Loading Information labelshows the size of the originalequipment tires and the correctinflation pressure for the tires whenthey are cold. See Vehicle LoadLimits 0 168, for an example of the

Tire and Loading Information labeland its location. Also see TirePressure 0 281.

The TPMS can warn about a lowtire pressure condition but it doesnot replace normal tiremaintenance. See Tire Inspection0 286, Tire Rotation 0 287, andTires 0 274.

Caution

Tire sealant materials are not allthe same. A non-approved tiresealant could damage the TPMSsensors. TPMS sensor damagecaused by using an incorrect tiresealant is not covered by thevehicle warranty. Always use onlythe GM approved tire sealantavailable through your dealer orincluded in the vehicle.

TPMS Malfunction Light andMessage

The TPMS will not function properlyif one or more of the TPMS sensorsare missing or inoperable. When the

system detects a malfunction, thelow tire pressure warning lightflashes for about one minute andthen stays on for the remainder ofthe ignition cycle. A DIC warningmessage also displays. Themalfunction light and DIC warningmessage come on at each ignitioncycle until the problem is corrected.Some of the conditions that cancause these to come on are:

. One of the road tires has beenreplaced with the spare tire. Thespare tire does not have aTPMS sensor. The malfunctionlight and the DIC messageshould go off after the road tireis replaced and the sensormatching process is performedsuccessfully. See “TPMS SensorMatching Process” later in thissection.

. The TPMS sensor matchingprocess was not done or notcompleted successfully afterrotating the tires. Themalfunction light and the DICmessage should go off aftersuccessfully completing the


Vehicle Care 285

sensor matching process. See“TPMS Sensor MatchingProcess” later in this section.

. One or more TPMS sensors aremissing or damaged. Themalfunction light and the DICmessage should go off when theTPMS sensors are installed andthe sensor matching process isperformed successfully. Seeyour dealer for service.

. Replacement tires or wheels donot match the original equipmenttires or wheels. Tires and wheelsother than those recommendedcould prevent the TPMS fromfunctioning properly. See BuyingNew Tires 0 288.

. Operating electronic devices orbeing near facilities using radiowave frequencies similar to theTPMS could cause the TPMSsensors to malfunction.

If the TPMS is not functioningproperly, it cannot detect or signal alow tire pressure condition. See

your dealer for service if the TPMSmalfunction light and DIC messagecome on and stay on.

TPMS Sensor MatchingProcess

Each TPMS sensor has a uniqueidentification code. The identificationcode needs to be matched to a newtire/wheel position after rotating thevehicle’s tires or replacing one ormore of the TPMS sensors. Also,the TPMS sensor matching processshould be performed after replacinga spare tire with a road tirecontaining the TPMS sensor. Themalfunction light and the DICmessage should go off at the nextignition cycle. The sensors arematched to the tire/wheel positions,using a TPMS relearn tool, in thefollowing order: driver side fronttire, passenger side front tire,passenger side rear tire, and driverside rear. See your dealer forservice or to purchase a relearntool. A TPMS relearn tool can alsobe purchased. See Tire PressureMonitor Sensor Activation Tool at

www.gmtoolsandequipment.com orcall 1-800-GM TOOLS(1-800-468-6657).

There are two minutes to match thefirst tire/wheel position, andfive minutes overall to match all fourtire/wheel positions. If it takeslonger, the matching process stopsand must be restarted.

The TPMS sensor matchingprocess is:

1. Set the parking brake.

2. Turn the ignition on withoutstarting the vehicle.

3. If the vehicle has an uplevelDIC, make sure the TirePressure info page option isturned on. The info pages onthe DIC can be turned on andoff through the Options menu.See Driver Information Center(DIC) (Base Level) 0 129 orDriver Information Center (DIC)(Uplevel) 0 131.

4. If the vehicle has an uplevelDIC, use the DIC controls onthe right side of the steering


286 Vehicle Care

wheel to scroll to the TirePressure screen under the DICinfo page.

If the vehicle has a base levelDIC, use the MENU button toselect the Vehicle Informationmenu in the DIC. Use thethumbwheel to scroll to the TirePressure Menu item screen.

5. If the vehicle has an uplevelDIC, press and hold V in thecenter of the DIC controls.

If the vehicle has a base levelDIC, press SET/CLR on theturn signal lever to begin thesensor matching process.

A message asking if theprocess should begin shouldappear. Press SET/CLR againto confirm the selection.

The horn sounds twice tosignal the receiver is in relearnmode and the TIRELEARNING ACTIVE messagedisplays on the DIC screen.

6. Start with the driver sidefront tire.

7. Place the relearn tool againstthe tire sidewall, near the valvestem. Then press the button toactivate the TPMS sensor.A horn chirp confirms that thesensor identification code hasbeen matched to this tire andwheel position.

8. Proceed to the passenger sidefront tire, and repeat theprocedure in Step 7.

9. Proceed to the passenger siderear tire, and repeat theprocedure in Step 7.

10. Proceed to the driver side reartire, and repeat the procedurein Step 7. The horn sounds twotimes to indicate the sensoridentification code has beenmatched to the driver side reartire, and the TPMS sensormatching process is no longeractive. The TIRE LEARNINGACTIVE message on the DICdisplay screen goes off.


12. Set all four tires to therecommended air pressurelevel as indicated on the Tireand Loading Information label.

Tire InspectionWe recommend that the tires,including the spare tire, if thevehicle has one, be inspectedfor signs of wear or damage atleast once a month.

Replace the tire if:

. The indicators at three ormore places around the tirecan be seen.

. There is cord or fabricshowing through the tire'srubber.

. The tread or sidewall iscracked, cut, or snaggeddeep enough to show cord orfabric.

. The tire has a bump, bulge,or split.


Vehicle Care 287

. The tire has a puncture, cut,or other damage that cannotbe repaired well because ofthe size or location of thedamage.

Tire RotationTires should be rotated every12 000 km (7,500 mi). SeeMaintenance Schedule 0 326.

Tires are rotated to achieve auniform wear for all tires. Thefirst rotation is the mostimportant.

Anytime unusual wear isnoticed, rotate the tires as soonas possible, check for proper tireinflation pressure, and check fordamaged tires or wheels. If theunusual wear continues after therotation, check the wheelalignment. See When It Is Timefor New Tires 0 288 and WheelReplacement 0 292.

Use this rotation pattern whenrotating the tires.

Do not include the spare tire inthe tire rotation.

Adjust the front and rear tires tothe recommended inflationpressure on the Tire andLoading Information label afterthe tires have been rotated.See Tire Pressure 0 281 andVehicle Load Limits 0 168.

Reset the Tire Pressure MonitorSystem. See Tire PressureMonitor Operation 0 283.

Check that all wheel nuts areproperly tightened. See “WheelNut Torque” under Capacitiesand Specifications 0 341, and“Removing the Flat Tire andInstalling the Spare Tire” underTire Changing 0 295.

{ Warning

Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on theparts to which it is fastened, canmake wheel nuts become looseafter time. The wheel could comeoff and cause a crash. Whenchanging a wheel, remove anyrust or dirt from places where thewheel attaches to the vehicle. Inan emergency, a cloth or a papertowel can be used; however, usea scraper or wire brush later toremove all rust or dirt.

Lightly coat the inner diameter ofthe wheel hub opening withwheel bearing grease after awheel change or tire rotation toprevent corrosion or rust


288 Vehicle Care

buildup. Do not get grease onthe wheel mounting surface oron the wheel nuts or bolts.

When It Is Time for NewTiresFactors, such as maintenance,temperatures, driving speeds,vehicle loading, and road conditionsaffect the wear rate of the tires.

Treadwear indicators are one way totell when it is time for new tires.Treadwear indicators appear whenthe tires have only 1.6 mm (1/16 in)or less of tread remaining. Somecommercial truck tires may not havetreadwear indicators. See TireInspection 0 286 and Tire Rotation0 287 for additional information.

The rubber in tires ages over time.This also applies to the spare tire,if the vehicle has one, even if it isnever used. Multiple factorsincluding temperatures, loadingconditions, and inflation pressuremaintenance affect how fast agingtakes place. GM recommends thattires, including the spare ifequipped, be replaced after sixyears, regardless of tread wear. Toidentify the age of a tire, use the tiremanufacture date which is the lastfour digits of the DOT TireIdentification Number (TIN) which ismolded into one side of the tiresidewall. The first two digitsrepresent the week (01-52) and thelast two digits, the year. For

example, the third week of the year2010 would have a four-digit DOTdate of 0310.

Vehicle Storage

Tires age when stored normallymounted on a parked vehicle. Parka vehicle that will be stored for atleast a month in a cool, dry, cleanarea away from direct sunlight toslow aging. This area should be freeof grease, gasoline, or othersubstances that can deterioraterubber.

Parking for an extended period cancause flat spots on the tires thatmay result in vibrations whiledriving. When storing a vehicle forat least a month, remove the tires orraise the vehicle to reduce theweight from the tires.

Buying New TiresGM has developed and matchedspecific tires for the vehicle. Theoriginal equipment tires installedwere designed to meet GeneralMotors Tire Performance Criteria


Vehicle Care 289

Specification (TPC Spec)system rating. Whenreplacement tires are needed,GM strongly recommendsbuying tires with the same TPCSpec rating.

GM's exclusive TPC Specsystem considers over a dozencritical specifications that impactthe overall performance of thevehicle, including brake systemperformance, ride and handling,traction control, and tirepressure monitoringperformance. GM's TPC Specnumber is molded onto the tire'ssidewall near the tire size. If thetires have an all-season treaddesign, the TPC Spec numberwill be followed by MS for mudand snow. See Tire SidewallLabeling 0 275 for additionalinformation.

GM recommends replacing worntires in complete sets of four.Uniform tread depth on all tires

will help to maintain theperformance of the vehicle.Braking and handlingperformance may be adverselyaffected if all the tires are notreplaced at the same time.If proper rotation andmaintenance have been done,all four tires should wear out atabout the same time. See TireRotation 0 287 for informationon proper tire rotation. However,if it is necessary to replace onlyone axle set of worn tires, placethe new tires on the rear axle.

{ Warning

Tires could explode duringimproper service. Attemptingto mount or dismount a tirecould cause injury or death.Only your dealer or authorizedtire service center shouldmount or dismount the tires.

{ Warning

Mixing tires of different sizes,brands, or types may causeloss of control of the vehicle,resulting in a crash or othervehicle damage. Use thecorrect size, brand, and typeof tires on all wheels.

This vehicle may have adifferent size spare than theroad tires originally installedon the vehicle. When new, thevehicle included a spare tireand wheel assembly with asimilar overall diameter as theroad tires and wheels, so it isall right to drive on it. Thespare tire was developed foruse on this vehicle and will notaffect vehicle handling.


290 Vehicle Care

{ Warning

Using bias-ply tires on thevehicle may cause the wheelrim flanges to develop cracksafter many miles of driving.A tire and/or wheel could failsuddenly and cause a crash.Use only radial-ply tires withthe wheels on the vehicle.

Winter tires with the same speedrating as the original equipmenttires may not be available for H,V, W, Y and ZR speed ratedtires. Never exceed the wintertires’ maximum speed capabilitywhen using winter tires with alower speed rating.

If the vehicle tires must bereplaced with a tire that does nothave a TPC Spec number, makesure they are the same size,load range, speed rating, andconstruction (radial) as theoriginal tires.

Vehicles that have a tirepressure monitoring systemcould give an inaccuratelow-pressure warning if non-TPCSpec rated tires are installed.See Tire Pressure MonitorSystem 0 282.

The Tire and LoadingInformation label indicates theoriginal equipment tires on thevehicle. See Vehicle Load Limits0 168 for the label location andmore information about the Tireand Loading Information label.

Different Size Tires andWheelsIf wheels or tires are installed thatare a different size than the originalequipment wheels and tires, vehicleperformance, including its braking,ride and handling characteristics,stability, and resistance to rollovermay be affected. If the vehicle haselectronic systems such as antilockbrakes, rollover airbags, tractioncontrol, electronic stability control,

or All-Wheel Drive, the performanceof these systems can also beaffected.

{ Warning

If different sized wheels are used,there may not be an acceptablelevel of performance and safety iftires not recommended for thosewheels are selected. Thisincreases the chance of a crashand serious injury. Only use GMspecific wheel and tire systemsdeveloped for the vehicle, andhave them properly installed by aGM certified technician.

See Buying New Tires 0 288 andAccessories and Modifications0 237.

Uniform Tire QualityGradingThe following information relatesto the system developed by theUnited States National HighwayTraffic Safety Administration


Vehicle Care 291

(NHTSA), which grades tires bytreadwear, traction, andtemperature performance. Thisapplies only to vehicles sold inthe United States. The gradesare molded on the sidewalls ofmost passenger car tires. TheUniform Tire Quality Grading(UTQG) system does not applyto deep tread, winter tires,compact spare tires, tires withnominal rim diameters of10 to 12 inches (25 to 30 cm),or to some limited-productiontires.

While the tires available onGeneral Motors passenger carsand light trucks may vary withrespect to these grades, theymust also conform to federalsafety requirements andadditional General Motors TirePerformance Criteria (TPC)standards.

Quality grades can be foundwhere applicable on the tiresidewall between tread shoulderand maximum section width. Forexample:

Treadwear 200 Traction AATemperature A

All Passenger Car Tires MustConform to Federal SafetyRequirements In Addition ToThese Grades.

Treadwear

The treadwear grade is acomparative rating based on thewear rate of the tire when testedunder controlled conditions on aspecified government testcourse. For example, a tiregraded 150 would wear one andone-half (1½) times as well onthe government course as a tiregraded 100. The relativeperformance of tires dependsupon the actual conditions oftheir use, however, and maydepart significantly from the

norm due to variations in drivinghabits, service practices anddifferences in roadcharacteristics and climate.

Traction

The traction grades, fromhighest to lowest, are AA, A, B,and C. Those grades representthe tire's ability to stop on wetpavement as measured undercontrolled conditions onspecified government testsurfaces of asphalt andconcrete. A tire marked C mayhave poor traction performance.Warning: The traction gradeassigned to this tire is based onstraight-ahead braking tractiontests, and does not includeacceleration, cornering,hydroplaning, or peak tractioncharacteristics.


292 Vehicle Care

Temperature

The temperature grades are A(the highest), B, and C,representing the tire's resistanceto the generation of heat and itsability to dissipate heat whentested under controlledconditions on a specified indoorlaboratory test wheel. Sustainedhigh temperature can cause thematerial of the tire to degenerateand reduce tire life, andexcessive temperature can leadto sudden tire failure. The gradeC corresponds to a level ofperformance which allpassenger car tires must meetunder the Federal Motor SafetyStandard No. 109. Grades B andA represent higher levels ofperformance on the laboratorytest wheel than the minimumrequired by law. Warning: Thetemperature grade for this tire isestablished for a tire that isproperly inflated and notoverloaded. Excessive speed,

underinflation, or excessiveloading, either separately or incombination, can cause heatbuildup and possible tire failure.

Wheel Alignment and TireBalanceThe tires and wheels were alignedand balanced at the factory toprovide the longest tire life and bestoverall performance. Adjustments towheel alignment and tire balancingare not necessary on a regularbasis. Consider an alignment checkif there is unusual tire wear or thevehicle is significantly pulling to oneside or the other. Some slight pull tothe left or right, depending on thecrown of the road and/or other roadsurface variations such as troughsor ruts, is normal. If the vehicle isvibrating when driving on a smoothroad, the tires and wheels may needto be rebalanced. See your dealerfor proper diagnosis.

Wheel ReplacementReplace any wheel that is bent,cracked, or badly rusted orcorroded. If wheel nuts keep comingloose, the wheel, wheel bolts, andwheel nuts should be replaced.If the wheel leaks air, replace it.Some aluminum wheels can berepaired. See your dealer if any ofthese conditions exist.

Your dealer will know the kind ofwheel that is needed.

Each new wheel should have thesame load-carrying capacity,diameter, width, offset, and bemounted the same way as the one itreplaces.

Replace wheels, wheel bolts, wheelnuts, or Tire Pressure MonitorSystem (TPMS) sensors with newGM original equipment parts.


Vehicle Care 293

{ Warning

Using the wrong replacementwheels, wheel bolts, or wheelnuts can be dangerous. It couldaffect the braking and handling ofthe vehicle. Tires can lose air,and cause loss of control, causinga crash. Always use the correctwheel, wheel bolts, and wheelnuts for replacement.

Caution

The wrong wheel can also causeproblems with bearing life, brakecooling, speedometer orodometer calibration, headlampaim, bumper height, vehicleground clearance, and tire or tirechain clearance to the body andchassis.

Used Replacement Wheels

{ Warning

Replacing a wheel with a usedone is dangerous. How it hasbeen used or how far it has beendriven may be unknown. It couldfail suddenly and cause a crash.When replacing wheels, use anew GM original equipmentwheel.

Tire Chains

{ Warning

If the vehicle has 255/55R20,255/65R17 AT, 265/60R18,265/65R17, or 265/70R16 sizetires, do not use tire chains.There is not enough clearance.Tire chains used on a vehiclewithout the proper amount ofclearance can cause damage tothe brakes, suspension, or other

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

vehicle parts. The area damagedby the tire chains could causeloss of control and a crash.

Use another type of tractiondevice only if its manufacturerrecommends it for use on thevehicle and tire size combinationand road conditions. Follow thatmanufacturer's instructions. Toavoid vehicle damage, drive slowand readjust or remove thetraction device if it contacts thevehicle. Do not spin the wheels.

If traction devices are used, installthem on the rear tires.

Caution

If the vehicle has a tire size otherthan 255/55R20, 255/65R17 AT,265/60R18, 265/65R17, or265/70R16, use tire chains only

(Continued)


294 Vehicle Care

Caution (Continued)

where legal and only whennecessary. Use chains that arethe proper size for the tires. Installthem on the tires of the rear axle.Do not use chains on the tires ofthe front axle. Tighten them astightly as possible with the endssecurely fastened. Drive slowlyand follow the chainmanufacturer's instructions. If thechains contact the vehicle, stopand retighten them. If the contactcontinues, slow down until itstops. Driving too fast or spinningthe wheels with chains on willdamage the vehicle.

If a Tire Goes FlatIt is unusual for a tire to blowoutwhile driving, especially if the tiresare maintained properly. If air goesout of a tire, it is much more likely toleak out slowly. But if there ever is ablowout, here are a few tips aboutwhat to expect and what to do:

If a front tire fails, the flat tirecreates a drag that pulls the vehicletoward that side. Take your foot offthe accelerator pedal and grip thesteering wheel firmly. Steer tomaintain lane position, and thengently brake to a stop, well off theroad, if possible.

A rear blowout, particularly on acurve, acts much like a skid andmay require the same correction asused in a skid. Stop pressing theaccelerator pedal and steer tostraighten the vehicle. It may bevery bumpy and noisy. Gently braketo a stop, well off the road,if possible.

{ Warning

Driving on a flat tire will causepermanent damage to the tire.Re-inflating a tire after it has beendriven on while severelyunderinflated or flat may cause ablowout and a serious crash.Never attempt to re-inflate a tire

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

that has been driven on whileseverely underinflated or flat.Have your dealer or an authorizedtire service center repair orreplace the flat tire as soon aspossible.

{ Warning

Lifting a vehicle and getting underit to do maintenance or repairs isdangerous without theappropriate safety equipment andtraining. If a jack is provided withthe vehicle, it is designed only forchanging a flat tire. If it is used foranything else, you or others couldbe badly injured or killed if thevehicle slips off the jack. If a jackis provided with the vehicle, onlyuse it for changing a flat tire.


Vehicle Care 295

If a tire goes flat, avoid further tireand wheel damage by driving slowlyto a level place, well off the road,if possible. Turn on the hazardwarning flashers. See HazardWarning Flashers 0 142.

{ Warning

Changing a tire can bedangerous. The vehicle can slipoff the jack and roll over or fallcausing injury or death. Find alevel place to change the tire. Tohelp prevent the vehicle frommoving:

1. Set the parking brake firmly.

2. Put an automatictransmission in P (Park) or amanual transmission in1 (First) or R (Reverse).

3. For four-wheel-drivevehicles, be sure thetransfer case is in a drivegear– not in N (Neutral).

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

4. Turn off the engine and donot restart while the vehicleis raised.

5. Do not allow passengers toremain in the vehicle.

6. Place wheel blocks,if equipped, on both sides ofthe tire at the oppositecorner of the tire beingchanged.

When the vehicle has a flat tire (2),use the following example as aguide to assist in the placement ofthe wheel blocks (1), if equipped.

1. Wheel Block (If Equipped)

2. Flat Tire

The following information explainshow to use the jack and changea tire.

Tire Changing

Removing the Spare Tire andTools

Crew Cab

To access and remove the jack andtools:

1. Lift the rear seat to access thetool bag.


296 Vehicle Care

2. Remove the straps to removethe tool bag.

3. Fold the rear seat to accessthe jack.

4. Turn the knob on the jack (2)counterclockwise to lower thejack head to release the jackfrom its holder.

5. Turn the wing nut (1)counterclockwise to remove thejack and wheel blocks.

Extended Cab

1. Jack Cover2. Tool Bag Cover

To access and remove the jack andtools:

1. Pull the bottom of the jackcover (1) forward to remove it.

2. Pull the lower access pocketforward and then upward toremove the tool bag cover (2).

3. Turn the knob on the jack (1)counterclockwise to lower thejack head to release the jackfrom its holder.

4. Turn the wing nut (2)counterclockwise to remove thejack and wheel blocks.

5. Turn the wing nut (3)counterclockwise to remove thetool bag.

Use the jack handle extensions andthe wheel wrench to remove theunderbody-mounted spare tire.


Vehicle Care 297

1. Spare Tire (Valve StemPointed Down)

2. Tire/Wheel Retainer3. Hoist Cable4. Hoist Assembly5. Hoist Shaft6. Jack Handle Extensions7. Wheel Wrench8. Spare Tire Lock (If

Equipped)9. Hoist Shaft Access Hole10. Hoist End of Extension Tool

1. Open the spare tire lock coveron the bumper.

Insert the ignition key, turn, andpull straight out to remove thespare tire lock (8), if equipped.

2. Assemble the wheel wrench (7)and the two jack handleextensions (6), as shown.

3. Insert the hoist end (openend) (10) of the extensionthrough the hole (9) in the rearbumper.

Do not use the chiseled end ofthe wheel wrench.

Be sure the hoist end of theextension (10) connects to thehoist shaft. The ribbed squareend of the extension is used tolower the spare tire.

4. Turn the wheel wrenchcounterclockwise to lower thespare tire to the ground.Continue to turn the wheelwrench until the spare tire canbe pulled out from under thevehicle.

5. Pull the spare tire out fromunder the vehicle.


298 Vehicle Care

6. Tilt the tire toward the vehiclewith some slack in the cable toaccess the tire/wheel retainer.

Tilt the retainer and pull itthrough the center of the wheelalong with the cable andspring.

7. Put the spare tire near theflat tire.

Removing the Flat Tire andInstalling the Spare Tire

Use the following pictures andinstructions to remove the flat tireand raise the vehicle.

1. Jack2. Wheel Blocks3. Jack Handle4. Jack Handle Extensions5. Wheel Wrench

1. Do a safety check beforeproceeding. See If a Tire GoesFlat 0 294.

2. If the wheel has a center capthat covers the lug nuts, placethe chisel end of the wheelwrench in each of the slots inthe cap, and gently pry it out.


Vehicle Care 299

3. Use the wheel wrench and turnit counterclockwise to loosenthe wheel nuts. Do not removethe wheel nuts yet.

Front Position

4. Position the jack under thevehicle, as shown. If the flattire is on the front of thevehicle, position the jack on thedepression in the vehicle'sframe, behind the flat tire.

Rear Position

5. If the flat tire is on the rear,position the jack under the rearaxle about 5 cm (2 in) inboardof the shock absorber bracket.

Make sure that the jack head ispositioned so that the rear axleis resting securely between thegrooves that are on thejack head.

{ Warning

Getting under a vehicle when it islifted on a jack is dangerous.If the vehicle slips off the jack,you could be badly injured orkilled. Never get under a vehiclewhen it is supported only bya jack.

{ Warning

Raising the vehicle with the jackimproperly positioned candamage the vehicle and evenmake the vehicle fall. To helpavoid personal injury and vehicledamage, be sure to fit the jack lifthead into the proper locationbefore raising the vehicle.

6. Turn the wheel wrenchclockwise to raise the vehicle.Raise the vehicle far enoughoff the ground so there isenough room for the spare tireto fit under the wheel well.


300 Vehicle Care

7. Remove all the wheel nuts andtake off the flat tire.

{ Warning

Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on theparts to which it is fastened, canmake wheel nuts become looseafter time. The wheel could comeoff and cause a crash. Whenchanging a wheel, remove anyrust or dirt from places where thewheel attaches to the vehicle. Inan emergency, a cloth or a paper

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

towel can be used; however, usea scraper or wire brush later toremove all rust or dirt.

8. Remove any rust or dirt fromthe wheel bolts, mountingsurfaces, and spare wheel.

9. Install the spare tire.

{ Warning

Never use oil or grease on boltsor nuts because the nuts mightcome loose. The vehicle's wheelcould fall off, causing a crash.

10. Put the wheel nuts back onwith the rounded end of thenuts toward the wheel.

11. Tighten each wheel nut byhand. Then use the wheelwrench to tighten the nuts untilthe wheel is held againstthe hub.

12. Turn the wheel wrenchcounterclockwise to lower thevehicle. Lower the jackcompletely.

{ Warning

If wheel studs are damaged, theycan break. If all the studs on awheel broke, the wheel couldcome off and cause a crash.

(Continued)


Vehicle Care 301

Warning (Continued)

If any stud is damaged becauseof a loose-running wheel, it couldbe that all of the studs aredamaged. To be sure, replace allstuds on the wheel. If the studholes in a wheel have becomelarger, the wheel could collapse inoperation. Replace any wheel ifits stud holes have become largeror distorted in any way. Inspecthubs and hub‐piloted wheels fordamage. Because of looserunning wheels, piloting paddamage may occur and requirereplacement of the entire hub, forproper centering of the wheels.When replacing studs, hubs,wheel nuts or wheels, be sure touse GM original equipment parts.

{ Warning

Wheel nuts that are improperly orincorrectly tightened can causethe wheels to become loose orcome off. The wheel nuts shouldbe tightened with a torque wrenchto the proper torque specificationafter replacing. Follow the torquespecification supplied by theaftermarket manufacturer whenusing accessory locking wheelnuts. See Capacities andSpecifications 0 341 for originalequipment wheel nut torquespecifications.

Caution

Improperly tightened wheel nutscan lead to brake pulsation androtor damage. To avoid expensivebrake repairs, evenly tighten thewheel nuts in the propersequence and to the proper

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

torque specification. SeeCapacities and Specifications0 341 for the wheel nut torquespecification.

13. Tighten the nuts firmly in acrisscross sequence, asshown, by turning the wheelwrench clockwise.

When reinstalling the regular wheeland tire, also reinstall the centercap. Place the cap on the wheeland push it into place until it seats.


302 Vehicle Care

The cap may only go on one way.Be sure to line up any tabs on thecenter cap with correspondingindentations on the wheel.

Storing a Flat or Spare Tireand Tools

{ Warning

Storing a jack, a tire, or otherequipment in the passengercompartment of the vehicle couldcause injury. In a sudden stop orcollision, loose equipment couldstrike someone. Store all these inthe proper place.

{ Warning

Failure to follow these tire storageinstructions carefully could resultin personal injury or propertydamage if the hoist cable fails orif the tire comes loose. Make surethe tire is stored securely beforedriving.

Caution

Storing an aluminum wheel with aflat tire under your vehicle for anextended period of time or withthe valve stem pointing up candamage the wheel. Always stowthe wheel with the valve stempointing down and have thewheel/tire repaired as soon aspossible.

Caution

The tire hoist can be damaged ifthere is no tension on the cablewhen using it. To have thenecessary tension, the spare orroad tire and wheel assemblymust be installed on the tire hoistto use it.

{ Warning

An improperly stored spare tirecould come loose and cause acrash. To avoid personal injury orproperty damage, always storethe spare tire when the vehicle isparked on a level surface.

Store the tire under the rear of thevehicle in the spare tire carrier.

1. Spare Tire (Valve StemPointed Down)

2. Tire/Wheel Retainer3. Hoist Cable


Vehicle Care 303

4. Hoist Assembly5. Hoist Shaft6. Jack Handle Extensions7. Wheel Wrench8. Spare Tire Lock (If

Equipped)9. Hoist Shaft Access Hole10. Hoist End of Extension Tool

1. Put the tire on the ground atthe rear of the vehicle with thevalve stem pointed down, andto the rear.

2. Pull the cable and springthrough the center of thewheel. Tilt the wheel retainerplate down and through thecenter of the wheel.

Make sure the retainer is fullyseated across the underside ofthe wheel.

3. Attach the wheel wrench (7)and extensions (6) together, asshown.

Caution

Use of an air wrench or otherpower tools with the hoistmechanism is not recommendedand could damage the system.Use only the tools supplied withthe hoist mechanism.

4. Insert the hoist end (10)through the hole (9) in the rearbumper and onto the hoistshaft.

Do not use the chiseled end ofthe wheel wrench.

5. Raise the tire part way upward.Make sure the retainer isseated in the wheel opening.

6. Raise the tire fully against theunderside of the vehicle byturning the wheel wrenchclockwise until you hear twoclicks or feel it skip twice. Youcannot overtighten the cable.


304 Vehicle Care

7. Make sure the tire is storedsecurely and flush in theradius (2) of the spare tiresupport bracket (1). Push, pull,

and then try to turn the tire.If the tire moves, use the wheelwrench to tighten the cable.

Repeat this tightness checkprocedure when checking thespare tire pressure accordingto the scheduled maintenanceinformation or any time thespare tire is handled due toservice of other components.

Correctly Stored

Incorrectly Stored

8. Reinstall the spare tire lock,if the vehicle has one.

To store the jack and tools, reversethe steps for removing them.

1. Wheel Wrench


Vehicle Care 305

2. Jack Handle3. Jack Handle Extensions4. Wing Nut

For extended cab models, be sureto replace the wheel wrench (1),jack handle (2), and two jack handleextensions (3) in the bag, as shown,so it can be properly stored in thestorage compartment.

Be sure to fully tighten the wingnut (4) so the tool bag cover can beproperly and securely closed.

Compact Spare Tire

{ Warning

Driving with more than onecompact spare tire at a time couldresult in loss of braking andhandling. This could lead to acrash and you or others could beinjured. Use only one compactspare tire at a time.

If this vehicle has a compact sparetire, it was fully inflated when new;however, it can lose air over time.

Check the inflation pressureregularly. It should be 420 kPa(60 psi).

Stop as soon as possible and checkthat the spare tire is correctlyinflated after being installed on thevehicle. The compact spare tire isdesigned for temporary use only.The vehicle will perform differentlywith the spare tire installed and it isrecommended that the vehiclespeed be limited to 80 km/h(50 mph). To conserve the tread ofthe spare tire, have the standard tirerepaired or replaced as soon asconvenient and return the spare tireto the storage area.

When using a compact spare tire,the AWD (if equipped), ABS, andTraction Control systems mayengage until the spare tire isrecognized by the vehicle,especially on slippery roads. Adjustdriving to reduce possiblewheel slip.

Caution

When the compact spare isinstalled, do not take the vehiclethrough an automatic car washwith guide rails. The compactspare can get caught on the railswhich can damage the tire, wheel,and other parts of the vehicle.

Do not use the compact spare onother vehicles.

Do not mix the compact spare tire orwheel with other wheels or tires.They will not fit. Keep the spare tireand its wheel together.

Caution

Tire chains will not fit the compactspare. Using them can damagethe vehicle and the chains. Do notuse tire chains on the compactspare.


306 Vehicle Care

Caution

If the vehicle has four-wheel driveand a different size spare tire isinstalled, do not drive infour-wheel drive until the flat tireis repaired and/or replaced. Thevehicle could be damaged andthe repairs would not be coveredby the warranty. Never usefour-wheel drive when a differentsize spare tire is installed on thevehicle.

Full-Size Spare TireIf this vehicle came with a full-sizespare tire, it was fully inflated whennew, however, it can lose air overtime. Check the inflation pressureregularly. See Tire Pressure 0 281and Vehicle Load Limits 0 168. Forinstructions on how to remove,install, or store a spare tire, see TireChanging 0 295.

If equipped with a temporaryuse full-size spare tire, it isindicated on the tire sidewall.

See Tire Sidewall Labeling 0 275.This spare tire should not be drivenon over 112 km/h (70 mph),or 88 km/h (55 mph) when pulling atrailer, at the proper inflationpressure. Repair and replace theroad tire as soon as it is convenient,and stow the spare tire forfuture use.

Caution

If the vehicle has four-wheel driveand a different size spare tire isinstalled, do not drive infour-wheel drive until the flat tireis repaired and/or replaced. Thevehicle could be damaged andthe repairs would not be coveredby the warranty. Never usefour-wheel drive when a differentsize spare tire is installed on thevehicle.

The vehicle may have a differentsize spare tire than the road tiresoriginally installed on the vehicle.This spare tire was developed foruse on this vehicle, so it is all right

to drive on it. If the vehicle hasfour-wheel drive and a different sizespare tire is installed, drive only intwo-wheel drive.

After installing the spare tire on thevehicle, stop as soon as possibleand check that the spare is correctlyinflated. The spare tire is made toperform well at speeds up to112 km/h (70 mph) at therecommended inflation pressure, soyou can finish your trip.

Have the damaged or flat road tirerepaired or replaced and installedback onto the vehicle as soon aspossible so the spare tire will beavailable in case it is needed again.

Do not mix tires and wheels ofdifferent sizes, because they will notfit. Keep your spare tire and itswheel together. If the vehicle has aspare tire that does not match theoriginal road tires and wheels in sizeand type, do not include the spare inthe tire rotation.


Vehicle Care 307

Jump Starting

Jump Starting - NorthAmericaFor more information about thevehicle battery, see Battery - NorthAmerica 0 256.

If the battery has run down, try touse another vehicle and somejumper cables to start your vehicle.Be sure to use the following steps todo it safely.

{ Warning

WARNING: Battery posts,terminals, and relatedaccessories contain lead and leadcompounds, chemicals known tothe State of California to causecancer and birth defects or otherreproductive harm. Batteries alsocontain other chemicals known tothe State of California to causecancer. WASH HANDS AFTER

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

HANDLING. For more informationgo to www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/passenger-vehicle.

See California Proposition65 Warning 0 236 and the backcover.

{ Warning

Batteries can hurt you. They canbe dangerous because:

. They contain acid that canburn you.

. They contain gas that canexplode or ignite.

. They contain enoughelectricity to burn you.

If you do not follow these stepsexactly, some or all of thesethings can hurt you.

Caution

Ignoring these steps could resultin costly damage to the vehiclethat would not be covered by thevehicle warranty. Trying to startthe vehicle by pushing or pulling itwill not work, and it could damagethe vehicle.

1. Discharged BatteryNegative Grounding Stud

2. Discharged Battery PositiveTerminal


308 Vehicle Care

3. Good Battery NegativeTerminal

4. Good Battery PositiveTerminal

The jump start negative groundingstud (1) for the discharged battery isto the left of the windshield washerfluid reservoir.

The jump start positive terminal onthe discharged battery (2) is locatedin the engine compartment on thedriver side of the vehicle.

The jump start positive terminal (3)and negative terminal (4) are on thebattery of the vehicle providing thejump start.

The positive jump start connectionfor the discharged battery is under atrim cover. Open the cover toexpose the terminal.

1. Check the other vehicle.It must have a 12-volt batterywith a negative ground system.

Caution

If the other vehicle does not havea 12-volt system with a negativeground, both vehicles can bedamaged. Only use a vehicle thathas a 12-volt system with anegative ground for jump starting.

2. Position the two vehicles sothat they are not touching.

3. Set the parking brake firmlyand put the shift lever inP (Park) with an automatictransmission, or N (Neutral)with a manual transmission.

Caution

If any accessories are left on orplugged in during the jumpstarting procedure, they could bedamaged. The repairs would notbe covered by the vehiclewarranty. Whenever possible, turnoff or unplug all accessories oneither vehicle when jump starting.

4. Turn the ignition off. Turn off alllights and accessories in bothvehicles, except the hazardwarning flashers if needed.

{ Warning

An electric fan can start up evenwhen the engine is not runningand can injure you. Keep hands,clothing, and tools away from anyunderhood electric fan.

{ Warning

Using a match near a battery cancause battery gas to explode.People have been hurt doing this,and some have been blinded.Use a flashlight if you need morelight.

Battery fluid contains acid thatcan burn you. Do not get it onyou. If you accidentally get it inyour eyes or on your skin, flushthe place with water and getmedical help immediately.


Vehicle Care 309

{ Warning

Fans or other moving engineparts can injure you badly. Keepyour hands away from movingparts once the engine is running.

5. Connect one end of the redpositive (+) cable to thepositive (+) terminal on thedischarged battery.

6. Connect the other end of thered positive (+) cable to thepositive (+) terminal of the goodbattery.

7. Connect one end of the blacknegative (–) cable to thenegative (–) terminal of thegood battery.

8. Connect the other end of theblack negative (–) cable to thenegative (–) grounding stud forthe discharged battery.

9. Start the engine in the vehiclewith the good battery and runthe engine at idle speed for atleast four minutes.

10. Try to start the vehicle that hadthe dead battery. If it will notstart after a few tries, itprobably needs service.

Caution

If the jumper cables areconnected or removed in thewrong order, electrical shortingmay occur and damage thevehicle. The repairs would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.Always connect and remove thejumper cables in the correct order,making sure that the cables donot touch each other or othermetal.

Jumper Cable Removal

Reverse the sequence exactly whenremoving the jumper cables.

After starting the disabled vehicleand removing the jumper cables,allow it to idle for several minutes.

Towing the Vehicle

Caution

Incorrectly towing a disabledvehicle may cause damage. Thedamage would not be covered bythe vehicle warranty. Do not lashor hook to suspensioncomponents. Use the properstraps around the tires to securethe vehicle. Do not drag a lockedwheel/tire while loading thevehicle. Do not use a sling typelift to tow the vehicle. This coulddamage the vehicle.

GM recommends a flatbed tow truckto transport a disabled vehicle. Useramps to help reduce approachangles, if necessary. A towedvehicle should have its drive wheelsoff the ground. Contact RoadsideAssistance or a professional towingservice if the disabled vehicle mustbe towed.


310 Vehicle Care

The vehicle is equipped withspecific attachment points to beused to pull the vehicle onto aflatbed car carrier from a flat roadsurface. Do not use theseattachment points to pull the vehiclefrom snow, mud or sand.

Recreational VehicleTowingRecreational vehicle towing meanstowing the vehicle behind anothervehicle, such as a motor home. Thetwo most common types ofrecreational vehicle towing aredinghy and dolly towing. Dinghy

towing is towing the vehicle with allfour wheels on the ground. Dollytowing is towing the vehicle with twowheels on the ground and twowheels on a dolly.

Here are some important things toconsider before recreational vehicletowing:

. Before towing the vehicle,become familiar with the locallaws that apply to recreationalvehicle towing. These laws mayvary by region.

. What is the towing capacity ofthe towing vehicle? Be sure toread the tow vehiclemanufacturer'srecommendations.

. What is the distance that will betraveled? Some vehicles haverestrictions on how far and howlong they can tow.

. Is the proper towing equipmentgoing to be used? See yourdealer or trailering professionalfor additional advice andequipment recommendations.

. Is the vehicle ready to betowed? Just as preparing thevehicle for a long trip, make surethe vehicle is prepared to betowed.

Follow the tow vehiclemanufacturer’s instructions.

Caution

Use of a shield mounted in frontof the vehicle grille could restrictairflow and cause damage to thetransmission. The repairs wouldnot be covered by the vehiclewarranty. If using a shield, onlyuse one that attaches to thetowing vehicle.


Vehicle Care 311

Dinghy Towing

Two-Wheel-Drive Vehicles

Caution

If the two-wheel-drive vehicle istowed with all four wheels on theground, the drivetraincomponents could be damaged.The repairs would not be coveredby the vehicle warranty.

Two-wheel-drive vehicles should notbe towed with all four wheels on theground.

Four-Wheel-Drive Vehicles

Only dinghy tow four-wheel-drivevehicles that have an N (Neutral)and a Four-Wheel Drive Low (4 (n)setting.

{ Warning

Shifting a four-wheel-drivevehicle's transfer case intoN (Neutral) can cause the vehicleto roll even if the transmission isin P (Park). You or others could

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

be injured. Set the parking brakebefore shifting the transfer caseto N (Neutral).

To dinghy tow:

1. Position the vehicle beingtowed behind the tow vehicle,facing forward and on a levelsurface.

2. Securely attach the vehiclebeing towed to the tow vehicle.

3. Apply the parking brake andstart the engine.

4. Shift the transfer case toN (Neutral). See “Shifting intoN (Neutral)” under Four-WheelDrive 0 190. Check that thevehicle is in N (Neutral) byshifting the transmission toR (Reverse) and then to D(Drive). There should be nomovement of the vehicle whileshifting.


312 Vehicle Care

5. With the engine off, leave thekey in ACC/ACCESSORY toprevent the steering columnfrom locking.

Caution

Failure to disconnect the negativebattery cable or to have it contactthe terminals can cause damageto the vehicle.

6. Disconnect the negativebattery cable at the battery andsecure the nut and bolt. Coverthe negative battery post with anon-conductive material toprevent any contact with thenegative battery terminal.

Caution

If the steering column is locked,vehicle damage may occur.

7. Move the steering wheel tomake sure the steering columnis unlocked.

8. With a foot on the brake pedal,release the parking brake.

Keep the ignition key in thetowed vehicle in ACC/ACCESSORY to prevent thesteering column from locking.

Disconnecting the Towed Vehicle

Before disconnecting the towedvehicle:

1. Park on a level surface.

2. Set the parking brake, thenshift the transmission toP (Park), and move the ignitionkey to OFF.

3. Connect the battery.

4. With your foot off the brake,turn the ignition on with theengine off.

5. Shift the transfer case out ofN (Neutral) to Two-Wheel DriveHigh. See “Shifting out ofN (Neutral)” under Four-WheelDrive 0 190. See your dealer ifthe transfer case cannot beshifted out of N (Neutral).

6. Start the engine and check thatthe vehicle is in Two-WheelDrive High by shifting thetransmission to R (Reverse)and then to D (Drive). Thereshould be movement of thevehicle while shifting.

7. Shift the transmission toP (Park) and turn off theignition.

8. Disconnect the vehicle from thetow vehicle.


10. Reset any lost presets.

The outside temperaturedisplay will default to 0 °C (32 °F) but will reset with normalusage.


Vehicle Care 313

Dolly Towing

Front Towing (Front Wheels Offthe Ground) – Two-Wheel-DriveVehicles

Caution

If a two-wheel-drive vehicle istowed with the rear wheels on theground, the transmission could bedamaged. The repairs would notbe covered by the vehiclewarranty. Never tow the vehiclewith the rear wheels on theground.

Front Towing (Front Wheels Offthe Ground) – Four-Wheel-DriveVehicles

To dolly tow a four-wheel-drivevehicle from the front:

1. Attach the dolly to the towvehicle following the dollymanufacturer's instructions.

2. Drive the front wheels onto thedolly.

3. Shift the transmission toP (Park).

4. Set the parking brake.

{ Warning

Shifting a four-wheel-drivevehicle's transfer case intoN (Neutral) can cause the vehicleto roll even if the transmission isin P (Park). You or others couldbe injured. Set the parking brakebefore shifting the transfer caseto N (Neutral).

5. Use a clamping devicedesigned for towing to ensurethat the front wheels are lockedinto the straight position.

6. Secure the vehicle to the dollyfollowing the manufacturer'sinstructions.

7. Shift the transfer case toN (Neutral). See “Shifting intoN (Neutral)” under Four-WheelDrive 0 190 for the properprocedure.

8. Release the parking brake onlyafter the vehicle being towed isfirmly attached to the towvehicle.


314 Vehicle Care

9. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF.

Rear Towing (Rear Wheels Offthe Ground)

Caution

Towing the vehicle from the rearcould damage it. Also, repairswould not be covered by thevehicle warranty. Never have thevehicle towed from the rear.

Appearance Care

Exterior Care

Locks

Locks are lubricated at the factory.Use a de-icing agent only whenabsolutely necessary, and have thelocks greased after using. SeeRecommended Fluids andLubricants 0 336.

Washing the Vehicle

To preserve the vehicle's finish,wash it often and out of directsunlight.

Caution

Do not use petroleum-based,acidic, or abrasive cleaningagents as they can damage thevehicle's paint, metal, or plasticparts. If damage occurs, it wouldnot be covered by the vehiclewarranty. Approved cleaningproducts can be obtained from

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

your dealer. Follow allmanufacturer directions regardingcorrect product usage, necessarysafety precautions, andappropriate disposal of anyvehicle care product.

Caution

Avoid using high-pressurewashes closer than 30 cm (12 in)to the surface of the vehicle. Useof power washers exceeding8,274 kPa (1,200 psi) can resultin damage or removal of paintand decals.

Caution

Do not power wash anycomponent under the hood that

has thise symbol.

(Continued)


Vehicle Care 315

Caution (Continued)

This could cause damage thatwould not be covered by thevehicle warranty.

If using an automatic car wash,follow with the car washinstructions. The windshield wiperand rear window wiper, if equipped,must be off. Remove anyaccessories that may be damagedor interfere with the car washequipment.

Rinse the vehicle well, beforewashing and after, to remove allcleaning agents completely. If theyare allowed to dry on the surface,they could stain.

Dry the finish with a soft, cleanchamois or an all-cotton towel toavoid surface scratches and waterspotting.

Finish Care

Application of aftermarket clearcoatsealant/wax materials is notrecommended. If painted surfacesare damaged, see your dealer tohave the damage assessed andrepaired. Foreign materials such ascalcium chloride and other salts, icemelting agents, road oil and tar, treesap, bird droppings, chemicals fromindustrial chimneys, etc., candamage the vehicle's finish if theyremain on painted surfaces. Washthe vehicle as soon as possible.If necessary, use non-abrasivecleaners that are marked safe forpainted surfaces to remove foreignmatter.

Occasional hand waxing or mildpolishing should be done to removeresidue from the paint finish. Seeyour dealer for approved cleaningproducts.

Do not apply waxes or polishes touncoated plastic, vinyl, rubber,decals, simulated wood, or flat paintas damage can occur.

Caution

Machine compounding oraggressive polishing on abasecoat/clearcoat paint finishmay damage it. Use onlynon-abrasive waxes and polishesthat are made for a basecoat/clearcoat paint finish on thevehicle.

To keep the paint finish looking new,keep the vehicle garaged orcovered whenever possible.

Protecting Exterior Bright MetalMoldings

Caution

Failure to clean and protect thebright metal moldings can resultin a hazy white finish or pitting.This damage would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.


316 Vehicle Care

The bright metal moldings on thevehicle are aluminum, chrome orstainless steel. To prevent damagealways follow these cleaninginstructions:

. Be sure the molding is cool tothe touch before applying anycleaning solution.

. Use only approved cleaningsolutions for aluminum, chromeor stainless steel. Somecleaners are highly acidic orcontain alkaline substances andcan damage the moldings.

. Always dilute a concentratedcleaner according to themanufacturer’s instructions.

. Do not use cleaners that are notintended for automotive use.

. Use a nonabrasive wax on thevehicle after washing to protectand extend the molding finish.

Spray-In Bedliner Care

A spray-in bedliner is a permanentcoating that bonds to the truck bedand cannot be removed. Promptly

rinse the bedliner surface followinga chemical spill to avoid permanentdamage.

Spray-in bedliners can fade fromoxidation, road dirt, heavy-dutyhauling, and hard water stains.Clean it periodically by washing offthe loose dirt and using a milddetergent. To restore the originalappearance, apply the bedlinerconditioner available through yourdealer.

Caution

Using silicone-based productsmay damage the bedliner, reducethe slip-resistant texture, andattract dirt.

Cleaning Exterior Lamps/Lenses, Emblems, Decals, andStripes

Use only lukewarm or cold water, asoft cloth, and a car washing soapto clean exterior lamps, lenses andemblems, decals, and stripes.

Follow instructions under "Washingthe Vehicle" previously in thissection.

Lamp covers are made of plastic,and some have a UV protectivecoating. Do not clean or wipe themwhile they are dry.

Do not use any of the following onlamp covers:

. Abrasive or caustic agents.

. Washer fluids and other cleaningagents in higher concentrationsthan suggested by themanufacturer.

. Solvents, alcohols, fuels,or other harsh cleaners.

. Ice scrapers or other hard items.

. Aftermarket appearance caps orcovers while the lamps areilluminated, due to excessiveheat generated.


Vehicle Care 317

Caution

Failure to clean lamps properlycan cause damage to the lampcover that would not be coveredby the vehicle warranty.

Caution

Using wax on low gloss blackfinish stripes can increase thegloss level and create anon-uniform finish. Clean lowgloss stripes with soap andwater only.

Air Intakes

Clear debris from the air intakes,between the hood and windshield,when washing the vehicle.

Windshield and Wiper Blades

Clean the outside of the windshieldwith glass cleaner.

Clean rubber blades using a lint-freecloth or paper towel soaked withwindshield washer fluid or a milddetergent. Wash the windshieldthoroughly when cleaning theblades. Bugs, road grime, sap, anda buildup of vehicle wash/waxtreatments may cause wiperstreaking.

Replace the wiper blades if they areworn or damaged. Damage can becaused by extreme dustyconditions, sand, salt, heat, sun,snow, and ice.

Weatherstrips

Apply weatherstrip lubricant onweatherstrips to make them lastlonger, seal better, and not stick orsqueak. Lubricate weatherstripsonce a year. Hot, dry climates mayrequire more frequent application.Black marks from rubber material onpainted surfaces can be removed byrubbing with a clean cloth. SeeRecommended Fluids andLubricants 0 336.

Tires

Use a stiff brush with tire cleaner toclean the tires.

Caution

Using petroleum-based tiredressing products on the vehiclemay damage the paint finish and/or tires. When applying a tiredressing, always wipe off anyoverspray from all paintedsurfaces on the vehicle.

Wheels and Wheel Trim

Use a soft, clean cloth with mildsoap and water to clean the wheels.After rinsing thoroughly with cleanwater, dry with a soft, clean towel.A wax may then be applied.

Caution

Chrome wheels and chromewheel trim may be damaged if thevehicle is not washed after driving

(Continued)


318 Vehicle Care

Caution (Continued)

on roads that have been sprayedwith magnesium chloride orcalcium chloride. These are usedon roads for conditions such asdust and ice. Always wash thechrome with soap and water afterexposure.

Caution

To avoid surface damage onwheels and wheel trim, do notuse strong soaps, chemicals,abrasive polishes, cleaners,or brushes. Use only GMapproved cleaners. Do not drivethe vehicle through an automaticcar wash that uses siliconecarbide tire/wheel cleaningbrushes. Damage could occurand the repairs would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

Brake System

Visually inspect brake lines andhoses for proper hook-up, binding,leaks, cracks, chafing, etc. Inspectdisc brake pads for wear and rotorsfor surface condition. Inspect drumbrake linings/shoes for wear orcracks. Inspect all other brake parts.

Steering, Suspension, andChassis Components

Visually inspect steering,suspension, and chassiscomponents for damaged, loose,or missing parts or signs of wear atleast once a year.

Inspect power steering for properattachment, connections, binding,leaks, cracks, chafing, etc.

Visually check constant velocity jointboots and axle seals for leaks.

Body Component Lubrication

Lubricate all key lock cylinders,hood hinges, liftgate hinges, steelfuel door hinge, and power assiststep hinges, unless the componentsare plastic. Applying silicone grease

on weatherstrips with a clean clothwill make them last longer, sealbetter, and not stick or squeak

Underbody Maintenance

At least twice a year, spring and fall,use plain water to flush anycorrosive materials from theunderbody. Take care to thoroughlyclean any areas where mud andother debris can collect.

Do not directly power wash thetransfer case and/or front/rear axleoutput seals. High pressure watercan overcome the seals andcontaminate the fluid. Contaminatedfluid will decrease the life of thetransfer case and/or axles andshould be replaced.

Sheet Metal Damage

If the vehicle is damaged andrequires sheet metal repair orreplacement, make sure the bodyrepair shop applies anti-corrosionmaterial to parts repaired orreplaced to restore corrosionprotection.


Vehicle Care 319

Original manufacturer replacementparts will provide the corrosionprotection while maintaining thevehicle warranty.

Finish Damage

Quickly repair minor chips andscratches with touch-up materialsavailable from your dealer to avoidcorrosion. Larger areas of finishdamage can be corrected in yourdealer's body and paint shop.

Chemical Paint Spotting

Airborne pollutants can fall uponand attack painted vehicle surfacescausing blotchy, ring-shapeddiscolorations, and small, irregulardark spots etched into the paintsurface. Refer to “Finish Care”previously in this section.

Interior CareTo prevent dirt particle abrasions,regularly clean the vehicle's interior.Immediately remove any soils.Newspapers or dark garments cantransfer color to the vehicle’sinterior.

Use a soft bristle brush to removedust from knobs and crevices on theinstrument cluster. Using a mildsoap solution, immediately removehand lotions, sunscreen, and insectrepellent from all interior surfaces orpermanent damage may result.

Use cleaners specifically designedfor the surfaces being cleaned toprevent permanent damage. Applyall cleaners directly to the cleaningcloth. Do not spray cleaners on anyswitches or controls. Removecleaners quickly.

Before using cleaners, read andfollow all safety instructions on thelabel. While cleaning the interior,open the doors and windows to getproper ventilation.

To prevent damage, do not cleanthe interior using the followingcleaners or techniques:

. Never use a razor or any othersharp object to remove soil fromany interior surface.

. Never use a brush with stiffbristles.

. Never rub any surfaceaggressively or with too muchpressure.

. Do not use laundry detergents ordishwashing soaps withdegreasers. For liquid cleaners,use approximately 20 drops per3.8 L (1 gal) of water.A concentrated soap solution willcreate streaks and attract dirt.Do not use solutions that containstrong or caustic soap.

. Do not heavily saturate theupholstery when cleaning.

. Do not use solvents or cleanerscontaining solvents.

Interior Glass

To clean, use a terry cloth fabricdampened with water. Wipe dropletsleft behind with a clean dry cloth.If necessary, use a commercialglass cleaner after cleaning withplain water.


320 Vehicle Care

Caution

To prevent scratching, never useabrasive cleaners on automotiveglass. Abrasive cleaners oraggressive cleaning may damagethe rear window defogger.

Cleaning the windshield with waterduring the first three to six monthsof ownership will reduce tendencyto fog.

Speaker Covers

Vacuum around a speaker covergently, so that the speaker will notbe damaged. Clean spots with waterand mild soap.

Coated Moldings

Coated moldings should be cleaned.

. When lightly soiled, wipe with asponge or soft, lint-free clothdampened with water.

. When heavily soiled, use warmsoapy water.

Fabric/Carpet/Suede

Start by vacuuming the surfaceusing a soft brush attachment. If arotating vacuum brush attachment isbeing used, only use it on the floorcarpet. Before cleaning, gentlyremove as much of the soil aspossible:

. Gently blot liquids with a papertowel. Continue blotting until nomore soil can be removed.

. For solid soils, remove as muchas possible prior to vacuuming.

To clean:

1. Saturate a clean, lint-freecolorfast cloth with water.Microfiber cloth isrecommended to prevent linttransfer to the fabric or carpet.

2. Remove excess moisture bygently wringing until water doesnot drip from the cleaning cloth.

3. Start on the outside edge of thesoil and gently rub toward thecenter. Fold the cleaning cloth

to a clean area frequently toprevent forcing the soil in to thefabric.

4. Continue gently rubbing thesoiled area until there is nolonger any color transfer fromthe soil to the cleaning cloth.

5. If the soil is not completelyremoved, use a mild soapsolution followed only by plainwater.

If the soil is not completelyremoved, it may be necessary touse a commercial upholsterycleaner or spot lifter. Test a smallhidden area for colorfastness beforeusing a commercial upholsterycleaner or spot lifter. If ringformation occurs, clean the entirefabric or carpet.

After cleaning, use a paper towel toblot excess moisture.


Vehicle Care 321

Cleaning High Gloss Surfacesand Vehicle Information andRadio Displays

Use a microfiber cloth on high glosssurfaces or vehicle displays. First,use a soft bristle brush to removedirt that can scratch the surface.Then gently clean by rubbing with amicrofiber cloth. Never use windowcleaners or solvents. Periodicallyhand wash the microfiber clothseparately, using mild soap. Do notuse bleach or fabric softener. Rinsethoroughly and air dry beforenext use.

Caution

Do not attach a device with asuction cup to the display. Thismay cause damage and wouldnot be covered by the vehiclewarranty.

Instrument Panel, Leather,Vinyl, Other Plastic Surfaces,Low Gloss Paint Surfaces, andNatural Open Pore WoodSurfaces

Use a soft microfiber clothdampened with water to removedust and loose dirt. For a morethorough cleaning, use a softmicrofiber cloth dampened with amild soap solution.

Caution

Soaking or saturating leather,especially perforated leather, aswell as other interior surfaces,may cause permanent damage.Wipe excess moisture from thesesurfaces after cleaning and allowthem to dry naturally. Never useheat, steam, or spot removers. Donot use cleaners that containsilicone or wax-based products.Cleaners containing thesesolvents can permanently change

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

the appearance and feel ofleather or soft trim, and are notrecommended.

Do not use cleaners that increasegloss, especially on the instrumentpanel. Reflected glare can decreasevisibility through the windshieldunder certain conditions.

Caution

Use of air fresheners may causepermanent damage to plasticsand painted surfaces. If an airfreshener comes in contact withany plastic or painted surface inthe vehicle, blot immediately andclean with a soft cloth dampenedwith a mild soap solution.Damage caused by air freshenerswould not be covered by thevehicle warranty.


322 Vehicle Care

Cargo Cover andConvenience Net

If equipped, wash with warm waterand mild detergent. Do not usechlorine bleach. Rinse with coldwater, and then dry completely.

Care of Seat Belts

Keep belts clean and dry.

{ Warning

Do not bleach or dye seat beltwebbing. It may severely weakenthe webbing. In a crash, theymight not be able to provideadequate protection. Clean andrinse seat belt webbing only withmild soap and lukewarm water.Allow the webbing to dry.

Floor Mats

{ Warning

If a floor mat is the wrong size oris not properly installed, it caninterfere with the pedals.Interference with the pedals cancause unintended accelerationand/or increased stoppingdistance which can cause a crashand injury. Make sure the floormat does not interfere with thepedals.

Use the following guidelines forproper floor mat usage:

. The original equipment floormats were designed for yourvehicle. If the floor mats needreplacing, it is recommended

that GM certified floor mats bepurchased. Non-GM floor matsmay not fit properly and mayinterfere with the pedals. Alwayscheck that the floor mats do notinterfere with the pedals.

. Do not use a floor mat if thevehicle is not equipped with afloor mat retainer on the driverside floor.

. Use the floor mat with thecorrect side up. Do not turnit over.

. Do not place anything on top ofthe driver side floor mat.

. Use only a single floor mat onthe driver side.

. Do not place one floor mat ontop of another.


Vehicle Care 323

Removing and Replacing theFloor Mats

Pull up on the rear of the floor matto unlock each retainer and remove.

Reinstall by lining up the floor matretainer openings over the carpetretainers and snapping into position.

Make sure the floor mat is properlysecured in place.

Verify the floor mat does notinterfere with the pedals.


324 Service and Maintenance

Service andMaintenance

General InformationGeneral Information . . . . . . . . . . 324

Maintenance ScheduleMaintenance Schedule . . . . . . . 326

Special Application ServicesSpecial ApplicationServices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332

Additional Maintenanceand CareAdditional Maintenanceand Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333

Recommended Fluids,Lubricants, and PartsRecommended Fluids andLubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336

Maintenance ReplacementParts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338

Maintenance RecordsMaintenance Records . . . . . . . . 339

General InformationThis maintenance section applies tovehicles with a gasoline engine. Fordiesel engine vehicles, see"Maintenance Schedule" in theDuramax diesel supplement.

Your vehicle is an importantinvestment. This section describesthe required maintenance for thevehicle. Follow this schedule to helpprotect against major repairexpenses resulting from neglect orinadequate maintenance. It mayalso help to maintain the value ofthe vehicle if it is sold. It is theresponsibility of the owner to haveall required maintenance performed.

Your dealer has trained technicianswho can perform requiredmaintenance using genuinereplacement parts. They haveup-to-date tools and equipment forfast and accurate diagnostics. Manydealers have extended evening andSaturday hours, courtesytransportation, and onlinescheduling to assist with serviceneeds.

Your dealer recognizes theimportance of providingcompetitively priced maintenanceand repair services. With trainedtechnicians, the dealer is the placefor routine maintenance such as oilchanges and tire rotations andadditional maintenance items liketires, brakes, batteries, and wiperblades.

Caution

Damage caused by impropermaintenance can lead to costlyrepairs and may not be coveredby the vehicle warranty.Maintenance intervals, checks,inspections, recommended fluids,and lubricants are important tokeep the vehicle in good workingcondition.

Do not have chemical flushes thatare not approved by GMperformed on the vehicle. Theuse of flushes, solvents, cleaners,or lubricants that are not

(Continued)


Service and Maintenance 325

Caution (Continued)

approved by GM could damagethe vehicle, requiring expensiverepairs that are not covered bythe vehicle warranty.

The Tire Rotation and RequiredServices are the responsibility of thevehicle owner. It is recommended tohave your dealer perform theseservices every 12 000 km/7,500 mi.Proper vehicle maintenance helps tokeep the vehicle in good workingcondition, improves fuel economy,and reduces vehicle emissions.

Because of the way people usevehicles, maintenance needs vary.There may need to be morefrequent checks and services. TheAdditional Required Services -Normal are for vehicles that:

. Carry passengers and cargowithin recommended limits onthe Tire and Loading Informationlabel. See Vehicle Load Limits0 168.

. Are driven on reasonable roadsurfaces within legal drivinglimits.

. Use the recommended fuel. SeeRecommended Fuel 0 212.

Refer to the information in theMaintenance Schedule AdditionalRequired Services - Normal chart.

The Additional Required Services -Severe are for vehicles that are:

. Mainly driven in heavy city trafficin hot weather

. Mainly driven in hilly ormountainous terrain

. Frequently towing a trailer

. Used for high speed orcompetitive driving

. Used for taxi, police, or deliveryservice

Refer to the information in theMaintenance Schedule AdditionalRequired Services - Severe chart.

{ Warning

Performing maintenance work canbe dangerous and can causeserious injury. Performmaintenance work only if therequired information, proper tools,and equipment are available.If they are not, see your dealer tohave a trained technician do thework. See Doing Your OwnService Work 0 237.



MaintenanceScheduleOwner Checks and Services

At Each Fuel Stop

. Check the engine oil level. SeeEngine Oil 0 242.

Once a Month

. Check the tire inflationpressures, including the spare.See Tire Pressure 0 281.

. Inspect the tires for wear. SeeTire Inspection 0 286.

. Check the windshield washerfluid level. See Washer Fluid0 254.

Engine Oil Change

When the CHANGE ENGINE OILSOON message displays, have theengine oil and filter changed withinthe next 1 000 km/600 mi. If drivenunder the best conditions, theengine oil life system may notindicate the need for vehicle servicefor up to a year. The engine oil and

filter must be changed at least oncea year and the oil life system mustbe reset. Your trained dealertechnician can perform this work.If the engine oil life system is resetaccidentally, service the vehiclewithin 5 000 km/3,000 mi since thelast service. Reset the oil lifesystem when the oil is changed.See Engine Oil Life System 0 244.

Passenger Compartment AirFilter

The passenger compartment airfilter removes dust, pollen, andother airborne irritants from outsideair that is pulled into the vehicle.The filter should be replaced as partof routine scheduled maintenance.Inspect the passenger compartmentair filter every 36 000 km(22,500 mi) or two years, whichevercomes first. Replace if necessary.More frequent replacement may beneeded if the vehicle is driven inareas with heavy traffic, areas withpoor air quality, or areas with highdust levels. Replacement may also

be needed if there is a reduction inair flow, excessive window fogging,or odors.

Power Take Off (PTO) andExtended Idle Use

When the vehicle is used with thePTO equipment or used in a waythat requires extended idle time,one hour of use shall be deemedthe same as 33 miles. See DriverInformation Center (DIC) (BaseLevel) 0 129 or Driver InformationCenter (DIC) (Uplevel) 0 131 forhourmeter.

Air Conditioning Desiccant(Replace Every Seven Years)

The air conditioning system requiresmaintenance every seven years.This service requires replacement ofthe desiccant to help the longevityand efficient operation of the airconditioning system. This servicecan be complex. See your dealer.



Tire Rotation and RequiredServices Every 12 000 km/7,500 mi

Rotate the tires, if recommended forthe vehicle, and perform thefollowing services. See TireRotation 0 287.

. Check engine oil level and oillife percentage. If needed,change engine oil and filter, andreset oil life system. See EngineOil 0 242 and Engine Oil LifeSystem 0 244.

. Check engine coolant level. SeeCooling System 0 249.

. Check windshield washer fluidlevel. See Washer Fluid 0 254.

. Check tire inflation pressures,including the spare. See TirePressure 0 281.

. Inspect tire wear. See TireInspection 0 286.

. Visually check for fluid leaks.

. Inspect engine air cleaner filter.See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter0 247.

. Inspect brake system. SeeExterior Care 0 314.

. Visually inspect steering,suspension, and chassiscomponents for damage,including cracks or tears in therubber boots, loose or missingparts, or signs of wear at leastonce a year. See Exterior Care0 314.

. Inspect power steering forproper attachment, connections,binding, leaks, cracks,chafing, etc.

. Visually inspect halfshafts anddrive shafts for excessive wear,lubricant leaks, and/or damageincluding: tube dents or cracks,constant velocity joint oruniversal joint looseness,cracked or missing boots, looseor missing boot clamps, centerbearing excessive looseness,loose or missing fasteners, andaxle seal leaks.

. Check restraint systemcomponents. See Safety SystemCheck 0 57.

. Visually inspect fuel system fordamage or leaks.

. Visually inspect exhaust systemand nearby heat shields forloose or damaged parts.


328 Service and Maintenance. Lubricate body components. See

Exterior Care 0 314.

. Check starter switch. See StarterSwitch Check 0 259.

. Check automatic transmissionshift lock control function. SeeAutomatic Transmission ShiftLock Control Function Check0 260.

. Check ignition transmission lock.See Ignition Transmission LockCheck 0 260.

. Check parking brake andautomatic transmission parkmechanism. See Park Brake andP (Park) Mechanism Check0 260.

. Check accelerator pedal fordamage, high effort, or binding.Replace if needed.

. Visually inspect gas strut forsigns of wear, cracks, or otherdamage. Check the hold openability of the strut. If the holdopen is low, service the gasstrut. See Gas Strut(s) 0 261.

. Verify spare tire key lockoperation and lubricate asneeded. See Tire Changing0 295.

. Visually inspect the spare tire toensure that it is tightly stowedunder the vehicle. Push, pull,and try to turn the tire. If thespare tire moves, tighten asnecessary. Verify that the wheelretainer plate compressionspring is fully compressed. SeeTire Changing 0 295.



Maintenance ScheduleAdditional RequiredServices - Normal

12000km/7,500mi

24000km/15,000mi

36000km/22,500mi

48000km/30,000mi

60000km/37,500mi

72000km/45,000mi

84000km/52,500mi

96000km/60,000mi

108000km/67,500mi

120000km/75,000mi

132000km/82,500mi

144000km/90,000mi

156000km/97,500mi

168000km/105,000mi

180000km/112,500mi

192000km/120,000mi

204000km/127,500mi

216000km/135,000mi

228000km/142,500mi

240000km/150,000mi

Rotate tires and perform Required Services.Check engine oil level and oil life percentage.Change engine oil and filter, if needed.

@ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @

Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) @ @ @ @ @ @

Replace engine air cleaner filter. (2) @ @ @

Inspect evaporative control system. (3) @ @ @

Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires. @

Change transfer case fluid, if equipped with4WD. (4) @

Drain and fill engine cooling system. (5) @

Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (6) @

Replace brake fluid, if equipped with an automatictransmission. (7)

Replace brake/clutch fluid, if equipped withmanual transmission. (8)

Replace windshield wiper blades. (9) @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @

Replace hood and/or body lift support gas struts. @ @



Footnotes — MaintenanceSchedule Additional RequiredServices - Normal

(1) Or every two years, whichevercomes first. More frequentpassenger compartment air filterreplacement may be needed ifdriving in areas with heavy traffic,poor air quality, high dust levels,or environmental allergens.Passenger compartment air filterreplacement may also be needed ifthere is reduced airflow, windowfogging, or odors. Your GM dealercan help determine when to replacethe filter.

(2) Or every four years, whichevercomes first. If driving in dustyconditions, inspect the filter at eachoil change or more often as needed.

(3) Visually check all fuel and vaporlines and hoses for properattachment, connection, routing, andcondition.

(4) Do not directly power wash thetransfer case and/or front/rear axleoutput seals. High pressure watercan overcome the seals andcontaminate the transfer case fluid.Contaminated fluid will decrease thelife of the transfer case and/or axlesand should be replaced.

(5) Or every five years, whichevercomes first. See Cooling System0 249.

(6) Or every 10 years, whichevercomes first. Inspect for fraying,excessive cracking, or damage;replace, if needed.

(7) If equipped with an automatictransmission, replace brake fluidevery five years. See Brake Fluid0 255.

(8) If equipped with a manualtransmission, replace brake/clutchfluid every three years. See BrakeFluid 0 255.

(9) Or every 12 months, whichevercomes first. See Wiper BladeReplacement 0 261.



Maintenance ScheduleAdditional RequiredServices - Severe

12000km/7,500mi

24000km/15,000mi

36000km/22,500mi

48000km/30,000mi

60000km/37,500mi

72000km/45,000mi

84000km/52,500mi

96000km/60,000mi

108000km/67,500mi

120000km/75,000mi

132000km/82,500mi

144000km/90,000mi

156000km/97,500mi

168000km/105,000mi

180000km/112,500mi

192000km/120,000mi

204000km/127,500mi

216000km/135,000mi

228000km/142,500mi

240000km/150,000mi

Rotate tires and perform Required Services.Check engine oil level and oil life percentage.Change engine oil and filter, if needed.

@ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @

Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) @ @ @ @ @ @

Replace engine air cleaner filter. (2) @ @ @

Inspect evaporative control system. (3) @ @ @

Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires. @

Change automatic transmission fluid and filter. @ @ @

Change manual transmission fluid. @ @ @

Change transfer case fluid, if equipped with4WD. (4) @ @ @

Drain and fill engine cooling system. (5) @

Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (6) @

Replace brake fluid, if equipped with an automatictransmission. (7)

Replace brake/clutch fluid, if equipped withmanual transmission. (8)

Replace windshield wiper blades. (9) @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @

Replace hood and/or body lift support gas struts. @ @



Footnotes — MaintenanceSchedule Additional RequiredServices - Severe

(1) Or every two years, whichevercomes first. More frequentpassenger compartment air filterreplacement may be needed ifdriving in areas with heavy traffic,poor air quality, high dust levels,or environmental allergens.Passenger compartment air filterreplacement may also be needed ifthere is reduced airflow, windowfogging, or odors. Your GM dealercan help determine when to replacethe filter.

(2) Or every four years, whichevercomes first. If driving in dustyconditions, inspect the filter at eachoil change or more often as needed.

(3) Visually check all fuel and vaporlines and hoses for properattachment, connection, routing, andcondition.

(4) Do not directly power wash thetransfer case and/or front/rear axleoutput seals. High pressure watercan overcome the seals and

contaminate the transfer case fluid.Contaminated fluid will decrease thelife of the transfer case and/or axlesand should be replaced.

(5) Or every five years, whichevercomes first. See Cooling System0 249.

(6) Or every 10 years, whichevercomes first. Inspect for fraying,excessive cracking, or damage;replace, if needed.

(7) If equipped with an automatictransmission, replace brake fluidevery five years. See Brake Fluid0 255.

(8) If equipped with a manualtransmission, replace brake/clutchfluid every three years. See BrakeFluid 0 255.

(9) Or every 12 months, whichevercomes first. See Wiper BladeReplacement 0 261.

Special ApplicationServices. Severe Commercial Use

Vehicles Only: Lubricate chassiscomponents every oil change.

. Have underbody flushing serviceperformed. See "UnderbodyMaintenance" in Exterior Care0 314.



AdditionalMaintenance and CareYour vehicle is an importantinvestment and caring for it properlymay help to avoid future costlyrepairs. To maintain vehicleperformance, additionalmaintenance services may berequired.

It is recommended that your dealerperform these services — theirtrained dealer technicians knowyour vehicle best. Your dealer canalso perform a thoroughassessment with a multi-pointinspection to recommend when yourvehicle may need attention.

The following list is intended toexplain the services and conditionsto look for that may indicateservices are required.

Battery

The 12-volt battery supplies powerto start the engine and operate anyadditional electrical accessories.

. To avoid break-down or failure tostart the vehicle, maintain abattery with full cranking power.

. Trained dealer technicians havethe diagnostic equipment to testthe battery and ensure that theconnections and cables arecorrosion-free.

Belts

. Belts may need replacing if theysqueak or show signs ofcracking or splitting.

. Trained dealer technicians haveaccess to tools and equipmentto inspect the belts andrecommend adjustment orreplacement when necessary.

Brakes

Brakes stop the vehicle and arecrucial to safe driving.

. Signs of brake wear may includechirping, grinding, or squealingnoises, or difficulty stopping.

. Trained dealer technicians haveaccess to tools and equipmentto inspect the brakes andrecommend quality partsengineered for the vehicle.

Fluids

Proper fluid levels and approvedfluids protect the vehicle’s systemsand components. SeeRecommended Fluids andLubricants 0 336 for GM approvedfluids.

. Engine oil and windshieldwasher fluid levels should bechecked at every fuel fill.

. Instrument cluster lights maycome on to indicate that fluidsmay be low and need to befilled.



Hoses

Hoses transport fluids and shouldbe regularly inspected to ensurethat there are no cracks or leaks.With a multi-point inspection, yourdealer can inspect the hoses andadvise if replacement is needed.

Lamps

Properly working headlamps,taillamps, and brake lamps areimportant to see and be seen onthe road.

. Signs that the headlamps needattention include dimming, failureto light, cracking, or damage.The brake lamps need to bechecked periodically to ensurethat they light when braking.

. With a multi-point inspection,your dealer can check the lampsand note any concerns.

Shocks and Struts

Shocks and struts help aid in controlfor a smoother ride.

. Signs of wear may includesteering wheel vibration, bounce/sway while braking, longerstopping distance, or uneventire wear.

. As part of the multi-pointinspection, trained dealertechnicians can visually inspectthe shocks and struts for signsof leaking, blown seals,or damage, and can advisewhen service is needed.

Tires

Tires need to be properly inflated,rotated, and balanced. Maintainingthe tires can save money and fuel,and can reduce the risk of tirefailure.

. Signs that the tires need to bereplaced include three or morevisible treadwear indicators; cordor fabric showing through the

rubber; cracks or cuts in thetread or sidewall; or a bulge orsplit in the tire.

. Trained dealer technicians caninspect and recommend the righttires. Your dealer can alsoprovide tire/wheel balancingservices to ensure smoothvehicle operation at all speeds.Your dealer sells and servicesname brand tires.

Vehicle Care

To help keep the vehicle looking likenew, vehicle care products areavailable from your dealer. Forinformation on how to clean andprotect the vehicle’s interior andexterior, see Interior Care 0 319 andExterior Care 0 314.



Wheel Alignment

Wheel alignment is critical forensuring that the tires deliveroptimal wear and performance.

. Signs that the alignment mayneed to be adjusted includepulling, improper vehiclehandling, or unusual tire wear.

. Your dealer has the requiredequipment to ensure properwheel alignment.

Windshield

For safety, appearance, and thebest viewing, keep the windshieldclean and clear.

. Signs of damage includescratches, cracks, and chips.

. Trained dealer technicians caninspect the windshield andrecommend proper replacementif needed.

Wiper Blades

Wiper blades need to be cleanedand kept in good condition toprovide a clear view.

. Signs of wear include streaking,skipping across the windshield,and worn or split rubber.

. Trained dealer technicians cancheck the wiper blades andreplace them when needed.



Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and Parts

Recommended Fluids and LubricantsThis maintenance section applies to vehicles with a gasoline engine. If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see therecommended fluids and lubricants section in the Duramax diesel supplement.

Fluids and lubricants identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer.

Usage Fluid/Lubricant

Automatic Transmission (6 Speed) DEXRON-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid.

Automatic Transmission (8 Speed) DEXRON-HP Automatic Transmission Fluid.

Chassis Lubrication Chassis Lubricant (GM Part No. 12377985, in Canada 88901242) orlubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2, Category LB or GC-LB.

Engine Coolant 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and use only DEX-COOL coolant.See Cooling System 0 249.

Engine Oil Engine oil meeting the dexos1 specification of the proper SAE viscositygrade. ACDelco dexos1 full synthetic is recommended. See Engine Oil0 242.

Floor Shift Linkage Lubriplate Lubricant Aerosol (GM Part No. 89021668, in Canada 89021674)or lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2 Category LB or GC-LB.

Front (If Equipped With Four-WheelDrive) and Rear Axle

SAE 75W-90 Axle Lubricant (GM Part No. 19352759, inCanada 88863090).

Hydraulic Brake/Clutch System DOT 3 Hydraulic Brake Fluid (GM Part No. 19353126, inCanada 19353127).



Usage Fluid/Lubricant

Key Lock Cylinders, Hood Hinges,Body Door Hinge Pins, Tailgate

Hinge and Linkage, Tailgate HandlePivot Points, Hinges, Latch BoltLinkage, and Fuel Door Hinge

Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, inCanada 10953474).

Manual Transmission DEXRON-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid.

Transfer Case (If Equipped WithFour-Wheel Drive)

DEXRON-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid.

Weatherstrip Conditioning Weatherstrip Lubricant (GM Part No. 3634770, in Canada 10953518) orequivalent.

Weatherstrip Squeaks Synthetic Grease with Teflon, Superlube (GM Part No. 12371287, inCanada 10953437).

Windshield Washer Automotive windshield washer fluid that meets regional freeze protectionrequirements.



Maintenance Replacement PartsReplacement parts identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer.

Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number

Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 94775933 A3195C

Oil Filter

2.5L L4 12640445 PF64

3.6L V6 55594651 PF2257G

Passenger Compartment Air Filter 23135671 CF196

Spark Plugs

2.5L L4 12627160 41-115

3.6L V6 12646780 41-130

Wiper Blades

Driver Side – 55 cm (21.7 in) 84225697 —

Passenger Side – 45 cm (17.7 in) 84225696 —



Maintenance RecordsAfter the scheduled services are performed, record the date, odometer reading, who performed the service, and thetype of services performed in the boxes provided. Retain all maintenance receipts.

DateOdometerReading

Serviced By Services Performed


340 Technical Data

Technical Data

Vehicle IdentificationVehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340

Service Parts IdentificationLabel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340

Vehicle DataCapacities andSpecifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341

Engine Drive Belt Routing . . . . 343

Vehicle Identification

Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN)

This legal identifier is in the frontcorner of the instrument panel, onthe driver side of the vehicle. It canbe seen through the windshield fromoutside. The Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN) also appears on theVehicle Certification and ServiceParts labels and certificates of titleand registration.

Engine Identification

The eighth character in the VIN isthe engine code. This codeidentifies the vehicle's engine,specifications, and replacement

parts. See “Engine Specifications”under Capacities and Specifications0 341 for the vehicle's engine code.

Service PartsIdentification LabelThere may be a label on the insideof the glove box that contains thefollowing information:

. Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN)

. Model designation

. Paint information

. Production options and specialequipment

If there is no label, there is abarcode on the certification label onthe center (B) pillar to scan for thissame information.


Technical Data 341

Vehicle Data

Capacities and SpecificationsThe following approximate capacities are given in metric and English conversions. See Recommended Fluids andLubricants 0 336.

If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see the Duramax diesel supplement.

ApplicationCapacities

Metric English

Air Conditioning Refrigerant For the air conditioning system refrigerant type andcharge amount, see the refrigerant label under the

hood. See your dealer for more information.

Cooling System

2.5L L4 9.1 L 9.6 qt

3.6L V6 10.6 L 11.2 qt

Engine Oil with Filter

2.5L L4 4.7 L 5.0 qt

3.6L V6 5.7 L 6.0 qt

Fuel Tank 78 L 20.6 gal

Transfer Case Fluid 1.9 L 2.0 qt

Wheel Nut Torque 190Y 140 lb ft

All capacities are approximate. When adding, be sure to fill to the approximate level, as recommended in thismanual. Recheck fluid level after filling.


342 Technical Data

Engine Specifications

Engine VIN Code Spark Plug Gap

2.5L L4 A 0.95–1.10mm (0.037–0.043 in)

3.6L V6 N 0.80–0.90mm (0.031–0.035 in)


Technical Data 343

Engine Drive Belt Routing

2.5L L4 Engine

3.6L V6 Engine

If the vehicle has a diesel engine,see the Duramax dieselsupplement.


344 Customer Information

CustomerInformation

Customer InformationCustomer SatisfactionProcedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344

Customer AssistanceOffices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346

Customer Assistance for TextTelephone (TTY) Users . . . . . 347

Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . 347GM Mobility ReimbursementProgram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348

Roadside AssistanceProgram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348

Scheduling ServiceAppointments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350

Courtesy TransportationProgram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350

Collision Damage Repair . . . . . 351Publication OrderingInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353

Radio FrequencyStatement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354

Reporting Safety DefectsReporting Safety Defects tothe United StatesGovernment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354

Reporting Safety Defects tothe CanadianGovernment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355

Reporting Safety Defects toGeneral Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355

Vehicle Data Recording andPrivacyVehicle Data Recording andPrivacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356

Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . 356OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 357

Customer Information

Customer SatisfactionProcedureYour satisfaction and goodwill areimportant to your dealer and toGMC. Normally, any concerns withthe sales transaction or theoperation of the vehicle will beresolved by your dealer's sales orservice departments. Sometimes,however, despite the best intentionsof all concerned, misunderstandingscan occur. If your concern has notbeen resolved to your satisfaction,the following steps should be taken:

STEP ONE : Discuss your concernwith a member of dealershipmanagement. Normally, concernscan be quickly resolved at that level.If the matter has already beenreviewed with the sales, service,or parts manager, contact the ownerof your dealership or the generalmanager.


Customer Information 345

STEP TWO : If after contacting amember of dealership management,it appears your concern cannot beresolved by your dealership withoutfurther help, in the U.S., call1-800-462-8782. In Canada, callGeneral Motors of CanadaCustomer Care Centre at1-800-263-3777 (English),or 1-800-263-7854 (French).

We encourage you to call thetoll-free number in order to give yourinquiry prompt attention. Have thefollowing information available togive the Customer Assistancerepresentative:

. Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN). This is availablefrom the vehicle registration ortitle, or the plate at the top left ofthe instrument panel and visiblethrough the windshield.

. Dealership name and location.

. Vehicle delivery date andpresent mileage.

When contacting GMC, rememberthat your concern will likely beresolved at a dealer's facility. That iswhy we suggest following Step Onefirst.

STEP THREE — U.S. Owners :Both General Motors and yourdealer are committed to makingsure you are completely satisfiedwith your new vehicle. However,if you continue to remain unsatisfiedafter following the procedureoutlined in Steps One and Two, youcan file with the Better BusinessBureau (BBB) Auto Line Program toenforce your rights.

The BBB Auto Line Program is anout-of-court program administeredby the Council of Better BusinessBureaus to settle automotivedisputes regarding vehicle repairs orthe interpretation of the New VehicleLimited Warranty. Although you maybe required to resort to this informaldispute resolution program prior tofiling a court action, use of theprogram is free of charge and yourcase will generally be heard within40 days. If you do not agree with the

decision given in your case, youmay reject it and proceed with anyother venue for relief availableto you.

You may contact the BBB Auto LineProgram using the toll-freetelephone number or write them atthe following address:

BBB Auto Line ProgramCouncil of Better Business Bureaus,Inc.3033 Wilson Blvd.Suite 600Arlington, VA 22201

Telephone: 1-800-955-5100http://www.bbb.org/council/programs-services/dispute-handling-and-resolution/bbb-auto-line

This program is available in all50 states and the District ofColumbia. Eligibility is limited byvehicle age, mileage, and otherfactors. General Motors reservesthe right to change eligibilitylimitations and/or discontinue itsparticipation in this program.



STEP THREE — CanadianOwners : In the event that you donot feel your concerns have beenaddressed after following theprocedure outlined in Steps Oneand Two, General Motors of CanadaCompany wants you to be aware ofits participation in a no-chargeMediation/Arbitration Program.General Motors of CanadaCompany has committed to bindingarbitration of owner disputesinvolving factory-related vehicleservice claims. The programprovides for the review of the factsinvolved by an impartial third partyarbiter, and may include an informalhearing before the arbiter. Theprogram is designed so that theentire dispute settlement process,from the time you file your complaintto the final decision, should becompleted in about 70 days. Webelieve our impartial program offersadvantages over courts in mostjurisdictions because it is informal,quick, and free of charge.

For further information concerningeligibility in the Canadian MotorVehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP),

call toll-free 1-800-207-0685, or callthe General Motors Customer CareCentre, 1-800-263-3777 (English),1-800-263-7854 (French),or write to:

Mediation/Arbitration Programc/o Customer Care CentreGeneral Motors of CanadaCompanyMail Code: CA1-163-0051908 Colonel Sam DriveOshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7

Your inquiry should be accompaniedby the Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN).

Customer AssistanceOfficesGMC encourages customers to callthe toll-free number for assistance.However, if a customer wishes towrite or e-mail GMC, the lettershould be addressed to:

United States and Puerto Rico

GMC Customer Assistance CenterP.O. Box 33172Detroit, MI 48232-5172

www.gmc.com

1-800-GMC-8782 (1-800-462-8782)1-888-889-2438 (For TextTelephone devices (TTYs))Roadside Assistance:1-888-881-3302

From U.S. Virgin Islands:

1-800-496-9994

Canada

General Motors of CanadaCompanyCustomer Care Centre, Mail Code:CA1-163-0051908 Colonel Sam DriveOshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7www.gmc.ca

1-800-263-3777 (English)1-800-263-7854 (French)1-800-263-3830 (For TextTelephone Devices (TTYs))Roadside Assistance:1-800-268-6800

Overseas

Please contact the local GeneralMotors Business Unit.



Customer Assistance forText Telephone (TTY)UsersTo assist customers who are deaf,hard of hearing, or speech-impairedand who use Text Telephones(TTYs), GMC has TTY equipmentavailable at its Customer AssistanceCenter. Any TTY user in the U.S.can communicate with GMC bydialing: 1-888-889-2438. TTY usersin Canada can dial 1-800-263-3830.

Online Owner Center

Online Owner Experience(U.S.) my.gmc.com

The GMC online owner experienceis a one-stop resource that allowsinteraction with GMC and keepsimportant vehicle-specificinformation in one place.

Membership Benefits

E : Download owner’s manualsand view vehicle-specific how-tovideos.

G : View maintenance schedules,alerts, and OnStar onboard vehiclediagnostic information. Scheduleservice appointments.

I : View and print dealer-recordedservice records and self-recordedservice records.

D : Select a dealer and viewlocations, maps, phone numbers,and hours.

r : Track your vehicle’s warrantyinformation.

J : View active recalls by VehicleIdentification Number (VIN). SeeVehicle Identification Number (VIN)0 340.

H : View GM Card, SiriusXMSatellite radio (if equipped), andOnStar account information (ifequipped).

F : Chat live with online helprepresentatives.

See my.gmc.com to register yourvehicle.

GMC Centre (Canada) gmc.ca

Take a trip to the GMC Centre:

. Chat live with online helprepresentatives.

. Use the Vehicle Tools section.

. Access third party enthusiastsites and social media networks.

. Locate resources such aslease-end, financing, andwarranty information.

. Retrieve your favorite articles,quizzes, tips, and multimediagalleries organized into theFeatures and Auto CareSections.

. Download the owner’s manualfor your vehicle, quickly andeasily.

. Find the GMC-recommendedmaintenance services for yourvehicle.



GM MobilityReimbursement Program

This program is available toqualified applicants for costreimbursement, up to certain limits,of eligible aftermarket adaptiveequipment required for the vehicle,such as hand controls or awheelchair/scooter lift for thevehicle.

To learn about the GM Mobilityprogram, see www.gmmobility.comor call the GM Mobility AssistanceCenter at 1-800-323-9935. TextTelephone (TTY) users, call1-800-833-9935.

General Motors of Canada also hasa Mobility program. See www.gm.caor call 1-800-GM-DRIVE(800-463-7483) for details. TTYusers call 1-800-263-3830.

Roadside AssistanceProgramFor U.S.-purchased vehicles, call1-888-881-3302; (Text Telephone(TTY): 1-888-889-2438).

For Canadian-purchased vehicles,call 1-800-268-6800.

Service is available 24 hours a day,365 days a year.

Calling for Assistance

When calling Roadside Assistance,have the following informationready:

. Your name, home address, andhome telephone number

. Telephone number of yourlocation

. Location of the vehicle

. Model, year, color, and licenseplate number of the vehicle

. Odometer reading, VehicleIdentification Number (VIN), anddelivery date of the vehicle

. Description of the problem

Coverage

Services are provided for theduration of the vehicle's powertrainwarranty.

In the U.S., anyone driving thevehicle is covered. In Canada, aperson driving the vehicle withoutpermission from the owner is notcovered.

Roadside Assistance is not a part ofthe New Vehicle Limited Warranty.General Motors North America andGMC reserve the right to make anychanges or discontinue theRoadside Assistance program atany time without notification.

General Motors North America andGMC reserve the right to limitservices or payment to an owner ordriver if they decide the claims aremade too often, or the same type ofclaim is made many times.

Services Provided. Emergency Fuel Delivery:

Delivery of enough fuel for thevehicle to get to the nearestservice station.


Customer Information 349. Lock-Out Service: Service to

unlock the vehicle if you arelocked out. A remote unlock maybe available if you have OnStar.For security reasons, the drivermust present identificationbefore this service is given.

. Emergency Tow from a PublicRoad or Highway: Tow to thenearest GMC dealer for warrantyservice, or if the vehicle was in acrash and cannot be driven.Assistance is not given when thevehicle is stuck in the sand,mud, or snow.

. Flat Tire Change: Service tochange a flat tire with the sparetire. The spare tire, if equipped,must be in good condition andproperly inflated. It is the owner'sresponsibility for the repair orreplacement of the tire if it is notcovered by the warranty.

. Battery Jump Start: Service tojump start a dead battery.

. Trip Interruption Benefits andAssistance: If your trip isinterrupted due to a warrantyevent, incidental expenses maybe reimbursed within thePowertrain warranty period.Items considered are reasonableand customary hotel, meals,rental car, or a vehicle beingdelivered back to the customer,up to 500 miles.

Services Not Included inRoadside Assistance. Impound towing caused by

violation of any laws

. Legal fines

. Mounting, dismounting,or changing of snow tires,chains, or other traction devices

Service is not provided if a vehicleis in an area that is not accessibleto the service vehicle or is not aregularly traveled or maintainedpublic road, which includes ice andwinter roads. Off-road use is notcovered.

Services Specific toCanadian-Purchased Vehicles. Fuel Delivery: Reimbursement

is up to 7 L. Diesel fuel deliverymay be restricted. Propane andother fuels are not providedthrough this service.

. Lock-Out Service: Vehicleregistration is required.

. Trip Interruption Benefits andAssistance: Must be over150 km from where your trip wasstarted to qualify.Pre-authorization, originaldetailed receipts, and a copy ofthe repair orders are required.Once authorization has beenreceived, the RoadsideAssistance advisor will help tomake arrangements and explainhow to receive payment.

. Alternative Service: Ifassistance cannot be providedright away, the RoadsideAssistance advisor may givepermission to get localemergency road service. You willreceive payment, up to $100,



after sending the original receiptto Roadside Assistance.Mechanical failures may becovered, however any cost forparts and labor for repairs notcovered by the warranty are theowner responsibility.

Scheduling ServiceAppointmentsWhen the vehicle requires warrantyservice, contact your dealer andrequest an appointment. Byscheduling a service appointmentand advising the service consultantof your transportation needs, yourdealer can help minimize yourinconvenience.

If the vehicle cannot be scheduledinto the service departmentimmediately, keep driving it until itcan be scheduled for service,unless, of course, the problem issafety related. If it is, please callyour dealership, let them know this,and ask for instructions.

If your dealer requests you to bringthe vehicle for service, you areurged to do so as early in the workday as possible to allow forsame-day repair.

Courtesy TransportationProgramTo enhance your ownershipexperience, we and our participatingdealers are proud to offer CourtesyTransportation, a customer supportprogram for vehicles with theBumper-to-Bumper (Base WarrantyCoverage period in Canada),extended powertrain, and/orhybrid-specific warranties in boththe U.S. and Canada.

Several Courtesy Transportationoptions are available to assist inreducing inconvenience whenwarranty repairs are required.

Courtesy Transportation is not apart of the New Vehicle LimitedWarranty. A separate bookletentitled “Limited Warranty andOwner Assistance Information”

furnished with each new vehicleprovides detailed warranty coverageinformation.

Transportation Options

Warranty service can generally becompleted while you wait. However,if you are unable to do so, yourdealer may offer the followingtransportation options:

Shuttle Service

This includes one-way or round-tripshuttle service within reasonabletime and distance parameters ofyour dealer's area.

Public Transportation or FuelReimbursement

If overnight warranty repairs areneeded, and public transportation isused, the expense must besupported by original receipts andwithin the maximum amount allowedby GM for shuttle service. If U.S.customers arrange their owntransportation, limitedreimbursement for reasonable fuelexpenses may be available. Claimamounts should reflect actual costs



and be supported by originalreceipts. See your dealer forinformation.

Courtesy Rental Vehicle

For an overnight warranty repair, thedealer may provide an availablecourtesy rental vehicle or provide forreimbursement of a rental vehicle.Reimbursement is limited and mustbe supported by original receipts aswell as a signed and completedrental agreement and meet state/provincial, local, and rental vehicleprovider requirements.Requirements vary and may includeminimum age requirements,insurance coverage, credit card, etc.Additional fees such as fuel usagecharges, taxes, levies, usage fees,excessive mileage, or rental usagebeyond the completion of the repairare also your responsibility.

It may not be possible to provide alike vehicle as a courtesy rental.

Additional ProgramInformation

All program options, such as shuttleservice, may not be available atevery dealer. Contact your dealerfor specific availability.

General Motors reserves the right tounilaterally modify, change,or discontinue CourtesyTransportation at any time and toresolve all questions of claimeligibility pursuant to the terms andconditions described herein at itssole discretion.

Collision Damage RepairIf the vehicle is involved in acollision and it is damaged, have thedamage repaired by a qualifiedtechnician using the properequipment and quality replacementparts. Poorly performed collisionrepairs diminish the vehicle resalevalue, and safety performance canbe compromised in subsequentcollisions.

Collision Parts

Genuine GM Collision parts are newparts made with the same materialsand construction methods as theparts with which the vehicle wasoriginally built. Genuine GMCollision parts are the best choice toensure that the vehicle's designedappearance, durability, and safetyare preserved. The use of GenuineGM parts can help maintain the GMNew Vehicle Limited Warranty.

Recycled original equipment partsmay also be used for repair. Theseparts are typically removed fromvehicles that were total losses inprior crashes. In most cases, theparts being recycled are fromundamaged sections of the vehicle.A recycled original equipment GMpart may be an acceptable choice tomaintain the vehicle's originallydesigned appearance and safetyperformance; however, the history ofthese parts is not known. Such partsare not covered by the GM NewVehicle Limited Warranty, and anyrelated failures are not covered bythat warranty.



Aftermarket collision parts are alsoavailable. These are made bycompanies other than GM and maynot have been tested for the vehicle.As a result, these parts may fitpoorly, exhibit premature durability/corrosion problems, and may notperform properly in subsequentcollisions. Aftermarket parts are notcovered by the GM New VehicleLimited Warranty, and any vehiclefailure related to such parts is notcovered by that warranty.

Repair Facility

GM also recommends that youchoose a collision repair facility thatmeets your needs before you everneed collision repairs. Your dealermay have a collision repair centerwith GM-trained technicians andstate-of-the-art equipment, or beable to recommend a collision repaircenter that has GM-trainedtechnicians and comparableequipment.

Insuring the Vehicle

Protect your investment in the GMvehicle with comprehensive andcollision insurance coverage. Thereare significant differences in thequality of coverage afforded byvarious insurance policy terms.Many insurance policies providereduced protection to the GMvehicle by limiting compensation fordamage repairs through the use ofaftermarket collision parts. Someinsurance companies will notspecify aftermarket collision parts.When purchasing insurance, werecommend that you ensure that thevehicle will be repaired with GMoriginal equipment collision parts.If such insurance coverage is notavailable from your currentinsurance carrier, consider switchingto another insurance carrier.

If the vehicle is leased, the leasingcompany may require you to haveinsurance that ensures repairs withGenuine GM Original EquipmentManufacturer (OEM) parts orGenuine Manufacturer replacement

parts. Read the lease carefully, asyou may be charged at the end ofthe lease for poor quality repairs.

If a Crash Occurs

If there has been an injury, callemergency services for help. Do notleave the scene of a crash until allmatters have been taken care of.Move the vehicle only if its positionputs you in danger, or you areinstructed to move it by a policeofficer.

Give only the necessary informationto police and other parties involvedin the crash.

For emergency towing seeRoadside Assistance Program0 348.

Gather the following information:

. Driver name, address, andtelephone number

. Driver license number

. Owner name, address, andtelephone number

. Vehicle license plate number


Customer Information 353. Vehicle make, model, and

model year

. Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN)

. Insurance company and policynumber

. General description of thedamage to the other vehicle

Choose a reputable repair facilitythat uses quality replacement parts.See “Collision Parts” earlier in thissection.

If the airbag has inflated, see WhatWill You See after an AirbagInflates? 0 64.

Managing the Vehicle DamageRepair Process

In the event that the vehicle requiresdamage repairs, GM recommendsthat you take an active role in itsrepair. If you have a pre-determinedrepair facility of choice, take thevehicle there, or have it towed there.Specify to the facility that anyrequired replacement collision partsbe original equipment parts, eithernew Genuine GM parts or recycled

original GM parts. Remember,recycled parts will not be covered bythe GM vehicle warranty.

Insurance pays the bill for the repair,but you must live with the repair.Depending on your policy limits,your insurance company mayinitially value the repair usingaftermarket parts. Discuss this withthe repair professional, and insist onGenuine GM parts. Remember,if the vehicle is leased, you may beobligated to have the vehiclerepaired with Genuine GM parts,even if your insurance coveragedoes not pay the full cost.

If another party's insurancecompany is paying for the repairs,you are not obligated to accept arepair valuation based on thatinsurance company's collision policyrepair limits, as you have nocontractual limits with that company.In such cases, you can have controlof the repair and parts choices aslong as the cost stays withinreasonable limits.

Publication OrderingInformation

Service Manuals

Service manuals have the diagnosisand repair information on theengine, transmission, axle,suspension, brakes, electricalsystem, steering system, body, etc.

Customer Literature

Owner’s manuals are writtenspecifically for owners and areintended to provide basicoperational information about thevehicle. The owner’s manualincludes the Maintenance Schedulefor all models.

Customer literature publicationsavailable for purchase includeowner’s manuals, warrantymanuals, infotainment manuals, andportfolios. Portfolios include anowner’s manual, warranty manual,infotainment manual, if applicable,and zip lock bag or pouch.



Current and Past Models

Service manuals and customerliterature are available for manycurrent and past model year GMvehicles.

To order, call 1-800-551-4123Monday–Friday, 8:00 a.m.–6:00 p.m.eastern time

For credit card orders only (VISA,MasterCard, or Discover), seeHelm, Inc. at: www.helminc.com.

To order by mail, write to:

Helm, IncorporatedAttention: Customer Service47911 Halyard DrivePlymouth, MI 48170

Make checks payable in U.S. funds.

Radio FrequencyStatementThis vehicle has systems thatoperate on a radio frequency thatcomplies with Part 15/Part 18 of theFederal CommunicationsCommission (FCC) rules and withInnovation, Science and EconomicDevelopment (ISED) Canada'sRSP-100 / license-exempt RSS's /ICES-001.

Operation is subject to the followingtwo conditions:

1. The device may not causeharmful interference.

2. The device must accept anyinterference received, includinginterference that may causeundesired operation of thedevice.

Changes or modifications to any ofthese systems by other than anauthorized service facility could voidauthorization to use this equipment.

Reporting SafetyDefects

Reporting Safety Defectsto the United StatesGovernmentIf you believe that your vehiclehas a defect which could causea crash or could cause injury ordeath, you should immediatelyinform the National HighwayTraffic Safety Administration(NHTSA) in addition to notifyingGeneral Motors.

If NHTSA receives similarcomplaints, it may open aninvestigation, and if it finds thata safety defect exists in a groupof vehicles, it may order a recalland remedy campaign.However, NHTSA cannotbecome involved in individualproblems between you, yourdealer, or General Motors.



To contact NHTSA, you may callthe Vehicle Safety Hotlinetoll-free at 1-888-327-4236(TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go tohttp://www.safercar.gov; orwrite to:

Administrator, NHTSA1200 New Jersey Avenue, S.E.Washington, D.C. 20590

You can also obtain otherinformation about motorvehicle safety fromhttp://www.safercar.gov.

Reporting Safety Defectsto the CanadianGovernmentIf you live in Canada, and youbelieve that the vehicle has asafety defect, notify TransportCanada immediately, and notifyGeneral Motors of CanadaCompany. Call TransportCanada at 1-800-333-0510;go to:

www.tc.gc.ca/recalls (English)

www.tc.gc.ca/rappels (French)

or write to:

Transport CanadaMotor Vehicle Safety DirectorateDefect Investigations andRecalls Division80 Noel StreetGatineau, QC J8Z 0A1

Reporting Safety Defectsto General MotorsIn addition to notifying NHTSA (orTransport Canada) in a situation likethis, notify General Motors.

Call 1-800-GMC-8782(1-800-462-8782), or write:

GMC Customer Assistance CenterP.O. Box 33172Detroit, MI 48232-5172

In Canada, call 1-800-263-3777(English) or 1-800-263-7854(French), or write:

General Motors of CanadaCompanyCustomer Care Centre, Mail Code:CA1-163-0051908 Colonel Sam DriveOshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7



Vehicle DataRecording andPrivacyThe vehicle has a number ofcomputers that record informationabout the vehicle’s performance andhow it is driven. For example, thevehicle uses computer modules tomonitor and control engine andtransmission performance, tomonitor the conditions for airbagdeployment and deploy them in acrash, and, if equipped, to provideantilock braking to help the drivercontrol the vehicle. These modulesmay store data to help the dealertechnician service the vehicle.Some modules may also store dataabout how the vehicle is operated,such as rate of fuel consumption oraverage speed. These modules mayretain personal preferences, such asradio presets, seat positions, andtemperature settings.

Event Data RecordersThis vehicle is equipped with anevent data recorder (EDR). Themain purpose of an EDR is torecord, in certain crash or nearcrash-like situations, such as an airbag deployment or hitting a roadobstacle, data that will assist inunderstanding how a vehicle’ssystems performed. The EDR isdesigned to record data related tovehicle dynamics and safetysystems for a short period of time,typically 30 seconds or less. TheEDR in this vehicle is designed torecord such data as:

. How various systems in yourvehicle were operating;

. Whether or not the driver andpassenger safety belts werebuckled/fastened;

. How far (if at all) the driver wasdepressing the accelerator and/or brake pedal; and,

. How fast the vehicle wastraveling.

These data can help provide abetter understanding of thecircumstances in which crashes andinjuries occur.

NoteEDR data are recorded by yourvehicle only if a non-trivial crashsituation occurs; no data arerecorded by the EDR under normaldriving conditions and no personaldata (e.g., name, gender, age, andcrash location) are recorded.However, other parties, such as lawenforcement, could combine theEDR data with the type ofpersonally identifying data routinelyacquired during a crashinvestigation.

To read data recorded by an EDR,special equipment is required, andaccess to the vehicle or the EDR isneeded. In addition to the vehiclemanufacturer, other parties, such aslaw enforcement, that have thespecial equipment, can read theinformation if they have access tothe vehicle or the EDR.



GM will not access these data orshare it with others except: with theconsent of the vehicle owner or,if the vehicle is leased, with theconsent of the lessee; in responseto an official request by police orsimilar government office; as part ofGM's defense of litigation throughthe discovery process; or, asrequired by law. Data that GMcollects or receives may also beused for GM research needs or maybe made available to others forresearch purposes, where a need isshown and the data is not tied to aspecific vehicle or vehicle owner.

OnStarIf the vehicle is equipped withOnStar and has an active serviceplan, additional data may becollected through the OnStarsystem. This includes informationabout the vehicle’s operation;collisions involving the vehicle; theuse of the vehicle and its features;and, in certain situations, thelocation and approximate GPSspeed of the vehicle. Refer to the

OnStar Terms and Conditions andPrivacy Statement on the OnStarwebsite.

See OnStar Additional Information0 360.

Infotainment SystemIf the vehicle is equipped with anavigation system as part of theinfotainment system, use of thesystem may result in the storage ofdestinations, addresses, telephonenumbers, and other trip information.See the infotainment manual forinformation on stored data and fordeletion instructions.


358 OnStar

OnStar

OnStar OverviewOnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358

OnStar ServicesEmergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360

OnStar Additional InformationOnStar AdditionalInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360

OnStar Overview

= Voice Command Button

Q Blue OnStar Button

> Red Emergency Button

This vehicle may be equipped with acomprehensive, in-vehicle systemthat can connect to an OnStarAdvisor for Emergency, Security,Navigation, Connections, andDiagnostics Services. OnStarservices may require a paid serviceplan and data plan. OnStar requiresthe vehicle battery and electricalsystem, cellular service, and GPSsatellite signals to be available andoperating. OnStar acts as a link toexisting emergency serviceproviders. OnStar may collect

information about you and yourvehicle, including locationinformation. See OnStar UserTerms, Privacy Statement, andSoftware Terms for more detailsincluding system limitations atwww.onstar.com (U.S.) orwww.onstar.ca (Canada).

The OnStar system status light isnext to the OnStar buttons. If thestatus light is:

. Solid Green: System is ready.

. Flashing Green: On a call.

. Red: Indicates a problem.

. Off: System is off. Press Qtwice to speak with an OnStarAdvisor.

PressQ or call 1-888-4ONSTAR(1-888-466-7827) to speak to anAdvisor.

Functionality of the Voice Commandbutton may vary by vehicle andregion.


OnStar 359

Press= to:

. Open the OnStar app on theinfotainment display. See theinfotainment manual forinformation on how to use theOnStar app.

Or

. Make a call, end a call,or answer an incoming call.

. Give OnStar Hands-Free Callingvoice commands.

. Give OnStar Turn-by-TurnNavigation voice commands.

. Obtain and customize the Wi-Fihotspot name or SSID andpassword, if equipped.

PressQ to connect to anAdvisor to:

. Verify account information orupdate contact information.

. Get driving directions.

. Receive a Diagnostic check ofthe vehicle's key operatingsystems.

. Receive Roadside Assistance.

. Manage Wi-Fi Settings,if equipped.

Press> to get a priority connectionto an OnStar Advisor available24/7 to:

. Get help for an emergency.

. Be a Good Samaritan orrespond to an AMBER Alert.

. Get assistance in severeweather or other crisis situationsand find evacuation routes.

OnStar Services

EmergencyEmergency Services require anactive safety and security plan. WithAutomatic Crash Response, built-insensors can automatically alert aspecially trained OnStar Advisorwho is immediately connected in tothe vehicle to help.

Press> for a priority connection toan OnStar Advisor who can contactemergency service providers, directthem to your exact location, andrelay important information.

With OnStar Crisis Assist, speciallytrained Advisors are available24 hours a day, 7 days a week, toprovide a central point of contact,assistance, and information during acrisis.

With Roadside Assistance, Advisorscan locate a nearby service providerto help with a flat tire, a batteryjump, or an empty gas tank.


360 OnStar

SecurityIf equipped, OnStar provides theseservices:

. With Stolen Vehicle Assistance,OnStar Advisors can use GPS topinpoint the vehicle and helpauthorities quickly recover it.

. With Remote Ignition Block,if equipped, OnStar can blockthe engine from being restarted.

. With Stolen Vehicle Slowdown,if equipped, OnStar can workwith law enforcement togradually slow the vehicle down.

Theft Alarm Notification

If equipped, if the doors are lockedand the vehicle alarm sounds, anotification by text, e-mail, or phonecall will be sent. If the vehicle isstolen, an OnStar Advisor can workwith authorities to recover thevehicle.

OnStar AdditionalInformationIn-Vehicle Audio Messages

Audio messages may play importantinformation at the following times:

. Prior to vehicle purchase.PressQ to set up an account.

. After change in ownership andat 90 days.

Transferring Service

PressQ to request account transfereligibility information. The Advisorcan cancel or change accountinformation.

Selling/Transferring theVehicle

Call 1-888-4ONSTAR(1-888-466-7827) immediately toterminate your OnStar or connectedservices if the vehicle is disposedof, sold, transferred, or if thelease ends.

Reactivation for SubsequentOwners

PressQ and follow the prompts tospeak to an Advisor as soon aspossible. The Advisor will updatevehicle records and explain OnStaror connected service options.

How OnStar Service Works

Automatic Crash Response,Emergency Services, Crisis Assist,Stolen Vehicle Assistance, RemoteServices, Roadside Assistance, andHands-Free Calling are available onmost vehicles. Not all OnStarservices are available everywhereor on all vehicles. For moreinformation, a full description ofOnStar services, system limitations,and OnStar User Terms, PrivacyStatement, and Software Terms:

. Call 1-888-4ONSTAR(1-888-466-7827).

. See www.onstar.com (U.S.).

. See www.onstar.ca (Canada).

. Call TTY 1-877-248-2080.


OnStar 361

. PressQ to speak with anAdvisor.

OnStar or connected servicescannot work unless the vehicle is ina place where OnStar has anagreement with a wireless serviceprovider for service in that area. Thewireless service provider must alsohave coverage, network capacity,reception, and technologycompatible with OnStar orconnected services. Serviceinvolving location information aboutthe vehicle cannot work unless GPSsignals are available, unobstructed,and compatible with the OnStarhardware. OnStar or connectedservices may not work if the OnStarequipment is not properly installedor it has not been properlymaintained. If equipment or softwareis added, connected, or modified,OnStar or connected services maynot work. Other problems beyondthe control of OnStar — such ashills, tall buildings, tunnels, weather,electrical system design andarchitecture of the vehicle, damage

to the vehicle in a crash, or wirelessphone network congestion orjamming — may prevent service.

See Radio Frequency Statement0 354.

Services for People withDisabilities

Advisors provide services to helpwith physical disabilities andmedical conditions.

PressQ to help:

. Locate a gas station with anattendant to pump gas.

. Find a hotel, restaurant, etc.,that meets accessibility needs.

. Provide directions to the closesthospital or pharmacy in urgentsituations.

TTY Users

OnStar has the ability tocommunicate to deaf,hard-of-hearing, or speech-impairedcustomers while in the vehicle. Theavailable dealer-installed TTYsystem can provide in-vehicle

access to all OnStar services,except Virtual Advisor and OnStarTurn-by-Turn Navigation.

If equipped, TTY mode can beturned on or off by touchingSettings, then Apps, and thenPhone. When TTY mode is on,phone calls can be made orreceived with OnStar using theinfotainment display.

OnStar Personal IdentificationNumber (PIN)

A PIN is needed to access someOnStar services. The PIN will needto be changed the first time whenspeaking with an Advisor. Tochange the OnStar PIN, contact anOnStar Advisor by pressingQ orcalling 1-888-4ONSTAR.

Warranty

OnStar equipment may bewarranted as part of the vehiclewarranty.


362 OnStar

Languages

The vehicle can be programmed torespond in multiple languages.PressQ and ask for an Advisor.Advisors are available in English,Spanish, and French. Availablelanguages may vary by country.

Potential Issues

OnStar cannot perform RemoteDoor Unlock or Stolen VehicleAssistance after the vehicle hasbeen off continuously for 10 dayswithout an ignition cycle. If thevehicle has not been started for10 days, OnStar can contactRoadside Assistance or a locksmithto help gain access to the vehicle.

Global PositioningSystem (GPS). Obstruction of the GPS can

occur in a large city with tallbuildings; in parking garages;around airports; in tunnels andunderpasses; or in an area withvery dense trees. If GPS signalsare not available, the OnStarsystem should still operate to

call OnStar. However, OnStarcould have difficulty identifyingthe exact location.

. In emergency situations, OnStarcan use the last stored GPSlocation to send to emergencyresponders.

A temporary loss of GPS can causeloss of the ability to send aTurn-by-Turn Navigation route. TheAdvisor may give a verbal route ormay ask for a call back after thevehicle is driven into an open area.

Cellular and GPS Antennas

Cellular reception is required forOnStar to send remote signals tothe vehicle. Do not place items overor near the antenna to preventblocking cellular and GPS signalreception.

Unable to Connect to OnStarMessage

If there is limited cellular coverageor the cellular network has reachedmaximum capacity, this message

may come on. PressQ to try thecall again or try again after driving afew miles into another cellular area.

Vehicle and Power Issues

OnStar services require a vehicleelectrical system, wireless service,and GPS satellite technologies to beavailable and operating for featuresto function properly. These systemsmay not operate if the battery isdischarged or disconnected.

Add-on Electrical Equipment

The OnStar system is integratedinto the electrical architecture of thevehicle. Do not add any electricalequipment. See Add-On ElectricalEquipment 0 233. Added electricalequipment may interfere with theoperation of the OnStar system andcause it to not operate.

Vehicle Software Updates

OnStar or GM may remotely deliversoftware updates or changes to thevehicle without further notice orconsent. These updates or changesmay enhance or maintain safety,


OnStar 363

security, or the operation of thevehicle or the vehicle systems.Software updates or changes mayaffect or erase data or settings thatare stored in the vehicle, such asOnStar Hands-Free Calling nametags, saved navigation destinations,or pre-set radio stations. NeitherOnStar nor GM is responsible forany affected or erased data orsettings. These updates or changesmay also collect personalinformation. Such collection isdescribed in the OnStar privacystatement or separately disclosed atthe time of installation. Theseupdates or changes may also causea system to automaticallycommunicate with GM servers tocollect information about vehiclesystem status, identify whetherupdates or changes are available,or deliver updates or changes. Anactive OnStar agreement constitutesconsent to these software updatesor changes and agreement thateither OnStar or GM may remotelydeliver them to the vehicle.

Privacy

The complete OnStar PrivacyStatement may be found atwww.onstar.com (U.S.),or www.onstar.ca (Canada). Werecommend that you review it.If you have any questions, call1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827)or pressQ to speak with anAdvisor. Users of wirelesscommunications are cautioned thatthe privacy of any information sentvia wireless cellular communicationscannot be assured. Third partiesmay unlawfully intercept or accesstransmissions and privatecommunications without consent.

OnStar - SoftwareAcknowledgements

Certain OnStar components includelibcurl and unzip software and otherthird party software. Below are thenotices and licenses associatedwith libcurl and unzip and for otherthird party software please seehttp://opensource.lge.com/index

www.onstar.com/us/en/

libcurl:

COPYRIGHT AND PERMISSIONNOTICE

Copyright (c) 1996 - 2010, DanielStenberg, <[email protected]>.

All rights reserved.

Permission to use, copy, modify,and distribute this software for anypurpose with or without fee ishereby granted, provided that theabove copyright notice and thispermission notice appear in allcopies.

THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED“AS IS,” WITHOUT WARRANTY OFANY KIND, EXPRESS ORIMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOTLIMITED TO THE WARRANTIESOF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESSFOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSEAND NONINFRINGEMENT OFTHIRD PARTY RIGHTS. IN NOEVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS ORCOPYRIGHT HOLDERS BELIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,WHETHER IN AN ACTION OFCONTRACT, TORT OR


364 OnStar

OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,OUT OF OR IN CONNECTIONWITH THE SOFTWARE OR THEUSE OR OTHER DEALINGS INTHE SOFTWARE.

Except as contained in this notice,the name of a copyright holder shallnot be used in advertising orotherwise to promote the sale, useor other dealings in this Softwarewithout prior written authorization ofthe copyright holder.

unzip:

This is version 2005-Feb-10 of theInfo-ZIP copyright and license.The definitive version of thisdocument should be availableat ftp://ftp.info-zip.org/pub/infozip/license.html indefinitely.

Copyright (c) 1990-2005 Info-ZIP. Allrights reserved.

For the purposes of this copyrightand license, “Info-ZIP” is defined asthe following set of individuals:

Mark Adler, John Bush, Karl Davis,Harald Denker, Jean-Michel Dubois,Jean-loup Gailly, Hunter Goatley, Ed

Gordon, Ian Gorman, ChrisHerborth, Dirk Haase, Greg Hartwig,Robert Heath, Jonathan Hudson,Paul Kienitz, David Kirschbaum,Johnny Lee, Onno van der Linden,Igor Mandrichenko, Steve P. Miller,Sergio Monesi, Keith Owens,George Petrov, Greg Roelofs, KaiUwe Rommel, Steve Salisbury,Dave Smith, Steven M. Schweda,Christian Spieler, Cosmin Truta,Antoine Verheijen, Paul von Behren,Rich Wales, Mike White.

This software is provided “as is,”without warranty of any kind,express or implied. In no event shallInfo-ZIP or its contributors be heldliable for any direct, indirect,incidental, special or consequentialdamages arising out of the use of orinability to use this software.

Permission is granted to anyone touse this software for any purpose,including commercial applications,and to alter it and redistribute itfreely, subject to the followingrestrictions:

1. Redistributions of source codemust retain the above copyrightnotice, definition, disclaimer,and this list of conditions.

2. Redistributions in binary form(compiled executables) mustreproduce the above copyrightnotice, definition, disclaimer,and this list of conditions indocumentation and/or othermaterials provided with thedistribution. The sole exceptionto this condition is redistributionof a standard UnZipSFX binary(including SFXWiz) as part of aself-extracting archive; that ispermitted without inclusion ofthis license, as long as thenormal SFX banner has notbeen removed from the binaryor disabled.

3. Altered versions–including, butnot limited to, ports to newoperating systems, existingports with new graphicalinterfaces, and dynamic,shared, or static libraryversions–must be plainlymarked as such and must not


OnStar 365

be misrepresented as beingthe original source. Suchaltered versions also must notbe misrepresented as beingInfo-ZIP releases–including,but not limited to, labeling ofthe altered versions with thenames “Info-ZIP” (or anyvariation thereof, including, butnot limited to, differentcapitalizations), “PocketUnZip,” “WiZ” or “MacZip”without the explicit permissionof Info-ZIP. Such alteredversions are further prohibitedfrom misrepresentative use ofthe Zip-Bugs or Info-ZIP e-mailaddresses or of theInfo-ZIP URL(s).

4. Info-ZIP retains the right to usethe names “Info-ZIP,” “Zip,”“UnZip,” “UnZipSFX,” “WiZ,”“Pocket UnZip,” “Pocket Zip,”and “MacZip” for its ownsource and binary releases.


366 Connected Services

ConnectedServices

Connected ServicesNavigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369

Connected Services

NavigationNavigation requires a specificOnStar or connected service plan.

PressQ to receive Turn-by-Turndirections or have them sent to thevehicle’s navigation screen,if equipped.

Turn-by-Turn Navigation

1. PressQ to connect to anAdvisor.

2. Request directions to bedownloaded to the vehicle.

3. Follow the voice-guidedcommands.

Using Voice CommandsDuring a Planned Route

Functionality of the Voice Commandbutton, if equipped, may vary byvehicle and region. For somevehicles, press= to open the

OnStar app on the infotainmentdisplay. For other vehicles press=as follows.

Cancel Route

1. Press=. System responds:“OnStar ready,” then a tone.

2. Say “Cancel route.” Systemresponds: “Do you want tocancel directions?”

3. Say “Yes.” System responds:“OK, request completed, thankyou, goodbye.”

Route Preview


2. Say “Route preview.” Systemresponds with the next threemaneuvers.

Repeat



Connected Services 367

2. Say “Repeat.” Systemresponds with the last directiongiven, then responds with“OnStar ready,” then a tone.

Get My Destination


2. Say “Get my destination.”System responds with theaddress and distance to thedestination, then responds with“OnStar ready,” then a tone.

Send Destination to Vehicle

Directions can be sent to thevehicle’s navigation screen,if equipped.

PressQ, then ask the Advisor todownload directions to the vehicle’snavigation system, if equipped. Afterthe call ends, the navigation screenwill provide prompts to begin drivingdirections. Routes that are sent tothe navigation screen can only becanceled through the navigationsystem.

See www.onstar.com (U.S.) orwww.onstar.ca (Canada).

ConnectionsThe following services help withstaying connected.

For coverage maps, seewww.onstar.com (U.S.) orwww.onstar.ca (Canada).

Ensuring Security

. Change the default passwordsfor the Wi-Fi hotspot andmyGMC mobile application.Make these passwords differentfrom each other and use acombination of letters, numbers,and symbols to increase thesecurity.

. Change the default name of theSSID (Service Set Identifier).This is your network’s name thatis visible to other wirelessdevices. Choose a unique nameand avoid family names orvehicle descriptions.

Wi-Fi Hotspot (If Equipped)

The vehicle may have a built-inWi-Fi hotspot that provides accessto the Internet and web content at4G LTE speed. Up to seven mobiledevices can be connected. A dataplan is required. Use the in-vehiclecontrols only when it is safe todo so.

1. To retrieve Wi-Fi hotspotinformation, press= to openthe OnStar app on theinfotainment display, thenselect Wi-Fi Hotspot. On somevehicles, touch Wi-Fi or Wi-FiSettings on the screen.

2. The Wi-Fi settings will displaythe Wi-Fi hotspot name (SSID),password, and on somevehicles, the connection type(no Internet connection, 3G,4G, 4G LTE), and signal quality(poor, good, excellent).

3. To change the SSID orpassword, pressQ or call1-888-4ONSTAR to connectwith an Advisor. On some


368 Connected Services

vehicles, the SSID andpassword can be changed inthe Wi-Fi Hotspot menu.

After initial set-up, your vehicle’sWi-Fi hotspot will connectautomatically to your mobiledevices. Manage data usage byturning Wi-Fi on or off on yourmobile device, using the myGMCmobile app, or by contacting anOnStar Advisor. On some vehicles,Wi-Fi can also be managed from theWi-Fi Hotspot menu.

MyGMC Mobile App (If Available)

Download the myGMC mobile appto compatible Apple and Androidsmartphones. GMC users canaccess the following services from asmartphone:

. Remotely start/stop the vehicle,if factory-equipped.

. Lock/unlock doors, if equippedwith automatic locks.

. Activate the horn and lamps.

. Check the vehicle’s fuel level, oillife, or tire pressure,if factory-equipped with the TirePressure Monitor System.

. Send destinations to the vehicle.

. Locate the vehicle on a map(U.S. market only).

. Turn the vehicle's Wi-Fi hotspoton/off, manage settings, andmonitor data consumption,if equipped.

. Locate a dealer and scheduleservice.

. Request roadside assistance.

. Set a parking reminder with pindrop, take a photo, make a note,and set a timer.

. Connect with GMC on socialmedia.

Features are subject to change. FormyGMC mobile app information andcompatibility, see my.gmc.com.

An active OnStar or connectedservice plan may be required.A compatible device,factory-installed remote start, and

power locks are required. Data ratesapply. See www.onstar.com fordetails and system limitations.

Remote Services

Contact an OnStar Advisor tounlock the doors or sound the hornand flash the lamps.

Marketplace

OnStar Advisors can provide offersfrom restaurants and retailers onyour route, help locate hotels,or book a room. These servicesvary by market.

OnStar Hands-Free Calling

Make and receive calls with thebuilt-in wireless calling service,which requires available minutes.Functionality of the Voice Commandbutton may vary by vehicle andregion. For some vehicles, press=to open the OnStar app on theinfotainment display, then selectHands-Free calling. For othervehicles press= as follows.


Connected Services 369

Make a Call

1. Press=. System responds:“OnStar ready.”

2. Say “Call.” System responds:“Call. Please say the name ornumber to call.”

3. Say the entire number withoutpausing, including a “1” and thearea code. System responds:“OK, calling.”

Calling 911 Emergency


2. Say “Call.” System responds:“Call. Please say the name ornumber to call.”

3. Say “911” without pausing.System responds: “911.”

4. Say “Call.” System responds:“OK, dialing 911.”

Retrieve My Number


2. Say “My number.” Systemresponds: “Your OnStarHands-Free Calling number is,”then says the number.

End a Call

Press=. System responds: “Callended.”

Verify Minutes and Expiration

Press= and say “Minutes” then“Verify” to check how many minutesremain and their expiration date.

If equipped, press= and touchAccount Services to view thenumber of remaining minutes,available Wi-Fi data, and otheraccount information.

DiagnosticsBy monitoring and reporting on thevehicle's key systems, OnStarAdvanced Diagnostics, if equipped,provides a way to keep up onmaintenance. Capabilities vary bymodel. See www.onstar.com fordetails and system limitations.Features are subject to change. Forupdates on feature capabilities, seemy.gmc.com. Message and datarates may apply.


370 Index

Index AAccessories andModifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237

Accessory Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179Add-On Electrical Equipment . . . 233Additional InformationOnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360

Additional Maintenanceand Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333

AdjustmentsLumbar, Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . .46

Air Cleaner/Filter, Engine . . . . . . . 247Air Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . .148, 150Air Filter, PassengerCompartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154

Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153Airbag SystemCheck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .71How Does an AirbagRestrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63

Passenger Sensing System . . . .65What Makes an AirbagInflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63

What Will You See after anAirbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64

When Should an AirbagInflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62

Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . .61

AirbagsAdding Equipment to theVehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70

Passenger Status Indicator . . . .119Readiness Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119Servicing Airbag-EquippedVehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .69

System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59AlarmVehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34

All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274All-Terrain Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275Antilock Brake System (ABS) . . . 196Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123

Appearance CareExterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319

Assistance Program,Roadside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348

Assistance Systems forParking and Backing . . . . . . . . . . 206

AutomaticClimate Control System . . . . . . . 150Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33Headlamp System . . . . . . . . . . . . 141Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183Transmission Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . 246


Index 371

Automatic TransmissionManual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185Shift Lock Control FunctionCheck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260

Axle, Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258Axle, Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258

BBatteryExterior Lighting BatterySaver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146

Load Management . . . . . . . . . . . . 145Power Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146

Battery - North America . . . .256, 307Blade Replacement, Wiper . . . . . 261Blind Spot Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37BrakeSystem Warning Light . . . . . . . . 122

Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254Antilock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197

Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157Break-In, New Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . 174

Bulb ReplacementCenter High-MountedStoplamp (CHMSL) andCargo Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265

Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263Headlamps, Front TurnSignal, Sidemarker, andParking Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263

Taillamps, Turn Signal,Stoplamps, and Back-upLamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264

Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288

CCalibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108CaliforniaPerchlorate MaterialsRequirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237

CaliforniaProposition65 Warning . . . . . . . . . .236, 256, 307,

Back CoverCanadian Vehicle Owners . . . . . . . . 2Capacities andSpecifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341

Carbon MonoxideEngine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182Tailgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165

Caution, Danger, and Warning . . . . 3Center Console Storage . . . . . . . . 104Center High-MountedStoplamp (CHMSL) andCargo Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265

Chains, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293ChargingWireless . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109

Charging System Light . . . . . . . . . 120CheckEngine Light (MalfunctionIndicator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120

Ignition Transmission Lock . . . 260Child RestraintsInfants and Young Children . . . . .73Lower Anchors and Tethersfor Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .79

Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72Securing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93, 99Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .76

Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266CleaningExterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319


372 Index

Climate Control Systems . . . . . . . 148Air Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148

Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108Cluster, Instrument . . . . . . . . 112, 114Clutch, Hydraulic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246Collision Damage Repair . . . . . . . 351Compact Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . 305CompartmentsStorage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103

Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108Connected ServicesConnections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366

ConnectionsConnected Services . . . . . . . . . . 367

ControlHill Descent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200Traction and ElectronicStability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199

Control LightHill Descent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124

Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36CoolantEngine Temperature Gauge . . .117

Cooling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .148, 150Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249Courtesy TransportationProgram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350

Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128

Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103Customer Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . 347Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346Text Telephone (TTY)Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347

Customer InformationPublications OrderingInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353

Customer SatisfactionProcedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344

DDamage Repair, Collision . . . . . . . 351Danger, Warning, and Caution . . . . 3Data CollectionInfotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 357OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357

Data Recorders, Event . . . . . . . . . 356Daytime RunningLamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141

Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32

DiagnosticsConnected Services . . . . . . . . . . 369

Differential, Limited-Slip . . . . . . . . 201Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144DoorAjar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31Power Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32

Drive Belt Routing, Engine . . . . . . 343Driver Assistance Systems . . . . . 204Driver InformationCenter (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . .129, 131

DrivingCharacteristics andTowing Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215

Defensive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157Drunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157For Better Fuel Economy . . . . . . .23Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . 165If the Vehicle is Stuck . . . . . . . . . 167Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159Off-Road . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . 158Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . 168Wet Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165


Index 373

EElectrical Equipment,Add-On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233

Electrical SystemEngine Compartment FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267

Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . 266Instrument Panel FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271

Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266EmergencyOnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359

EngineAir Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247Check Light (MalfunctionIndicator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120

Compartment Overview . . . . . . . 239Coolant TemperatureGauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117

Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249Drive Belt Routing . . . . . . . . . . . . 343Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182Fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177Oil Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244Oil Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 126Overheating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252Power Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135

Engine (cont'd)Running While Parked . . . . . . . . 182Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176

Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145Equipment, Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . . . 356Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145Extender, Seat Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57Exterior Cargo Lamps . . . . . . . . . . 143Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . . 139Exterior Lamps Off Reminder . . . 140Exterior Lighting BatterySaver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146

FFanEngine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253

Filter,Engine Air Cleaner . . . . . . . . . . . 247

Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140Flashers, Hazard Warning . . . . . . 142Flat Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295

Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322FluidAutomatic Transmission . . . . . . 246Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255

Fluid (cont'd)Four-Wheel DriveTransfer Case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190

Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37Forward Collision Alert(FCA) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208

Four-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . .190, 257Frequency StatementRadio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354

Front Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258Front Fog LampLight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128

Front SeatsAdjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45Heated and Ventilated . . . . . . . . . .48

FuelAdditives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212Economy Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23Filling a Portable FuelContainer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214

Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212Foreign Countries . . . . . . . . . . . . 212Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . 127Prohibited Fuels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212Recommended . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212


374 Index

Fuel (cont'd)Top Tier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .211

Full-Size Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . 306FusesEngine Compartment FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267

Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . 266Instrument Panel FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271

GGas Strut(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261GaugesEngine CoolantTemperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117

Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116Warning Lights andIndicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .111

General InformationService and Maintenance . . . . . 324Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236

Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103

GM Mobility ReimbursementProgram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348

HHalogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . . . 142Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44HeadlampsAiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 263Daytime RunningLamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141

Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140Headlamps, Front TurnSignal, Sidemarker, andParking Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263

High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . 127High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . 140Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . 128

HeatedSteering Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106

Heated and Ventilated FrontSeats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48

Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37HeaterEngine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177

Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .148, 150

High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 127Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . 165Hill Descent Control (HDC) . . . . . 200Hill Descent Control Light . . . . . . . 124Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . . . . 198Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107How to Wear Seat BeltsProperly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52

HVAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .148, 150Hydraulic Clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246

IIgnition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174Ignition Transmission LockCheck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260

Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35IndicatorVehicle Ahead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124

Infants and Young Children,Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73

InformationPublication Ordering . . . . . . . . . . 353

Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . . 357Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . 112, 114Interior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . 39Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2


Index 375

JJump Starting - NorthAmerica . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307

KKeyless EntryRemote (RKE) System . . . . . . . . .28

Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25

LLabeling, Tire Sidewall . . . . . . . . . . 275LampsDaytime Running (DRL) . . . . . . 141Dome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144Exterior Cargo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143Exterior Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139Exterior Lamps OffReminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140

Exterior Lighting BatterySaver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146

Malfunction Indicator(Check Engine) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120

On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128Reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145

Lane DepartureWarning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210

Lane Departure WarningLight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124

Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54

LATCH SystemReplacing Parts after aCrash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .93

LATCH, Lower Anchors andTethers for Children . . . . . . . . . . . . 79

LightingEntry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145Exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145Illumination Control . . . . . . . . . . . 144

LightsAirbag Readiness . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119Antilock Brake System(ABS) Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123

Brake System Warning . . . . . . . 122Charging System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120Check Engine (MalfunctionIndicator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120

Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128Door Ajar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128Engine Oil Pressure . . . . . . . . . . 126Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140Front Fog Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128High-Beam On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . 140Hill Descent Control . . . . . . . . . . 124Lane Departure Warning . . . . . . 124Low Fuel Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . 127Seat Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . . . .118

Lights (cont'd)Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127StabiliTrak OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126Tow/Haul Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124Traction Control System(TCS)/StabiliTrak . . . . . . . . . . . . 125

Traction Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125Up-Shift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124

Limited-Slip Differential . . . . . . . . . 201LocksAutomatic Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33Power Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33

Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . . . 127Lower Anchors and Tethersfor Children (LATCHSystem) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79

Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46

MMaintenanceRecords . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339


376 Index

Maintenance and CareAdditional . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333

Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . . . 326Recommended Fluids andLubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336

Transfer Case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . . 120Manual Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185Manual Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . 188Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246

MessagesEngine Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135Vehicle Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135

MirrorsAutomatic DimmingRearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39

Blind Spot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37Convex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36Folding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36Manual Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37

Mirrors, Interior Rearview . . . . . . . . 39Monitor System, TirePressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282

NNavigationConnected Services . . . . . . . . . . 366

New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . . . 174

OOdometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116

Off-Road . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158

OilEngine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . 244Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126

Older Children, Restraints . . . . . . . 72Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . . . 347OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357OnStar AdditionalInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360

OnStar Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359OnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358OnStar Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360OperationFog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143

OutletsPower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108

Overheating, Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . 252

PParkShifting Into . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179Shifting Out of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181

Park Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197Brake and P (Park)Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . . . 260

Over Things That Burn . . . . . . . 181Parking or BackingAssistance Systems . . . . . . . . . . 206

Passenger Airbag StatusIndicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119

Passenger Compartment AirFilter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154

Passenger Sensing System . . . . . 65Perchlorate MaterialsRequirements, California . . . . . . 237

PersonalizationVehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136

PowerDoor Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108Protection, Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . 146Retained Accessory (RAP) . . . 179Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46


Index 377

Power (cont'd)Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40

Pregnancy, Using Seat Belts . . . . 57PrivacyVehicle Data Recording . . . . . . . 356

ProgramCourtesy Transportation . . . . . . 350

Prohibited Fuels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212Proposition65 Warning,California . . . . . . . . . . . .236, 256, 307,

Back CoverPublication OrderingInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353

RRadio Frequency Statement . . . . 354Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145Rear Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . . 206Rear Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39Automatic Dimming . . . . . . . . . . . . .39

Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47RecommendedFuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212

Recommended Fluids andLubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336

RecordsMaintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339

Recreational Vehicle Towing . . . . 310Reimbursement Program,GM Mobility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348

Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28

Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . . 30Replacement PartsAirbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .71Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338

Replacing Airbag System . . . . . . . . 71Replacing LATCH SystemParts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93

Replacing Seat Belt SystemParts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58

Reporting Safety DefectsCanadian Government . . . . . . . . 355General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354

RestraintsWhere to Put . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77

Retained AccessoryPower (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179

Ride Control SystemsEnhanced TractionSystem (ETS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201

RoadsDriving, Wet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164

Roadside AssistanceProgram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348

Rotation, Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287Routing, Engine Drive Belt . . . . . . 343Running the Vehicle WhileParked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182

SSafety Defects ReportingCanadian Government . . . . . . . . 355General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354

Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . 57Scheduling Appointments . . . . . . . 350Seat Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57How to Wear Seat BeltsProperly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52

Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118Replacing after a Crash . . . . . . . .58


378 Index

Seat Belts (cont'd)Use During Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . .57

SeatsAdjustment, Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44Heated and Ventilated Front . . . .48Lumbar Adjustment, Front . . . . . .46Power Adjustment, Front . . . . . . .46Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . .47Underseat Storage . . . . . . . . . . . 104

Securing Child Restraints . . . . 93, 99SecurityLight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34Vehicle Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34

Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154Accessories andModifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237

Climate Control System . . . . . . . 148Doing Your Own Work . . . . . . . . 237Maintenance Records . . . . . . . . 339Maintenance, GeneralInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324

Parts Identification Label . . . . . 340Scheduling Appointments . . . . . 350

ServicesSpecial Application . . . . . . . . . . . 332

Servicing the Airbag . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69Shift Lock Control FunctionCheck, AutomaticTransmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260

ShiftingInto Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179Out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181

Signals, Turn andLane-Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142

Spare TireCompact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305

Special Application Services . . . . 332Specifications andCapacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341

Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116StabiliTrakOFF Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125

Start Assist, Hill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198Start Vehicle, Remote . . . . . . . . . . . 30Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . . . 259Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158Heated Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106Wheel Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . 106Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106

Stoplamps and Back-up LampsBulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 264

Storage AreasCenter Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103Sunglasses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104Underseat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104

Storage Compartments . . . . . . . . . 103StrutsGas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261

Stuck Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42Sunglass Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3SystemForward CollisionAlert (FCA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208

Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147, 357SystemsDriver Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204

TTachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116Tailgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34TaillampsBulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 264

Text Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . 347Theft-Deterrent Systems . . . . . . . . . 36


Index 379

Theft-Deterrent Systems (cont'd)Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35

Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274All-Season . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274All-Terrain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295Compact Spare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290Full-Size Spare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . 294Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126Pressure Monitor Operation . . 283Pressure Monitor System . . . . . 282Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275Terminology and Definitions . . 278Uniform Tire QualityGrading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290

Wheel Alignment and TireBalance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292

Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 292

Tires (cont'd)When It Is Time for NewTires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288

Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275Top Tier Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211Tow/Haul Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187Tow/Haul Mode Light . . . . . . . . . . . 124TowingDriving Characteristics . . . . . . . . 215Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225General Information . . . . . . . . . . 215Recreational Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . 310Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220Trailer Sway Control (TSC) . . . 231Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309

TractionControl System(TCS)/StabiliTrak Light . . . . . . 125

Limited-Slip Differential . . . . . . . 201Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125

Traction Control/ElectronicStability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199

TrailerSway Control (TSC) . . . . . . . . . . 231Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220

Transfer Case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190TransmissionAutomatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183

Transmission (cont'd)Fluid, Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246Fluid, Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246

Transportation Program,Courtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350

Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116Truck-Camper LoadingInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173

Turn and Lane-ChangeSignals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142

Turn SignalBulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 264

UUnderseat Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104Uniform Tire Quality Grading . . . 290Up-Shift Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124Using This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

VVehicleAlarm System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34Canadian Owners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157Identification Number (VIN) . . . 340Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135Personalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136Remote Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30


380 Index

Vehicle (cont'd)Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34Speed Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309

Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . . . 124Vehicle CareTire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281

Vehicle Data Recording andPrivacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356

Ventilation, Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42

WWarningBrake System Light . . . . . . . . . . . 122Caution and Danger . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3Lane Departure (LDW) . . . . . . . 210

Warning Lights, Gauges, andIndicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111

WarningsHazard Flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142

Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254WheelsAlignment and Tire Balance . . 292Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292

When It Is Time for NewTires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288

Where to Put the Restraint . . . . . . 77Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41

WindshieldReplacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261Wiper/Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107

WinterDriving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165

Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . . . 261Wireless Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109

84137462 A First Printing - Updated September 13, 2018

2019 Canyon/Canyon

Den

ali

Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner’s Manual

C

M

Y

CM

MY

CY

CMY

K

19_GMC_Canyon_Canyon_Denali_COV_en_US_84137462A_2018MAY17.ai 1 5/8/2018 2:07:04 PM19_GMC_Canyon_Canyon_Denali_COV_en_US_84137462A_2018MAY17.ai 1 5/8/2018 2:07:04 PM

Documents

CY CMY Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner’s Manual€¦ · GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-12461766) - 2019 - CRC - 9/17/18 Introduction 3 Danger, Warning,